Clinical trial NCT01093326
Conditions: Multiple Sclerosis
Sponsor: Actelion
Start date: 2010-05-12; Completion date: 2023-09-06
Enrollment: 353 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
This study is an extension to the study AC-058B201 and will investigate the long-term safety, tolerability and efficacy of ponesimod in patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis.

Detailed description:

Arms: arm 1: Ponesimod 10 mg oral use arm 2: Ponesimod 20 mg oral use arm 3: Ponesimod 40 mg oral use
Interventions: intervention 1: Ponesimod 10 mg intervention 2: Ponesimod 20 mg intervention 3: Ponesimod 40 mg
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Ponesimod 10 mg oral use intervention 2: Ponesimod 20 mg oral use intervention 3: Ponesimod 40 mg oral use

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd
(a Janssen Pharmaceutical Company of Johnson & Johnson)*
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Relapsing-remitting Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-group extension to study
AC-058B201 to investigate the long-term safety, tolerability, and efficacy of 10, 20,
and 40 mg/day ponesimod, an oral S1P1 receptor agonist, in patients with
relapsing -remitting multiple sclerosis.
Authors: 
Document type: 
Clinical study protocol
Study phase: 
2b
EudraCT Number: 
2009-011470-15
Status and version: 
Approved; Version 12
Date: 
15March 2022
Number of pages: 
179
EDMS number: 
EDMS-ERI-206617631; 5.0
* Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd (“Actelion”) is a global organization that operates through different legal
entities in various countries. Therefore, the legal entity acting as the sponsor for Actelion studies may vary,
such  as, but not limited to Janssen-Cilag International NV; Janssen, Inc; Janssen Pharmaceutica NV; or
Janssen Research & Development, LLC. The term “sponsor” is used throughout the protocol to represent
these various legal entities; the sponsor is identified on the Contact Information page that accompanies the
protocol.
Confidentiality statement
The information provided herein contains Company trade secrets, commercial or financial information that
the Company customarily holds close and treats as confidential. The information is being provided under the
assurance that the recipient will maintain the confidentiality of the information under applicable statutes,
regulations, rules, protective orders or otherwise.
PPD
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 2/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
SPONSOR AND CRO CONTACT DETAILS
SPONSOR  
Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd.*
Gewerbestrasse 16
CH 4123 Allschwil
Switzerland
Clinical Leader 
 
Fax  
e-mail 
Clinical Trial Physician  
 
Fax  
e-mail 
Clinical Scientist 
 
Fax  
e-mail 
Clinical Pharmacologist 
 
e-mail 
Medical Safety Officer 
 
Fax  
e-mail 
* Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. is a Janssen pharmaceutical company of Johnson &
Johnson and is hereafter referred to as the sponsor of the study.
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 3/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPONSOR AND CRO CONTACT DETAILS...................................................................2
TABLE OF CONTENTS..................................................................................................... 3
LIST OF TABLES............................................................................................................. 10
LIST OF FIGURES ........................................................................................................... 10
LIST OF APPENDICES.................................................................................................... 10
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS............................................................................................ 11
GLOBAL AMENDMENT 11 ...........................................................................................14
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS AC-058B202............................................................................20
1 BACKGROUND AND RATIONALE.......................................................................40
1.1 
Multiple sclerosis.......................................................................................... 40
1.1.1 
Immune mediated disease.................................................................40
1.1.2 
Clinical course ..................................................................................40
1.1.3 
Epidemiology....................................................................................40
1.1.4 
Treatment of MS...............................................................................41
1.2 
Sphingosine-1-Phosphate receptors..............................................................42
1.3 
Ponesimod .................................................................................................... 43
1.3.1 
Nonclinical studies............................................................................43
1.3.2 
Clinical studies..................................................................................44
1.3.2.1 
Clinical pharmacology ............................................................44
1.3.2.2 
Pharmacodynamics in humans................................................44
1.3.2.3 
Efficacy in humans..................................................................45
1.3.2.4 
Safety and tolerability .............................................................46
1.4 
Study rationale.............................................................................................. 48
1.4.1 
Medical background .........................................................................48
1.4.2 
Patient population.............................................................................49
1.4.3 
Study design......................................................................................49
1.4.4 
Placebo.............................................................................................. 49
1.4.5 
Dose selection...................................................................................50
1.4.6 
Treatment duration............................................................................51
1.4.7 
Study endpoints.................................................................................52
1.4.8 
Statistical hypotheses and sample size..............................................52
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 4/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
2 STUDY OBJECTIVES............................................................................................... 52
3 INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN ..................................................................................... 52
3.1 
Overall study design and plan ......................................................................52
3.1.1 
Study design......................................................................................52
3.2 
Study committees .........................................................................................57
3.2.1 
Independent Data Monitoring Committee........................................57
3.2.2 
Ophthalmology Safety Board ...........................................................57
3.2.3 
Major adverse cardiovascular events adjudication board.................58
3.3 
Role of key site personnel throughout the study ..........................................58
3.3.1 
Primary investigator / treating neurologist .......................................58
3.3.2 
Clinical coordinator / study nurse.....................................................59
3.3.3 
Evaluating neurologist......................................................................60
3.3.4 
Physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments..............................60
3.3.5 
MRI staff...........................................................................................61
3.3.6 
Ophthalmologist................................................................................61
3.3.7 
Pulmonary function laboratory technician or expert ........................61
3.4 
Study population........................................................................................... 61
3.4.1 
Patient population.............................................................................61
3.4.2 
Inclusion criteria...............................................................................62
3.4.3 
Exclusion criteria..............................................................................62
3.4.4 
Concomitant medications .................................................................62
3.4.4.1 
Recommended concomitant medications................................62
3.4.4.2 
Allowed concomitant medications..........................................62
3.4.4.3 
Prohibited concomitant medications .......................................63
3.5 
Study drugs................................................................................................... 64
3.5.1 
Ponesimod......................................................................................... 64
3.5.2 
Study drug storage and dispensing ...................................................64
3.5.3 
Study drug dosing scheme................................................................64
3.5.4 
Study drug up- and down-titration....................................................66
3.6 
Study drug discontinuation and study withdrawal .......................................66
3.6.1 
Study drug discontinuation...............................................................66
3.6.2 
Study drug interruption.....................................................................67
3.6.3 
Patients’ follow-up after study drug discontinuation........................68
3.6.4 
Study withdrawal..............................................................................69
3.6.5 
Replacement policy...........................................................................69
3.6.5.1 
Patients ....................................................................................69
3.6.5.2 
Centers.....................................................................................69
3.7 
Treatment exposure and compliance............................................................69
3.8 
Treatment assignment and blinding..............................................................69
3.8.1 
Treatment assignment.......................................................................69
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 5/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.8.2 
Blinding ............................................................................................71
3.8.3 
Emergency procedure for unblinding...............................................72
3.9 
Study drug packaging and labeling ..............................................................73
3.9.1 
Study drug packaging .......................................................................73
3.9.2 
Study drug labeling...........................................................................74
3.10 
Study endpoints ............................................................................................74
3.10.1 
Efficacy endpoints ............................................................................74
3.10.2 
Safety and tolerability endpoints ......................................................76
3.10.3 
Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic analyses............................77
3.10.3.1 
Pharmacokinetic analyses........................................................77
3.10.3.2 
Pharmacodynamic analyses.....................................................78
3.11 
Study assessments......................................................................................... 78
3.11.1 
Efficacy assessments.........................................................................78
3.11.1.1 
Brain magnetic resonance imaging parameters.......................78
3.11.1.2 
Relapses...................................................................................79
3.11.1.3 
Expanded Disability Status Scale and Functional System
scores.......................................................................................79
3.11.1.4 
Ancillary study: Ophthalmological assessments.....................80
3.11.2 
Safety and tolerability assessments...................................................80
3.11.2.1 
12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG) ...........................................80
3.11.2.2 
Ancillary study: Doppler echocardiography ...........................81
3.11.2.3 
Blood pressure.........................................................................82
3.11.2.4 
Pulmonary function test...........................................................82
3.11.2.5 
Bronchodilator assessment......................................................83
3.11.2.6 
Ophthalmological assessments................................................83
3.11.2.7 
Weight.....................................................................................84
3.11.2.8 
Physical examination...............................................................84
3.11.2.9 
Laboratory assessments...........................................................85
3.11.3 
Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic assessments......................87
3.11.3.1 
Pharmacokinetic assessments..................................................87
3.11.3.2 
Pharmacodynamic assessments...............................................87
3.11.4 
Total blood volume...........................................................................88
3.11.5 
Baseline parameters and concomitant medications ..........................89
3.11.5.1 
Informed consent.....................................................................89
3.11.5.2 
Demographics and disease characteristics ..............................89
3.11.5.3 
Concomitant medications........................................................90
3.12 
Visit and assessment schedule......................................................................90
3.12.1 
Transition period...............................................................................91
3.12.2 
Extension treatment period 1............................................................91
3.12.2.1 
Visit E1 (Day 1) / Randomization and study drug
administration..........................................................................91
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 6/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.12.2.2 
Visit E2 (Day 8) / first uptitration...........................................92
3.12.2.3 
Visit E3 (Day 15) / second uptitration.....................................94
3.12.2.4 
Phone call on Day 22...............................................................95
3.12.2.5 
Visits E4, E5 and E6 (Weeks 4, 8 and 12) ..............................96
3.12.2.6 
Visits E7, E9 and E11 (Weeks 24, 48 and 72) ........................96
3.12.2.7 
Visits E8, E10 and E12 (Weeks 36, 60 and 84) ......................97
3.12.2.8 
Visit E13 (Week 96) EOT2..................................................98
3.12.3 
Extension treatment periods 2 and 3.................................................99
3.12.3.1 
Visit P1 (Day 1).......................................................................99
3.12.3.2 
Visits P2, P4, P6, P8, P10, P12, P14, P16, P18, P20, P22, P24,
P26, P28, P30, P32, P34, P36, P38, P40, P42 and P44
(respectively, Weeks 12, 36, 60, 84, 108, 132, 156, 180, 204,
228, 252, 276, 300, 324, 348, 372, 396, 420, 444, 468, 492 and
516) .......................................................................................100
3.12.3.3 
Visits P3, P5, P7, P9, P11, P13, P15, P17, P19, P21, P23, P25,
P27, P29, P31, P33, P35, P37, P39, P41, P43 and P45
(respectively, Weeks 24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 144, 168, 192, 216,
240, 264, 288, 312, 336, 360, 384, 408, 432, 456, 480, 504 and
528) .......................................................................................101
3.12.3.4 
Transition from treatment period 2 to treatment period 3.....102
3.12.3.5 
EOT3 (Week 540) .................................................................103
3.12.4  
Safety Follow-up period .................................................................104
3.12.4.1 
Visit E14: EOT2 + 7 days (Follow-up Visit E1)...................104
3.12.4.2 
Visit E15: EOT2 + 30 days (Follow-up visit E2)..................105
3.12.4.3 
Follow-up visit 1 (FU1): 8 days after the last dose of study
drug .......................................................................................105
3.12.4.4 
Follow-up visit 2 (FU2): 30 days after the last dose of study
drug .......................................................................................106
3.12.4.5 
Follow-up visit 3 (FU3): 90 days after the last dose of study
drug .......................................................................................106
3.12.5 
Unscheduled visits..........................................................................107
3.12.5.1 
Unscheduled relapse visit......................................................107
3.12.5.2 
Unscheduled visits (any other assessment) ...........................108
3.12.5.3 
Additional visits for re-initiation or re-uptitration of study drug
............................................................................................... 108
3.12.5.4 
Additional unscheduled visit 30 days after study drug
interruption due to planned pregnancy with intention of study
drug re-initiation post-partum...............................................110
3.12.5.5 
Additional unscheduled visit for eligibility assessment for re-
initiation of study drug for female subjects who interrupted the
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 7/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
study drug for planned pregnancy and who wish to re-initiate
the study drug after delivery .................................................110
3.12.5.6 
Unscheduled visits for re-initiation of the study drug after
delivery..................................................................................112
4 SAFETY DEFINITIONS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.........................113
4.1 
Summary table............................................................................................ 113
4.2 
Adverse events............................................................................................ 113
4.2.1 
Definitions of adverse events..........................................................113
4.2.2 
Intensity of adverse events..............................................................115
4.2.3 
Relationship to study drug..............................................................116
4.2.4 
Reporting of adverse events............................................................116
4.2.4.1 
Treatment period (including transition period and study drug
interruption)...........................................................................116
4.2.4.2 
Follow-up period...................................................................117
4.2.5 
Follow-up ofadverse events...........................................................117
4.3 
Serious adverse events................................................................................117
4.3.1 
Definitions ......................................................................................117
4.3.1.1 
Serious adverse events...........................................................117
4.3.1.2 
Hospitalization - Prolongation of existing hospitalization....118
4.3.1.3 
Serious adverse events related to study-mandated procedures
............................................................................................... 118
4.3.2 
Reporting of serious adverse events ...............................................118
4.3.2.1 
Treatment period (including transition period and study drug
interruption)...........................................................................118
4.3.2.2 
Follow-up period...................................................................119
4.3.2.3 
Reporting procedures ............................................................119
4.3.3 
Follow-up of serious adverse events...............................................120
4.4 
Pregnancy ................................................................................................... 120
4.4.1 
Definition of childbearing potential................................................120
4.4.2 
Acceptable methods of contraception.............................................121
4.4.3 
Reporting of pregnancy ..................................................................122
4.4.4  
Follow-up of pregnancy..................................................................122
4.5 
Special reporting situations ........................................................................122
4.6 
Product quality complaint handling............................................................123
5 STATISTICAL METHODOLOGY AND ANALYSES..........................................123
5.1 
Statistical analysis plan...............................................................................123
5.2 
Analysis sets ............................................................................................... 123
5.3 
Efficacy endpoints...................................................................................... 124
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 8/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
5.4 
Dose response assessment..........................................................................124
5.5 
Sample size................................................................................................. 125
5.6 
Safety and tolerability endpoints................................................................125
5.7 
Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic endpoints ...................................126
5.8 
Exposure to study drug...............................................................................126
5.9 
Baseline parameters and concomitant medications....................................126
5.10 
Additional periodic analyses ......................................................................127
5.11 
Immunogenicity Analysis...........................................................................127
6 PROCEDURES AND GOOD CLINICAL PRACTICE...........................................127
6.1 
Procedures .................................................................................................. 127
6.1.1 
Protocol amendments......................................................................127
6.1.2 
Monitoring......................................................................................128
6.1.3 
Data management ...........................................................................129
6.1.3.1 
Data collection.......................................................................129
6.1.3.2 
Database management and quality control............................130
6.1.4 
Recording of data and retention of documents...............................130
6.1.5 
Audit ............................................................................................... 131
6.1.6 
Handling of study drug(s)...............................................................131
6.1.7 
Publication and reporting of study results ......................................131
6.1.8 
Disclosure and confidentiality........................................................133
6.1.9 
Premature termination or suspension of the study..........................133
6.2 
Good Clinical Practice................................................................................134
6.2.1 
Ethics and Good Clinical Practice ..................................................134
6.2.2 
Ethics Committee / Institutional Review Board.............................134
6.2.3 
Informed consent ............................................................................134
6.2.4 
Compensation to patients and investigators....................................134
7 REFERENCES.......................................................................................................... 136
8 APPENDICES........................................................................................................... 138
Appendix 1: 
Study-specific criteria for permanent discontinuation of study
drug 138
Appendix 2: 
Criteria for discharge from hospital................................................145
Appendix 3: 
Guidance on monitoring of patients for opportunistic infections...147
Appendix 4: 
Guidance for skin examination.......................................................151
Appendix 5: 
Guidance for re-initiation of study drug in the event of drug
interruption ................................................................................................. 154
Appendix 6: 
Diagnostic criteria for MS (2005 revision of McDonald
Criteria)....................................................................................................... 157
Appendix 7: 
Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS)........................158
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 9/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 8: 
Prohibited anti-arrhythmic and HR-lowering therapy....................162
Appendix 9: 
List of medications with risk of torsades de pointes (TdP) ............163
Appendix 10: Guidance on study conduct during the COVID-19
(coronavirus) pandemic..............................................................................165
Appendix 11: Considerations for Optical Coherence Tomography
assessments................................................................................................. 170
Appendix 12: Considerations for pulmonary function tests..................................175
INVESTIGATOR AGREEMENT...................................................................................179
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 10/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: 
Visit and assessment schedule (treatment period 1 up to 96 weeks) .......34
Table 2: 
Visit and assessment schedule (Safety Follow-up for patients discontinuing
during or at the end of treatment period 1 only) .........................................35
Table 3: 
Visit and assessment schedule (treatment period 2 and treatment period 3 
up to 540 weeks and Safety Follow-up)......................................................36
Table 4: 
Visit and assessment schedule (unscheduled visits) ...................................37
Table 5: 
Ponesimod dose levels and uptitration scheme...........................................66
Table 6: 
2-week gradual uptitration regimen ............................................................68
Table 7: 
Severity of relapse....................................................................................... 75
Table 8: 
Guidance for patient monitoring and discontinuation for liver enzyme
abnormalities............................................................................................. 143
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: 
Study design................................................................................................ 57
Figure 2: 
Algorithm for management of treatment...................................................156
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix 1: Study-specific criteria for permanent discontinuation of study drug........138
Appendix 2: Criteria for discharge from hospital..........................................................145
Appendix 3: Guidance on monitoring of patients for opportunistic infections .............147
Appendix 4: Guidance for skin examination .................................................................151
Appendix 5: Guidance for re-initiation of study drug in the event of drug interruption
................................................................................................................... 154
Appendix 6: Diagnostic criteria for MS (2005 revision of McDonald Criteria)............157
Appendix 7: Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) ..................................158
Appendix 8: Prohibited anti-arrhythmic and HR-lowering therapy ..............................162
Appendix 9: List of medications with risk of torsades de pointes (TdP).......................163
Appendix 10:Guidance on study conduct during the COVID-19 (coronavirus) pandemic
................................................................................................................... 165
Appendix 11:Considerations for Optical Coherence Tomography assessments ............170
Appendix 12:Considerations for pulmonary function tests ............................................175
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 11/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ACTH  
Adrenocorticotropic hormone
AE 
Adverse event
ALT  
Alanine aminotransferase/serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase
(SGPT)
ARR  
Annualized relapse rate
AST 
Aspartate aminotransferase/serum glutamic oxaloacetic
transaminase (SGOT)
AV  
Atrioventricular
BP 
Blood pressure
bpm  
Beats per minute
CL 
Confidence limit
CNS  
Central nervous system
CRF  
Case report form
CRO  
Contract research organization
CSF  
Cerebrospinal fluid
CUALs 
combined unique active lesions
DBP  
Diastolic blood pressure
DMT  
Disease modifying therapy
DTPA  
Diethylenetriamine penta-acetic acid
DWI 
Diffusion-weighted imaging
EAE 
Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis
EC  
Ethics Committee
eCRF  
electronic Case report form
eDC  
electronic Data Capture
EDSS  
Expanded Disability Status Scale
ELISA  
enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
EOS  
End-of-study
EOT  
End-of-treatment
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 12/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
FDA  
Food and Drug Administration
FEV1 
Forced expiratory volume in 1 second
FLAIR  
Fluid-attenuated inversion recovery
FS  
Functional System
FU  
Follow-up
FVC  
Forced vital capacity
GCP  
Good Clinical Practice
Gd+  
Gadolinium-enhancing
HR  
Heart rate
i.v. 
Intravenous(ly)
ICH  
International Council for Harmonisation
IDMC  
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
IFN  
Interferon
IgG  
Immunoglobulin G
INR  
International Normalized Ratio
IRB  
Institutional Review Board
IVRS  
Interactive Voice Response System
IWRS  
Interactive Web Response System
JCV  
John Cunningham virus
MACE 
Major adverse cardiovascular event
MedDRA  
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MIAC  
Medical Image Analysis Center
mITT  
Modified intent-to-treat
MRI 
Magnetic resonance imaging/image
MS  
Multiple sclerosis
o.d. 
Once daily
OCT  
Optical coherence tomography
OSB  
Ophthalmology safety board
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 13/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
PCR  
Polymerase chain reaction
PD 
Pharmacodynamic(s)
PFT 
Pulmonary function test
PK 
Pharmacokinetic(s)
PML 
Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy
RMS  
Relapsing multiple sclerosis
RNFL 
Retinal nerve fiber layer
RRMS  
Relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis
S1P 
Sphingosine-1-phosphate
SAE 
Serious adverse event
SAP  
Statistical analysis plan
SBP  
Systolic blood pressure
SOC  
System organ class
SOP  
Standard operating procedure
SPMS  
Secondary progressive multiple sclerosis
SUSAR  
Suspected unexpected serious adverse reaction
TdP  
Torsades de pointes
TP  
Treatment period
WBC  
White blood cell
WHO  
World Health Organization
WOCBP  
Women of childbearing potential
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 14/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
GLOBAL AMENDMENT 11
Amendment rationale
This amendment applies to global protocol AC-058B202 Version 11, dated 04 May 2021,
and the following local protocol version:
 Final Version 10.GBR.C dated 27 October 2020
The resulting amended global protocol is Version 12, dated 15 March 2022. The relevant
local protocol versions have also been updated (ie, for the UK).
The reasons for this substantial amendment are:
 To allow any EDSS/FS tool which is used at the site as a standard instrument.
 To introduce immunogenicity analysis into the statistical section.
 To remove the bronchodilator test at the scheduled PFT due to the prolonged length of
the study.
 To narrow the scope of vaccine-specific antibody titers from pre- to post vaccination
to patients having received non-live vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while
on study treatment.
 To update the requirement for OCT to be performed only in the case of visual
symptoms suggestive of macular edema or active uveitis, as consistent with the
observed dynamic of this event on Sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) treatment.
 To acknowledge the decommission of the Ophthalmology Safety Board (OSB). The
number of cases of macular edema is expected to be low (most cases occur within the
first 6 months of treatment) and no new patients will initiate treatment in the study.
Therefore, an OSB review is no longer required and the OSB was disbanded for the
ongoing long-term extension studies, its status has been clarified and where appropriate
reference to the OSB has been removed.
 To confirm the disbandment of the IDMC.
 Clarifications and minor corrections have been added to the protocol.
Changes to the protocol
Two versions of the amended protocol will be prepared: 1) a clean version and 2) a Word
comparison document, showing deletions and insertions in comparison to the previous
protocol version.
Changes to the Patient information leaflet:
Where applicable, the same changes have also been made to the patient information leaflet.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 15/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Amended protocol sections
The following sections of the protocol affected by this amendment are listed below. Where
applicable, the same changes have also been made to the corresponding sections of the
protocol synopsis:
SPONSOR AND CRO CONTACT DETAILS
INVESTIGATOR SIGNATURE PAGE
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS AC-058B202
3.2.1 
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
3.2.2 
Ophthalmology Safety Board
3.4.4.2 
Allowed concomitant medications
3.4.4.3 
Prohibited concomitant medications
3.6.1 
Study drug discontinuation
3.8.1 
Treatment assignment
3.8.2 
Blinding
3.10.1 
Efficacy endpoints
3.11.1.3 
Expanded Disability Status Scale and Functional System scores
3.11.1.4 
Ancillary study: Ophthalmological assessments
3.11.2.1 
12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG)
3.11.2.3 
Blood pressure
3.11.2.5 
Bronchodilator assessment
3.11.2.6 
Ophthalmological assessments
3.11.2.9.1 
Type of laboratory
3.11.2.9.2 
Laboratory parameters
3.11.4  
Total blood volume
3.12.2.5 
Visits E4, E5 and E6 (Weeks 4, 8 and 12)
3.12.2.6 
Visits E7, E9 and E11 (Weeks 24, 48 and 72)
3.12.2.8 
Visit E13 (Week 96) EOT2
3.12.3.1 
Visit P1 (Day 1)
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 16/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.12.3.3 
Visits P3, P5, P7, P9, P11, P13, P15, P17, P19, P21, P23, P25, P27, P29,
P31, P33, P35, P37, P39, P41, P43 and P45 (respectively, Weeks 24, 48, 72,
96, 120, 144, 168, 192, 216, 240, 264, 288, 312, 336, 360, 384, 408, 432,
456, 480, 504 and 528)
3.12.3.5 
EOT3 (Week 540)
3.12.4.2 
Visit E15: EOT2 + 30 days (Follow-up visit E2)
3.12.4.4  
Follow-up visit 2 (FU2): 30 days after the last dose of study drug
3.12.5.2 
Unscheduled visits (any other assessment)
5.10 
Additional periodic analyses
5.11 
Immunogenicity Analysis
6.1.9 
Premature termination or suspension of the study
Appendix 1: Study-specific criteria for permanent discontinuation of study drug
Appendix 10: Guidance on study conduct during the COVID-19 (coronavirus) pandemic
Appendix 11: Considerations for Optical Coherence Tomography assessments
Appendix 12: Considerations for pulmonary function tests
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202 
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 17/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Summary of previous amendments
Amendment 
Date 
Main reason(s)
1 
14Apr10 
 Adjustment of the AC-058B202 extension study
protocol to reflect changes introduced in the
AC-058B201 core study protocol.
2 
16Feb12 
 Ponesimod 40 mg treatment arm is stopped and patients
from this treatment arm are re-randomized to either
ponesimod 10 mg or 20 mg;
 Introduction of treatment period 2;
 Extension of ponesimod treatment by an additional
144 weeks (approximately 3 years) with 10 and 20 mg
ponesimod in tablet formulation (i.e., new formulation);
 Dose response relationship of ponesimod doses with
lymphocyte counts, MRI-related endpoints and
annualized relapse rates were introduced as additional
objectives.
3 
9Sep13 
 Sponsor is now defined as unblinded - Investigators,
patients and non-sponsor ancillary personnel are still
blinded.
4 
9Oct14 
 Extension of ponesimod treatment by an additional
288 weeks (5.5 years) or until commercial availability
of ponesimod for treatment of multiple sclerosis in the
patient’s country, whichever comes first.
5 
6Nov14  
 Modification of the requirements for contraceptive
methods (i.e., a sperm immobilizing agent could be used
in case no spermicide is commercially available).
6 
29Oct15 
 Amendment of the definition of a “confirmed relapse”;
 Modification of the requirements for contraceptive
methods (i.e., a contraceptive method from the Group 2
can be used without combining it with a spermicide or a
sperm immobilizing agent);
 Alignment with the information contained in the
Investigator’s Brochure on the risk of hypertension.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 18/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Amendment 
Date 
Main reason(s)
7 
29Mar17 
 To introduce treatment period (TP) 3, during which all
patients will receive ponesimod 20 mg. This was based
on a recommendation from the IDMC; results from an
analysis comparing safety and efficacy outcomes of the
two doses of ponesimod currently used in the study, 10
mg and 20 mg, suggested that the 20 mg dose had a
better efficacy than the 10 mg dose, with a similar safety
profile.
 To allow women of childbearing potential (WOCBP)
who wish to become pregnant to stay in the study,
provided that the study drug had been interrupted prior
to pregnancy and re-initiated only after delivery (and
after breastfeeding had been stopped).
8 
14May20 
 To extend the duration of ponesimod treatment by up to
an additional 108 weeks (2.1 years) in order to ensure
treatment continuity until commercial availability in the
patient’s country. As a result, the combined duration of
TP2 and TP3 is extended up to a maximum of
540 weeks.
 To introduce the 2-week gradual uptitration regimen, to
be used in case of re-initiation of study drug during TP3.
 To amend the guidance for re-initiation of study
treatment in the event of study treatment interruption in
order to allow patients without the identified
cardiovascular risk factors to re-initiate study drug at
home.
 To provide guidance regarding conduct of the study
during the COVID-19 (coronavirus) pandemic.
 To introduce guidance for subject monitoring and
discontinuation in case of liver enzyme abnormalities.
 To align the cardiovascular criteria for discontinuation
with that used in Phase 3 clinical studies with
ponesimod.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 19/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Amendment 
Date 
Main reason(s)
9 
19Oct20 
 To inform study sites that the Independent Data
Monitoring Committee (IDMC) will be disbanded after
the clinical database closure of the last ponesimod
double-blind study, in line with the disbandment date
agreed per the IDMC Charter.
 To provide further guidance on study conduct if/when
ponesimod becomes commercially available during the
study and patients are switched from study drug to
commercially available ponesimod.
 To align the safety reporting procedures with Janssen
Safety processes and standards following the integration
of Actelion Safety into Janssen Safety.
 To clarify procedures related to the reporting of multiple
sclerosis (MS) relapses and align with the wording in
the protocol for the ongoing Phase 3 study
(AC-058B303/OPTIMUM-LT).
10 
04May21 
 To align instructions related to vaccination to those in
the Investigator’s Brochure.
 To introduce the transition of paper Case Report Form
(CRF) to electronic Case Report Form (eCRF).
 To further clarify guidance regarding conduct of the
study during the COVID-19 (coronavirus) pandemic
and the deployment of COVID-19 vaccines.
 To update sponsor contact information.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 20/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS AC-058B202
TITLE 
Multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-group
extension to study AC-058B201 to investigate the long-term
safety, tolerability, and efficacy of 10, 20, and 40 mg/day
ponesimod, an oral S1P1 receptor agonist, in patients with
relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis.
ACRONYM  
None
OBJECTIVES  
 To investigate the long-term safety and tolerability of
ponesimod.
 To investigate the long-term efficacy of ponesimod.
 To explore the dose response relationship of 10, 20 and
40 mg ponesimod on lymphocyte count, MRI endpoints,
annualized relapse rate (ARR), and safety endpoints.
DESIGN / PHASE 
Prospective, multicenter, multinational, randomized, double-
blind, multiple-dose, uncontrolled, parallel-group extension
to Phase 2b study.
STUDY PLANNED
DURATION  
First patient 
First visit 
Q2 
2010 
Last patient 
First visit 
Q2
2011 
Last
patient
Last visit
Q4
2023
CENTERS  
/ COUNTRIES
81 centers in 21 countries
PATIENTS / GROUPS  
Patients participating in the extension study
Patients who were randomized into study AC-058B201
(hereafter called “core study”) and completed their regular
Week 24 end-of-treatment (EOT) visit while on study
treatment will qualify to enter this study (hereafter called
“extension study”).
Patients who received ponesimod during the core study will
continue to receive their maintenance once daily (o.d.) doses
of 10, 20, or 40 mg of ponesimod during treatment period
(TP) 1.
Patients who received placebo during the core study will be
randomized in a 1:1:1 ratio to o.d. doses of 10, 20, or 40 mg
of ponesimod during TP1.
Patients receiving 40 mg ponesimod during TP1 will be re-
randomized to 10 or 20 mg in a 1:1 ratio in TP2. Patients on
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 21/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
10 and 20 mg ponesimod during TP1 will continue with these
same doses throughout TP2.
All patients will receive a maintenance dose of 20 mg
ponesimod during TP3.
INCLUSION
CRITERIA
1. Patients who completed study treatment at their regular
Week 24 (EOT) visit within the core study.
2. Women of childbearing potential must:
 Have a negative urine pregnancy test at their regular
Week 24 visit within the core study.
 Use reliable methods of contraception  for up to at
least 30 days after study drug discontinuation as
described in Section 4.4.2.
3. Signed informed consent for participating in the extension
study prior to administration of the first dose in the
transition period (i.e., prior to continuation of dosing at
Visit 11 (Week 24) of the core study).
EXCLUSION
CRITERIA
1. Patients meeting at their regular Week 24 (EOT) visit,
during the transition period, and/or at Visit E1 any of the
study-specific criteria for permanent discontinuation of
study drug as defined in Appendix 1, or patients receiving
any of the prohibited concomitant medication as outlined
in Section 3.4.4.3 and Appendix 8.
2. Any other clinically relevant medical or surgical
condition, which, in the opinion of the investigator,
would put the patient at risk by participating in the
extension study.
CONCOMITANT
MEDICATIONS
Recommended
 Acute exacerbations of multiple sclerosis (MS) should be
treated with methylprednisolone 1 g intravenously (i.v.)
daily for 3 to 5 days. Oral taper with corticosteroids is not
permitted.
Allowed
 Administration of i.v. atropine in the event of
symptomatic bradycardia.
 Vaccination with non-live vaccines is allowed while on
study treatment if the vaccination is advised by the
primary investigator / treating neurologist, based on
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 22/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
her/his clinical assessment of the risk/benefit for the
individual patient, and if supported by guidelines for
vaccination relevant to this patient population, as
applicable.
 Glatiramer acetate and interferon (IFN) β-1a only during
study drug interruptions for planned pregnancy. These
treatments may be started 7 days after study drug
interruption and must be stopped 7 days before
re-initiation of study drug.
 Low dose corticosteroid (up to 10 mg prednisone
equivalent daily), given as short-term treatment (up to
2 weeks per treatment cycle with at least 8 weeks’
interval between treatment cycles and no more than
4 weeks per year of the study duration on average).
 Inhaled corticosteroids for pulmonary conditions.
 Other treatments considered necessary for the patient’s
benefit and not categorized as prohibited concomitant
medications.
Prohibited
 Systemic 
corticosteroids 
or 
adrenocorticotropic
hormone, except for: the treatment of acute MS
exacerbations 
(see 
Recommended 
concomitant
medications above); short-term treatment with a low dose
of corticosteroid; and inhaled corticosteroids for
pulmonary conditions (see Allowed concomitant
medications above).
 Immunomodulating treatment (e.g., IFN β, glatiramer
acetate, natalizumab or other monoclonal antibody
therapy [except glatiramer acetate or IFN β-1a during
study drug interruptions for planned pregnancy as
described under “Allowed”]).
 Immunosuppressive 
treatment 
(e.g., 
cladribine,
mitoxantrone or other systemic immunosuppressive
drugs 
such 
as 
azathioprine, 
cyclophosphamide,
cyclosporine or methotrexate).
 i.v. immunoglobulin.
 Plasmapheresis, 
cytapheresis, 
or 
total 
lymphoid
irradiation.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 23/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Vaccination with live vaccines, except if performed
during a temporary treatment interruption period. In this
case it must be performed not earlier than 1 week after
last dose of study treatment, and treatment can be re-
initiated only after at least 4 weeks from completion of
vaccination.
 β-blockers, diltiazem, verapamil, digoxin, or any other
anti-arrhythmic or heart rate (HR) lowering systemic
therapy [non-exhaustive list provided in Appendix 8].
 Medications with risk of torsades de pointes unless the
benefit-risk is acceptable [non-exhaustive list provided in
Appendix 9].
 Any investigational drug.
STUDY PERIODS  
Transition period (on core study medication)
 The transition period is defined as the time between study
drug intake at Week 24 visit of the core study and the time
of study drug intake at Visit E1.
 Patients will have to continue using their core study
medication every day until and including the day prior to
Visit E1.
Treatment periods (on extension study medication)
 Starts with study drug intake at Visit E1.
 The first visit of the extension study, Visit E1, will take
place within three days after the regular Week 24 visit of
the core study.
 The AC-058B202 study treatment periods will comprise
up to 636 weeks (12.3 years):
- TP1: up to 96 weeks (from Visit E1 up to E13) of
ponesimod treatment. The patients receive either 10,
20 or 40 mg ponesimod.
- TP2 / TP3: up to 540 weeks (Visits P1 to EOT3) of
ponesimod treatment. All patients on 40 mg
ponesimod will be re-randomized to 10 or 20 mg
ponesimod in a 1:1 ratio at Visit P1. Patients
receiving 10 and 20 mg ponesimod will continue
with these respective maintenance doses in the TP2.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 24/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
In TP3, all patients will receive a maintenance dose
of 20 mg ponesimod until EOT3.
Patients will be switched from TP1 to TP2 at Visit P1. Visit
P1 must be scheduled as the next regular visit (12 weeks after
the last visit of TP1) for patients who completed at least Visit
E9 (Week 48) of TP1 (being still on treatment).
Patients who have already completed treatment up to Visit
E13 (EOT2) may still be enrolled into TP2, provided study
drug was not discontinued for longer than 3 months. In this
case, Visit P1 must be scheduled as soon as possible and if
applicable, patients must undergo a study drug
re-initiation and/or uptitration.
During Visit P1 the following must be considered:
 Patients must be switched from capsules to tablets
 Patients receiving 40 mg ponesimod will be re-
randomized to 10 or 20 mg ponesimod in a blinded
fashion.
When feasible, patients will be switched from TP2 to TP3 at
the earliest scheduled visit following approval of protocol
version 8 by Ethics Committees (ECs)/ Institutional Review
Boards (IRBs) and health authorities and after having signed
the revised Informed Consent Form. The day of the first
open -label dose of ponesimod 20 mg will correspond to the
start of TP3. Patients not enrolling into TP3 will have to
perform the EOT3 visit.
End-of-treatment
 The EOT (EOT2 or EOT3) visit in the extension study, at
an individual patient’s level, should not be later than one
day after the last dose of ponesimod.
 Patients who prematurely discontinue study drug during
the extension study must have their EOT2 or EOT3 visit
as soon as possible but no later than 5days after the last
dose of study drug.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 25/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 EOT2 visit must be performed by patients discontinuing
study drug during/ at the end-of-TP1.
 EOT3 visit must be performed by patients discontinuing
study drug during/ at the end-of-treatment period 2 or
TP3.
 The EOT3 visit must also be performed by patients
completing study treatment due to availability of
commercially 
available 
ponesimod. 
Commercially
available ponesimod may be initiated on the day after last
intake of study drug.
Safety Follow-up period
 For TP1:
30 days after last dose of study drug.
 For TP2 or TP3:
90 days after last dose of study drug.
End-of-study (EOS2/ EOS3)
Patients who completed ponesimod treatment or who
discontinued study drug prematurely reach end-of-study
(EOS) at an individual level:
 30 days after the last dose of study drug (EOS2) in TP1
 90 days after the last dose of study drug (EOS3) in TP2 or
TP3
The safety follow-up visits (including EOS3) will also be
conducted for patients who have switched to commercially
available ponesimod.
TRIAL DRUG  
During TP1:
One capsule of 10, 20 or 40 mg ponesimod, administered
orally o.d. in the morning with or without breakfast
(preferably always in the same way and at approximately the
same time).
During TP2:
One tablet of 10 or 20 mg ponesimod, administered orally o.d.
in the morning with or without breakfast (preferably always
in the same way and at approximately the same time).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 26/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
During TP3:
One tablet of 20 mg ponesimod, administered orally o.d. in
the morning with or without breakfast (preferably always in
the same way and at approximately the same time).
All patients entering the extension study (no matter if they
received placebo or ponesimod during the core study) will be
required to perform the same uptitration or mock uptitration
scheme as at the beginning of the core study.
Patients who were on ponesimod in the core study will
continue on the same dose in the transition period and have
mock dose titrations on Day 1 (Visit E1), Day 8 (Visit E2),
and Day 15 (Visit E3):
 Group I: 
Group I in the core study (10 mg).
10 mg from Visit E1 (Day 1) until end of
TP2.
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
 Group II: 
Group II in the core study (20 mg).
20 mg from Visit E1 (Day 1) until
EOT3.
 Group III: 
Group III in the core study (40 mg).
40 mg from Visit E1 (Day 1) until at
least Visit E9 or up to E13 (EOT2).
10 or 20 mg from Visit P1 until end of
TP2.
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
Patients who were on placebo (Group IV in the core study)
will continue on placebo in the transition period and then be
randomized 1:1:1 to:
 
Group IV: 10 mg from Day 1 (Visit E1) until end
of TP2.
Mock dose titrations on Day 8 (Visit E2)
and Day 15 (Visit E3).
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
 
Group V: 10 mg from Day 1 (Visit E1) to Day 7.
20 mg from Day 8 (Visit E2) until
EOT3.
Mock dose titration on Day 15
(Visit E3).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 27/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 
Group VI: 10 mg from Day 1 (Visit E1) to Day 7.
20 mg from Day 8 (Visit E2) to Day 14.
40 mg from Day 15 (Visit E3) until at
least Visit E9 or up to E13 (EOT2).
10 or 20 mg from Visit P1 until end of
TP2.
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
REFERENCE DRUG  
No active comparator or placebo will be used in this extension
study.
EFFICACY
ENDPOINTS
Exploratory efficacy endpoints will be analyzed over the
combined treatment period with ponesimod within studies
AC-058B201 and AC-058B202 (i.e., starting from the first
administration of ponesimod and ending with the EOT2 or
EOT3). For “changes from baseline to all assessments” as
well as for all numerical endpoints all assessments available
after initiation of ponesimod are considered in the combined
treatment period. For time -to -event endpoints the start is
defined as initiation of study treatment, and patients without
events are censored at the end of the combined treatment
period.
The following exploratory endpoints will be analyzed:
1. Annualized confirmed relapse rate.
2. Time to first confirmed relapse.
A relapse is defined as the occurrence of an acute episode of
one or more new symptoms, or worsening of existing
symptoms of MS, not associated with fever or infection, and
lasting for at least 24 hours after a stable period of at least
30 days.
A “confirmed relapse” is a relapse accompanied by an
increase from the previous clinically stable assessment (i.e.,
performed at least 30 days after the onset of any previous
relapse) of at least 0.5 point in the Expanded Disability Status
Scale (EDSS) score, or one point in the score for at least one
of the Functional System (FS) scores, excluding the bowel
and bladder, and mental FS. The confirmatory EDSS must be
performed within 7 days of the onset of a new symptom or
worsening of an existing symptom of MS.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 28/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Symptoms of transient neurological worsening that do not
meet the criteria for “confirmed relapse” because
unaccompanied by objective findings, but still judged to
constitute a relapse by the treating neurologist, will be
recorded as “unconfirmed relapse” and included in the
number of total relapses.
3. Time to 24-week confirmed disability progression up to
end of the study.
Disability progression is defined as an increase of at least one
full point in the EDSS score (or 1.5 points if the baseline
EDSS was 0, or 0.5 points if the baseline EDSS was equal or
greater than 5.5) with or without relapse, confirmed at the
next scheduled EDSS assessment at least 24 weeks later (or if
missing, at the next available scheduled EDSS assessment).
The time to event is defined as the time from initiation of
study treatment until the first EDSS assessment meeting the
criteria for disability progression.
4. Other relapse-related endpoints:
 Annualized total relapse rate.
 Time to first (total) relapse.
 Number of (confirmed and total) relapses.
 Number of patients without any (confirmed and total)
relapse.
 Number of patients with a relapse requiring
corticosteroid treatment.
5. MRI-related endpoints:
 Number of gadolinium-enhancing (Gd+) lesions per
patient recorded on T1-weighted MRI scans at all
assessments.
 Number of patients with no Gd+ lesions on T1-
weighted MRI scans at all assessments.
 Total volume of Gd+ lesions per patient on T1-
weighted MRI scans at all assessments.
 Number of new or enlarging lesions per patient on
T2-weighted MRI scans at all assessments.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 29/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Change from baseline to all assessments in total lesion
volume per patient on T2-weighted MRI scans.
 Number of combined unique active lesions (Gd+
lesions plus new or enlarging T2 lesions without
gadolinium-enhancement) per patient on MRI scans at
all assessments.
 Percentage change of brain volume from Visit 2 (from
AC-058B201) up to the end of the study.
 Percentage change of brain volume from Visit 11
(from AC-058B201) up to the end of the study.
6. Neurological endpoints:
 Categorical change from baseline to all assessments in
EDSS and FS scores.
7. Ophthalmological endpoints:
 Change from baseline to all assessments of average
retinal nerve fiber layer (RNFL) thickness, central
foveal thickness and total macular volume as
measured by optical coherence tomography (OCT) at
selected centers.
 Change from baseline to all assessments of average
number of letters correctly read in a best corrected
visual acuity test (recorded only at centers that also
perform OCT).
8. Changes in vaccine-specific antibody titers from pre- to
post vaccination will be explored at the end of the study,
at the latest, for patients having received non-live
vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while in the
study.
TOLERABILITY /
SAFETY ENDPOINTS
The following safety and tolerability endpoints will be
analyzed on treatment as described for the exploratory
efficacy endpoints:
 Change in electrocardiogram (ECG) parameters (HR, PR,
QRS, QT, QTc) from baseline to all pre-dose assessments,
and from pre-dose to post-dose at selected time points
during the study.
 Treatment-emergent clinically relevant abnormalities as
assessed by 12-lead ECG (central reading).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 30/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Change in left ventricular ejection fraction as assessed by
Standard 2D echocardiography (at selected centers) from
baseline to all assessments.
 Treatment-emergent clinically relevant abnormalities as
assessed by Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at
selected centers).
 Change in pulmonary function tests (PFTs: forced
expiratory volume in 1 second [FEV1], forced vital
capacity [FVC], FEV1/FVC ratio, and FEV1 and FVC in
percent of predicted value) from baseline to all
assessments.
 Change in ophthalmological exam (best corrected visual
acuity, low contrast visual acuity, visual fields, dilated
ophthalmoscopy), and at selected centers OCT from
baseline to all assessments.
 Change in systolic and diastolic blood pressure from
baseline to all pre-dose assessments, and from pre-dose to
post-dose at selected time points during the study.
 Change in laboratory parameters (hematology, blood
chemistry, and urinalysis) from baseline to all
assessments.
 Treatment-emergent laboratory abnormalities.
 Change in body weight from baseline to all assessments.
In addition, the following safety and tolerability parameters
will be analyzed:
 Treatment-emergent adverse events (AEs), until 15 days
after study drug discontinuation.
 Post-treatment AEs, from 16 days until up to 90 days after
study drug discontinuation.
 AEs leading to premature discontinuation of study drug.
 Treatment-emergent serious adverse events (SAEs) until
15 days after study drug discontinuation.
 Post-treatment SAEs from 16 days until up to 90 days
after study drug discontinuation.
PHARMACOKINETIC
/
PHARMACODYNAMI
C ENDPOINTS
Pharmacokinetic (PK) analyses
 Plasma concentrations of ponesimod will be determined
at trough (pre-dose):
- on Days 8 and 15 (Visits E2 and E3) and
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 31/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
- at Visits E4, E7, E9, E13 (EOT2), P2, P7, P14 and
P22, as applicable
Pharmacodynamic (PD) analyses
 Absolute count and percent change in peripheral blood
lymphocyte counts as a function of ponesimod dose and
plasma concentrations at trough level (pre-dose) on Days
8 and 15 (Visits E2 and E3) and at Visits E4, E7, E9, E13
(EOT2), P2, P7, P14, P22, P30 and EOT3, as applicable.
 Post-treatment lymphocyte recovery 8, 30, and 90 days (at
90 days for patients performing TP2 and TP3, if
applicable) after study drug discontinuation.
 Efficacy and safety parameters will be correlated with
absolute lymphocyte counts and magnitude of reduction
of lymphocyte counts on an exploratory basis.
Additional PK and PD relationships to efficacy and safety
parameters may be investigated.
STATISTICAL
METHODOLOGY
ARRs and MRI-related endpoints (number of total T1 Gd+
lesions, number of combined unique active lesions, number
of new or enlarging T2 lesions) will be analyzed by means of
negative binomial regression models.
Time to event data (e.g. time to first confirmed relapse, time
to disability progression) will be analyzed using the log-rank
test. The Kaplan-Meier estimates at different time points are
provided together with the 95% two-sided confidence limits
(CLs). The time to event will be displayed by a Kaplan-Meier
plot.
The dose response relationship will be explored for
lymphocyte count, MRI-related endpoints (number of total T1
Gd+ lesions, number of combined unique active lesions,
number of new or enlarging T2 lesions) and ARR using
modeling techniques as described by Bretz et al.
All statistical tests are of exploratory nature.
Data from the core study AC-058B201 and extension study
AC-058B202 will be combined and AC-058B202 will be
analyzed alone where deemed appropriate.
Baseline is defined as the last assessment performed prior to
the first administration of study treatment in AC-058B201 for
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 32/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
the analyses comparing treatment groups as randomized in
AC-058B201 including the placebo treatment period, or first
dose of ponesimod treatment in either AC-058B201 or
AC-058B202 for the analyses which exclude the placebo
treatment period.
Full details of the treatment groups and how they are used in
the analysis will be described in the SAP.
AEs, SAEs, and AEs leading to premature discontinuation of
study drug will be tabulated by system organ class (SOC) and
individual preferred terms within each SOC.
STUDY
COMMITTEES
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
During the extension study the Independent Data Monitoring
Committee (IDMC) continued to follow patients’ data on a
regular basis and had access to fully unblinded data to ensure
patient safety. The IDMC was disbanded on 30th September
2021 following the planned unblinding of the studies.
Ophthalmology Safety Board
An OSB, composed of two independent ophthalmologists,
reviewed and evaluated any new or suspected cases of
macular edema in a blinded fashion. The OSB was
decommissioned from the date of Global Protocol version 12.
MACE adjudication board
A MACE adjudication board will review and evaluate in a
blinded fashion the MACE reported in the study. The
composition and operations of MACE adjudication board are
described in the MACE adjudication board charter.
ANCILLARY
STUDIES
The following ancillary studies were implemented in the core
study at selected sites and will be continued during the
extension study. Details of these studies are described in this
protocol.
Exploration of echocardiographic parameters
 Standard 
2D/Doppler 
echocardiography 
will 
be
performed to assess regional wall abnormalities, aortic
valve morphology and function, mitral valve morphology
and function, and left ventricular ejection fraction.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800/ JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 33/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Echocardiography assessments will only be conducted in
patients who were assessed during the core study.
Exploration of ophthalmological parameters by optical
coherence tomography (OCT)
 Average RNFL thickness, central foveal thickness, and
total macular volume will be assessed by OCT as safety
and efficacy parameters. From Global Protocol version 12
onwards the scope of this ancillary study will be limited
to patients with suspicion of acute uveitis and macular
edema.
META-ANALYSIS  
Not applicable
PERIODIC 
ANALYSIS  
 During the conduct of the study, data analyses may be
performed periodically at specified timepoints (e.g., all
patients who complete 12 months of treatment).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 34/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Table 1: 
Visit and assessment schedule (treatment period 1 –up to 96 weeks)
PERIODS 
Name 
Transition 
Double-blind extension treatment period 1
Duration 
Extended treatment with ponesimod for up to 96 weeks
VISITS 
Number 
11 
-- 
E 1 
E 2 
E 3 
--- 
E 4 
E 5 
E 6 
E 7 
E 8 
E 9 
E 10 
E 11 
E 12  
E 13
Name 
EOT1 
Randomization  
Phone call2 
EOT23
Time 
W 24 
Day -3 to -1 
Day 1 
Day 8 
Day 15 
Day 22 
Week 4 
Week 8 
Week 12 
Week 24 
Week 36 
Week 48 
Week 60 
Week 72 
Week 84 
Week 96
Visit window  
W 24 (EOT) + up to 3 days 
±1 day 
±1 day 
±1 day 
±2 days 
±5 days 
±5 days 
±14 days 
±14 days 
±14 days 
±14 days 
±14 days 
±14 days 
±14 days
* Informed Consent4 
X
* Inclusion/Exclusion criteria 
X 
X 
X
EDSS / Functional Systems 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Chest X-ray 
X 
X
* MRI 
X 
X 
X 
X
Concomitant medications 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Physical Examination 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
X5 
X5 
X5 
X5 
X5 
X5 
X5
  Systolic/diastolic blood pressure 
X 
X6 
X6 
X6 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* 12-lead ECG 
X 
X6 
X6 
X6 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Echocardiography7 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
Ophthalmologic examination8 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
  Pulmonary function tests9 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Hematology/Blood chemistry 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Urinalysis 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Pregnancy Test 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
PK Sampling10 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Study Drug Dispensing/Return 
X11 
X 
X12  
X12  
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
Adverse Events 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
Serious Adverse Events 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
See below for footnotes.
Note: The footnotes apply to Table 1, Table 2, Table 3 and Table 4.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 35/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Table 2: 
Visit and assessment schedule (Safety Follow-up for patients discontinuing during or at the end of treatment
period 1 only)
PERIODS 
Name 
EXTENSION SAFETY FOLLOW-UP
Duration 
30 days
Number 
E14 
E15
Name 
Follow-up E1 
Follow-up E2
(EOS2)
Time 
W96 + 7 days 
W96 + 30 days
Visit Window  
±1 day 
±5 day
EDSS / Functional Systems 
X
* MRI 
X
Concomitant Medications 
X 
X
* Physical Examination 
X 
X5
Systolic/diastolic blood 
pressure
X 
X
* 12-lead ECG 
X 
X
Ophthalmologic examination8 
X
Pulmonary function tests 
X 
X
* Hematology/Blood 
chemistry
X 
X
* Urinalysis 
X 
X
* Pregnancy Test 
X
Adverse Events 
X 
X
Serious Adverse Events 
X 
X
See below for footnotes.
Note: The footnotes apply to Table 1, Table 2, Table 3 and Table 4.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 36/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Table 3: 
Visit and assessment schedule (treatment period 2 and treatment period 3 –up to 540 weeks and Safety
Follow-up)
PERIODS 
Name 
Double-blind extension treatment period 2 / Open-label extension treatment period 317 
EXTENSION SAFETY FOLLOW-UP14
Duration 
Extended treatment with ponesimod for up to 540 weeks 
90 days
VISITS 
Number 
P1-P3-P5-P7-P9-P11-P13-P15-P17-P19-P21- 
P23-P25-P27-P29-P31-P33-P35-P37-P39- 
P41-P43-P45 
P2-P4-P6-P8-P10-12-P14-P16-P18-P20-
P22-P24-P26-P28-P30-P32-P34-P36-P38-
P40-P42-P44
Name 
EOT313 
FU1 
FU2 
FU3 (EOS3)
Time 
Day 1-Week 24-48-72-96-120-144-168-192- 
216-240-264-288-312-336-360-384-408-432- 
456-480-504-528 
Week 12-36-60-84-108-132-156-180-204-
228-252-276-300-324-348-372-396-420- 
444-468-492-516
Week 540
8 days after the last 
dose of study drug 
30 days after the last dose of 
study drug 
90 days after the last
dose of study drug
Visit window  
±14 days 
±14 days 
±14 days 
±1 day 
±5 days 
±7 days
  EDSS / Functional Systems16 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Chest X-ray 
(X15)only at P1 
X
* MRI 
(X) only at P1, P5, P9, P13, P17, P21, P25,
P29, P33, P37, P41, P45
X 
X
  Concomitant medications 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Physical Examination 
(X5), at P37, P41, P45 
(X5) until P36 
X5 
X 
X5 
X5
  Systolic/diastolic blood pressure6 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* 12-lead ECG6 
(X6), at P37, P41, P45 
(X6) until P36 
X 
X 
X
* Echocardiography7 
(X7) at P37, P41, P45  
X
  Ophthalmologic examination8 
(X8), at P37, P41, P45  
X 
X
  Pulmonary function tests9 
(X9), at P37, P41, P45  
X 
X 
X 
X
* Hematology/Blood chemistry 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Urinalysis 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* Pregnancy Test18 
X 
X 
X 
X
  PK Sampling10 
P7 only 
(X) only at P2, P14, P22
* Study Drug Dispensing/Return 
X 
X 
X
  Adverse Events 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
  Serious Adverse Events 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
See below for footnotes.
Note: The footnotes apply to Table 1, Table 2, Table 3 and Table 4.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 37/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Table 4: 
Visit and assessment schedule (unscheduled visits)
PERIODS 
Name 
UNSCHEDULED VISITS
VISITS
Name 
Relapse 
Unscheduled 
Re-initiation20
Interruption / planned
pregnancy
Eligibility for re-initiation /
pregnancy
Re-initiation D1 /
pregnancy
Re-initiation D8 /
pregnancy
Day 1 of re-
initiation
Day 15 of
re-initiation
Unscheduled visit after
drug interruption for
planned pregnancy
Unscheduled visit prior to
study drug re-initiation
after interruption for
planned pregnancy
Unscheduled visit for re-
initiation of study drug
following study drug
interruption for planned
pregnancy
Unscheduled visit for re-
initiation of study drug
following study drug
interruption for planned
pregnancy
Time
Any day between Day 1 and FU3 
(EOS3) 
Any day between Day 1 and
EOT3
30 days after study drug
interruption for planned
pregnancy
30 days (±5 days) before
study drug re-initiation
Visit window
+ 7 days 
NA  
NA  
±1 day 
±7 days 
NA  
NA  
NA
  EDSS / Functional Systems16
X 
X 
X 
X
* Chest X-ray
* MRI
X 
X 
X
  Concomitant medications
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X19 
X
* Physical Examination
X 
X5 
X 
X
  Systolic/diastolic blood
pressure6
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
* 12-lead ECG6
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
  Ophthalmologic
examination8
X 
X 
X
  Pulmonary function tests9
X 
X 
X
* Hematology/Blood
chemistry
X 
X 
X
* Urinalysis
X 
X 
X
* Pregnancy Test18
X 
X 
X (first assessment) 
X (first assessment)
* Study Drug
Dispensing/Return
X 
X 
X 
X19 
X
  Adverse Events
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
  Serious Adverse Events
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X
See below for footnotes.
Note: The footnotes apply to Table 1, Table 2, Table 3 and Table 4.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 38/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
*Data are not collected in the CRFs (unless a finding constitutes an AE or SAE), except for body weight (see footnote 5). For MRI and echocardiography only the date of assessment is collected in the CRFs.
1. 
All Week 24 (EOT) assessments of the core study (AC 058B201) must be completed prior to randomization in the extension study. If a patient is going to enter the extension study the Visit E1 should
be scheduled within 3 days after the Week 24 (EOT) visit of the core study. Patients will have to continue using their core study medication every day until and including the day prior to Visit E1.
2. 
Phone call: The site will call the patient for information on health status / adverse events.
3. 
In the event of treatment discontinuation prior to Week 96 (whatever the reason), all assessments planned at Visit E13 (EOT2) must be performed as soon as possible, but no later than 5 days following
the date of the last dose of study drug.
4. 
Informed Consent Form ofthe extension study must be signed by the patient prior to participating in any study related procedure of the extension study, and prior to continuing using their core study
medication on the day of their Week 24 visit of the core study.
5. 
Physical examination must be performed at all study visits until P37, then yearly until P45, inclusive, and at EOT3, FU1, FU2, and FU3. Includes careful skin examination at each visit from E6 until
P37, then at P41, P45, EOT3, and at FU2 and FU3. Body weight only at E7, E9, E11, E13, and yearly from P1 to EOT3.
6. 
Blood pressure must be performed pre dose at all visits. ECG must be performed pre dose at all study visits until P37, then yearly until Visit P45, inclusive. At the visit when the transition from
treatment period 2 (TP2) to treatment period 3 (TP3) will occur, all patients must be monitored at the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration [see Section 3.12.2]. In the event
of re initiation of study drug, blood pressure and ECG must be performed pre dose (all patients) and hourly (±15 min) for at least 4 hours and up to 12 hours (only mandated for patients with
cardiovascular risk factors and at the discretion of the investigator / treating neurologist for patients without cardiovascular risk factors) [see Appendix 5and Section 3.12.5.3].
7. 
Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography will assess regional wall abnormalities, aortic valve morphology and function, mitral valve morphology and function, and left ventricular ejection fraction. It
will be performed at selected centers with adequate equipment and experience. During TP2 and TP3, echocardiography is performed at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visits P37 to P45,
inclusive, and at EOT3.
8. 
Ophthalmological examination includes best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity, visual fields, dilated ophthalmoscopy, and optical coherence tomography (OCT) in case of suspicion
of macular edema or active uveitis (OCT, only for subjects at risk). During TP2 and TP3, ophthalmologic examination is performed at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visits P37 to
P45, inclusive, at EOT3 and FU2.
9. 
FEV1 and FVC. Additional unscheduled pulmonary function tests (PFTs) will be conducted in the event of respiratory symptoms (e.g., dyspnea) or decreased lung function (FEV1 and/or FVC <80%
of baseline value) during the course of the study. During TP2 and TP3, PFTs are performed at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visits P37 to P45, inclusive, at EOT3 and FU visits.
10. 
Plasma sample at trough level (pre dose).
11. 
Patients will have to continue using their core study medication until and including the day prior to Visit E1.
12. 
Dose uptitration or mock uptitration will take place on Days 8 and 15 during TP1. Study drug re initiation during TP2 will require only one dose uptitration or mock uptitration on Day 8. Study drug
re initiation during TP3 will require only one dose uptitration on Day 8.
13. 
EOT3 visit has to be performed 1 day after the last study drug intake. For premature discontinuations EOT3 should be performed as soon as possible, but no later than 5 days after the last dose of
study drug. Additionally, EOT3 visit has to be performed as soon as possible, but no later than 5 days after the last dose of study drug for patients not enrolling into TP3, or for patients completing
study treatment due to availability of commercially available ponesimod [see Section 3.12.3.5]. Commercially available ponesimod may be initiated on the day after last intake of study drug.
14. The three Safety Follow up visits must be performed:
following premature treatment discontinuation
following treatment discontinuation at EOT3
following treatment discontinuation for switching to commercially available ponesimod
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 39/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
15. 
Patients completing the EOT2 (Visit E13) and having a chest X ray done at this visit must not repeat the chest X ray at Visit P1.
16. 
If the patient experiences a confirmed relapse she/he must be made aware by the primary investigator / treating neurologist of the possibility of withdrawal and of switching to standard treatments
approved for RRMS. The patient’s decision must be recorded in the medical records.
17. 
When feasible, patients will be transitioned from TP2 to TP3 at the earliest visit following approval of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities and after having signed the revised
Informed Consent Form. At this visit, all patients must be monitored at the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration [see Section 3.12.2].
18. 
Women who interrupt the study drug because of planned pregnancy will be exempted from any protocol mandated pregnancy tests after the first positive pregnancy test and until 30 (±5) days before
study drug re initiation.
19. 
Review and assess contraception methods and total duration of study drug interruption, which should not exceed 81 weeks.
20. 
As described in detail in Appendix 5, patients who miss taking the study drug for four or more consecutive days are required to re initiate ponesimod treatment using the gradual uptitration scheme.
In such cases, there will be one or two visits; one visit on the day of re initiation (Day 1) for all patients. An additional visit 14 days (±1 day) after the day of re initiation (Day 15) only mandated for
patients with cardiovascular risk factors [see Appendix 5], but may be scheduled for any patient at the discretion of the investigator / treating neurologist.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202 
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 40/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
1 
BACKGROUND AND RATIONALE
1.1 Multiple sclerosis
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is an inflammatory autoimmune disorder of the central nervous
system (CNS) which is the most common cause of progressive neurological disability in
young adults [Compston 2002, Compston 2008]. This chronic demyelinating disease is
characterized by heterogeneous clinical expression, an unpredictable course and a variable
prognosis. In MS, the frequent and major neurological disability has major personal, social,
and financial consequences for patients, their families, and health care systems.
1.1.1 Immune mediated disease
Although the etiology of MS is still unknown, it is widely accepted that it is an immune
mediated, demyelinating disease precipitated by unknown environmental factors in
genetically-susceptible people.
MS results from a cascade of events involving an activation of the immune system, acute
focal inflammatory demyelination, and axonal loss with limited remyelination, culminating
in chronic multifocal sclerotic plaques in brain and spinal cord.
1.1.2 Clinical course
The large variety of symptoms and signs of MS results from axonal demyelination, which
leads to the slowing or blockade of axonal conduction at diverse affected sites of the brain
and spinal cord. Repeated episodes of disease activity may lead to progressive loss of
neurological function.
The natural history of MS suggests that there are different patterns of disease activity
[Lublin 1996, Compston 2008]. In relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS), patients have acute
exacerbations with full or partial recovery and are otherwise stable between exacerbations
(80 85% of the MS population). Some RRMS patients who have rare exacerbations and
are minimally disabled 10 years after onset of MS, are retrospectively diagnosed benign
MS (10% of the MS population).
Approximately 65 70% of RRMS patients later in their disease course experience gradual
progression of disability, and are then described to have secondary progressive MS (SPMS)
[Noseworthy 2000, Compston 2008].
Relapses are considered the clinical expression of acute, inflammatory, focal lesions, while
progression is considered to reflect demyelination, axonal loss and gliosis. RRMS and
SPMS are probably different stages of the same disease.
1.1.3 Epidemiology
There are around 2.5 million patients with MS throughout the world, of whom 250,000 to
350,000 are in the United States [Anderson 1992].
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 41/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The incidence of MS is about 7 cases per 100,000 persons per year. The prevalence rate
varies between races and geographical latitudes, ranging from 50 120 per 100,000
[Compston 2002]. The prevalence is highest in Northern Europe, Southern Australia, New
Zealand and North America. The reason for this distribution proportional to distance from
the equator in both hemispheres is unknown but may support the existence of
environmental factors, in addition to genetic factors [Compston 2008]. In Asian
populations MS is clearly less common, and appears to have a different natural history.
MS typically begins in young adults between 20 and 40 years of age (median age at onset:
31 years) but 5% of patients with MS present before the age of 16, and 2% before the age
of 10 [Compston 2002]. Patients are mostly Caucasians of European ancestry, with a
female predominance of approximately 2:1.
1.1.4 Treatment of MS
In RRMS, the major aims of treatment are to reduce relapse rate and prevent fixed disability
attributable to relapse. Recently, new disease modifying drugs have been approved for
RRMS. Currently there are several disease modifying therapies approved in at least one
country for the treatment of MS.
Injectable disease modifying drugs:
 Interferon (IFN) β-1a 30 mcg intramuscularly once weekly (Avonex®)
 IFN β-1a 22 or 44 mcg subcutaneously 3 times weekly (Rebif®)
 IFN β-1b 250 mcg subcutaneously every other day (Betaferon®, Extavia®)
 Pegylated IFN β-1a 125 mcg subcutaneously every two weeks (Plegridy®)
 Glatiramer acetate 20 mg subcutaneously once daily (o.d.) or 40 mg subcutaneously
3 times weekly (Copaxone®)
 Glatiramer acetate 20 mg subcutaneously o.d. (Glatopa®)
 Natalizumab 300 mg intravenously every 4 weeks (Tysabri®)
 Mitoxantrone intravenously every 3 months (Novantrone®)
 Alemtuzumab concentrate for solution for infusion, 12 mg alemtuzumab in 1.2 mL
(10 mg/mL) (Lemtrada®)
 Daclizumab 150 mg/mL solution in a single-dose prefilled syringe, 150 mg
subcutaneously once monthly (Zinbryta®)
 Ocrelizumab 600 mg i.v. every 6 months (Ocrevus®)
 Ofatumumab 20 mg/0.4 mL Subcutaneous once monthly (Kesimpta®)
Orally administered disease modifying drugs:
 Fingolimod 0.5 mg orally o.d. (Gilenya®)
 Teriflunomide 7 mg, 14 mg (Aubagio®)
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 42/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Dimethyl fumarate (BG-12) gastro resistant hard capsules 120/240 mg twice daily
(Tecfidera®)
 Cladribine 3.5 mg/kg body weight over 2 years (Mavenclad®)
 Siponimod 0.25 and 2 mg orally o.d. (Mayzent®)
 Ozanimod 0.92 mg orally o.d. (Zeposia®)
 Diroximel fumarate 231 mg twice daily (Vumerity®)
Additionally, there are drugs in late-stage development for the treatment of relapsing
multiple sclerosis (RMS), including AIN457 (secukinumab).
1.2 Sphingosine-1-Phosphate receptors
The adaptive immune system relies on constant circulation of lymphocytes between
lymphoid organs and other tissues. After maturation, lymphocytes leave the bone marrow
or thymus, enter the circulation, and travel via the blood and the lymphatic system,
surveying for cognate antigen [Tanaka 2004]. In the secondary lymphoid organs, which
include lymph nodes, Peyer’s patches, and the spleen, naïve lymphocytes encounter
antigen-presenting cells and may become activated. Once activated, T cells must egress to
reach target tissues, whereas antibody-producing B cells home to the bone marrow
[Cyster 2003, Tanaka 2004]. Circulation of lymphocytes between blood, lymphatic
system, and non-lymphoid tissues is tightly regulated, and it has been shown that the
lysophospholipid S1P plays a central role in lymphocyte trafficking [Cyster 2005,
Brinkmann 2007, Schwab2007, and references therein].
S1P is synthesized and secreted by many cell types, including platelets, erythrocytes, and
mast cells, and elicits a variety of physiological responses [Cyster 2005, Alvarez 2007].
The concentration of S1P is low within the lymph node parenchyma but very high in the
adjacent efferent lymphatic circulation, two compartments separated by lymphatic
endothelium. Lymphocytes are able to sense a concentration gradient of S1P and migrate
towards higher S1P concentration. Lymphocyte egress from primary and secondary
lymphoid organs is dependent on the S1P1 receptor.
In the presence of an S1P1 receptor agonist, lymphocytes lose their ability to sense S1P
concentration gradients and cell-surface S1P1 receptors are internalized by endocytosis. As
a consequence, S1P1 receptor agonists block lymphocyte migration out of lymphoid tissue
into the lymphatic and vascular circulation, thereby reducing peripheral lymphocyte counts
and preventing lymphocyte recruitment to sites of inflammation. Following withdrawal of
an S1P1 receptor agonist, the functional lymphocytes return to the circulation from their
sites of sequestration. The concept of lymphocyte sequestration is, therefore, compatible
with immunomodulation of rapid onset and reversibility.
This new strategy for therapeutic immunomodulation offers potential advantages over
existing therapies. Sequestration of T cells in lymphoid organs will prevent the processes
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 43/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
that contribute to inflammatory diseases such as tissue invasion, local cytokine release,
macrophage recruitment, and direct cell killing while sparing functions that do not rely
on homing mechanisms, such as antibody generation by B lymphocytes, first-line
immunological protection by granulocytes and monocytes, and antigen-dependent T cell
activation and expansion [Pinschewer 2000].
S1P itself induces pleiotropic effects, which are mediated by a family of
five G protein-coupled receptors, S1P1-S1P5, located on endothelial cells, vascular and
cardiac smooth muscle cells, and cardiac myocytes [Alvarez 2007, Brinkmann 2007]. The
first S1P receptor modulator, fingolimod (FTY720), which has been approved worldwide
for the treatment of MS, is not selective for the S1P1 receptor, but interacts also with S1P3,
S1P4, and S1P5[Brinkmann 2007]. Two other S1P receptor modulators - siponimod (which
binds to S1P1 and S1P5) and ozanimod (which binds to S1P1) have also been approved for
MS in some countries. It is expected that modulators with increased selectivity for the S1P1
versus the S1P3 receptor will reduce peripheral lymphocyte counts while causing fewer
S1P3 receptor-mediated side effects.
1.3 Ponesimod
Ponesimod an iminothiazolidinone derivative, is an S1P1 receptor agonist that was selected
for clinical development on the basis of its S1P1 receptor selectivity. It also has high
potency, a favorable pharmacokinetic (PK) profile after oral dosing, resulting in substantial
and rapidly reversible sequestration of circulating lymphocytes. Ponesimod is a potential
therapeutic agent for immune disorders in which activated T cells play a critical role,
including, e.g., psoriasis, MS, Type I diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, and Crohn’s disease.
It may also be effective in the prevention of transplant rejection and graft-versus-host
disease. In these pathological situations, traditional immunosuppressants have high
potential for toxicity, slow reversibility, and may increase the risk of infection or
malignancy, while newer biologicals, such as IFNs and monoclonal antibodies, must be
applied parenterally and may be associated with antibody induction and tolerance
development [Shear 2006, Van Assche 2006, Wingerchuk 2008]. Thus, there is a clear
medical need for safer and orally active drugs.
The clinical development program for ponesimod has to date assessed single- and multiple-
dose safety and tolerability in humans, and initial insights have been gained into its PK and
pharmacodynamic (PD) characteristics. Ponesimod will now be investigated primarily in
patients suffering from T cell-mediated diseases.
1.3.1 Nonclinical studies
Studies have been conducted with ponesimod in animal models of T cell-mediated
diseases, such as MS, rheumatoid arthritis, and skin hypersensitivity, and consistently
indicate a therapeutic potential of ponesimod at oral doses that lower peripheral blood
lymphocyte counts.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 44/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The main targets for ponesimod-related toxicity after treatment of up to 4 weeks were the
lungs (mice, rats, and dogs), and the nervous system (clinical signs, dogs only). After 13,
26, and/or 52 weeks of treatment, the heart and skin were identified as additional
toxicologically relevant targets in mice, rats, and dogs. Nonclinical safety testing of
ponesimod indicates an embryotoxic and teratogenic potential.
More detailed information can be found in the Investigator’s Brochure [Ponesimod IB].
1.3.2 Clinical studies
The clinical experience with ponesimod from studies concluded prior to initiation of the
current extension study consisted of studies in healthy subjects treated with a single dose
of up to 75 mg or multiple doses of up to 100 mg o.d. for up to 22 days, and studies in
patients with moderate -to -severe chronic plaque psoriasis treated for up to 28 weeks with
doses up to 40 mg o.d. and in patients with RRMS treated for up to 24 weeks with doses
up to 40 mg o.d.
One Phase 3 study that was ongoing at the start of this extension study
(Study AC-058B301/OPTIMUM) was completed in May 2019 (last patient last visit) and
the long-term extension study AC-058B303/OPTIMUM-LT is currently ongoing in RMS.
Study 
AC-058B302/POINT 
was 
prematurely 
terminated 
(announcement 
in
November 2019) due to failure to meet recruitment targets.
1.3.2.1 Clinical pharmacology
The PK profile of ponesimod is characterized by low variability. The terminal elimination
half-life is about 32 h. There is approximately two-fold accumulation with repeated o.d.
oral dosing, and steady-state is achieved within 4 5 days. There is a good correlation
between the plasma concentration of ponesimod and the reduction of total lymphocyte
count in peripheral blood. Food, age, race or sex do not appear to relevantly affect the PK
or PD of ponesimod. The drug-drug interaction potential of ponesimod is judged to be low
based on current nonclinical and clinical data.
More detailed information can be found in the Investigator’s Brochure [Ponesimod IB].
1.3.2.2  Pharmacodynamics in humans
Oral administration of ponesimod dose-dependently reduces the circulating lymphocyte
count in humans. The maximum reduction from baseline of approximately 65 80% is
achieved after a single dose of ≥ 50 mg, or at steady-state, at 40 mg o.d. The nadir in
lymphocyte count is attained within 6 10 h following a single dose. There is no evidence
of tachyphylaxis. Peripheral blood counts of both T and B cells are reduced by ponesimod,
while Natural Killer (NK) cells and neutrophils are not reduced. Upon discontinuation of
ponesimod, the lymphocyte count generally returns to within the normal range within
1 week. The magnitude of lymphocyte count reductions seen with ponesimod in MS
patients treated for up to 6 months and in psoriasis patients treated for up to 7 months was
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 45/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
consistent with observations made after short-term treatment in healthy subjects. In the MS
Phase 2 study AC-058B201, at Week 24, the mean reduction from baseline in lymphocyte
count was 49.8%, 65.3% and 68.6% in the ponesimod 10 mg, 20 mg, and 40 mg groups,
respectively, compared to a mean increase of 3.3% in the placebo group. In the psoriasis
Phase 2 study AC-058A201, at Week 16, the mean reduction from baseline in lymphocyte
count was 56.3% and 64.9% in the ponesimod 20 mg and 40 mg groups, compared to a
mean decrease of 1.6% in the placebo group. Lymphocyte count remained stable on
treatment and returned to baseline levels within 1 or 2 weeks following ponesimod
treatment discontinuation.
More detailed information can be found in the Investigator’s Brochure [Ponesimod IB].
1.3.2.3 Efficacy in humans
Study AC-058B201 [Olsson 2014] was a prospective, multicenter, randomized, double-
blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, dose-finding Phase 2b study, in which efficacy,
safety, and tolerability of three doses of ponesimod administered for 24 weeks were
investigated in patients with RRMS. A total of 464 patients were randomized (1:1:1:1) to
10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod as the capsule formulation, or placebo. Study medication was
administered orally o.d., with a starting dose of 10 mg o.d. in all ponesimod arms and with
uptitration to 20 and 40 mg on Days 8 and 15, respectively. Of the 464 patients randomized
in the study, all but two patients (ponesimod 20 mg) received treatment with study drug.
In the ponesimod groups, the mean cumulative number of new T1 gadolinium-enhancing
(Gd+) lesions at Weeks 12 to 24 (primary efficacy endpoint) ranged from 1.1 3.5
compared to 6.2 on placebo. In the primary analysis (negative binomial regression analysis
on the Per-protocol set with imputation for missing data), a statistically significant effect
was demonstrated for each ponesimod dose group. The treatment effect (ratio) versus
placebo with ponesimod 10 mg was 0.566 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.337, 0.952,
p
0.0318), with ponesimod 20 mg 0.170 (95% CI: 0.100, 0.289, p
0.0001), and with
ponesimod 40 mg 0.226 (95% CI: 0.133, 0.384, p  0.0001).
A mean reduction of 70% of the cumulative number of new T1 Gd+ lesions from Week 12
to Week 24 was estimated with the 20 mg dose. Only a minor further increase in the effect
was estimated for doses greater than 20 mg.
The results from an interim analysis of study AC-058B201/B202 with cut-off date of
31 March 2019 have shown sustained low rates of MRI and clinical disease activity as well
as low rates of relapse and disability accumulation during long-term treatment with
ponesimod for up to 9 years. The model- adjusted ARR estimated with ponesimod 20 mg
was approximately 0.15.
Study AC-058B301/OPTIMUM was a prospective, multicenter, randomized, double-
blind, active controlled, parallel-group, Phase 3, superiority study. The study was designed
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 46/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
to compare the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of ponesimod 20 mg versus teriflunomide
14 mg in adult patients with relapsing MS over a treatment period of 108 weeks.
Results showed ponesimod 20 mg statistically significantly reduced ARR (confirmed
relapses) up to EOS by 30.5% compared to teriflunomide 14 mg (ARR  0.202 for
ponesimod 20 mg vs. 0.290 for teriflunomide 14 mg, rate ratio: 0.695 [99% CL: 0.536:
0.902], p  0.0003).
In addition, the change from baseline to Week 108 in fatigue (based on the Fatigue
Symptom and Impact Questionnaire-Relapsing Multiple Sclerosis [FSIQ-RMS] weekly
symptoms score) was statistically significantly lower in the ponesimod 20 mg arm
compared with the teriflunomide 14 mg arm (mean  -0.01 for ponesimod 20 mg vs 3.56
for teriflunomide 14 mg, mean difference: -3.57 [95% CL: -5.83: -1.32], p  0.0019, an
increase from baseline indicates worsening in fatigue symptoms).
Ponesimod 20 mg statistically significantly reduced by 56% the number of combined
unique active lesions (CUALs) between baseline and week 108 compared to teriflunomide
14 mg (mean CUALs per year  1.405 for ponesimod 20 mg vs. 3.164 for teriflunomide
14 mg, rate ratio: 0.44 [95% CL: 0.36: 0.54], p <0.0001).
A 12-week CDA was observed in 10.1%, and 12.4% of patients up to EOS in the
ponesimod 20 mg and teriflunomide 14 mg arms, respectively (hazard ratio: 0.83 [95%
CL, 0.58 to 1.18]; log-rank p  0.2939). A 24-week CDA was observed in 8.1%, and 9.9%
of patients up to EOS in the ponesimod 20 mg and teriflunomide 14 mg arms, respectively.
Exploratory analysis (not formally tested as per testing procedure) showed that the hazard
ratio: 0.84 (95% CL, 0.57 to 1.24]; log-rank p  0.3720).
More detailed information can be found in the Investigator’s Brochure [Ponesimod IB].
1.3.2.4 Safety and tolerability
Clinical studies to date have identified transient changes in heart rate (HR) and
atrioventricular (AV) conduction as the most prominent safety-related signal with
ponesimod. Oral doses of 5 mg or above resulted in dose-dependent sinus rate reductions
in all treated patients; the changes were transient and resolved largely within 6 10 hours
after dosing. In some patients, these HR reductions were accompanied by a transient effect
on AV conduction with prolongation of the PR interval on the electrocardiogram (ECG)
and, occasionally, second degree AV block. The effects on HR and AV conduction
diminish with repeated administration of ponesimod, indicating desensitization. To
minimize the first-dose effects on HR and AV conduction, a dose uptitration regimen was
successfully tested and is implemented in current clinical trials.
Difficulty in inspiration (dyspnea) and related pulmonary function test (PFT) changes have
also been detected in humans. Mild transient dyspnea/cough was noted frequently 2 6 h
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 47/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
after an oral dose of 40 mg or higher, and was associated with a clinically relevant forced
expiratory volume (FEV1) decrease from baseline. Symptoms resolved spontaneously upon
discontinuation of treatment with ponesimod, and PFTs returned to baseline upon drug
discontinuation.
In the long-term clinical studies, an increased incidence of adverse events (AEs) of
hypertension was observed in patients with hypertension at baseline, treated with
ponesimod.
Elevations of aspartate transaminase (AST) and/or alanine aminotransferase (ALT),
without any bilirubin increase have been noted with ponesimod; they were reversible upon
discontinuation of dosing. The changes were asymptomatic.
Cases of macular edema associated with changes in visual acuity have been observed in
patients treated with ponesimod. These events resolved upon discontinuation of
ponesimod.
Safety results from the completed AC-058B301/OPTIMUM study and the interim analysis
of the ongoing AC-058B202 study were consistent with previous studies and provide
support for the long-term safety of ponesimod. Results of the AC-058B301/OPTIMUM
study also support the safety and tolerability of the gradual ponesimod uptitration regimen.
 In the AC-058B301/OPTIMUM study, the proportion of patients who experienced
at least one TEAE was similar in both treatment arms (88.8% and 88.2% of patients
in the ponesimod 20 mg and the teriflunomide 14 mg arms, respectively). The most
common TEAEs in the ponesimod 20 mg arm were ALT increased (19.5%),
nasopharyngitis (19.3%), headache (11.5%) and upper respiratory tract infections
(10.6%). Initiation of ponesimod using the gradual uptitration regimen (starting
with ponesimod 2 mg) was not associated with clinically significant
bradyarrhythmia events; none of reported bradyarrhythmia events were serious or
leading to discontinuation of treatment; no second- or higher degree AV blocks
were reported.
 In the interim analysis of AC-058B202 (cut-off date of 31 March 2019), long-term
treatment with ponesimod was not associated with new safety or tolerability
concerns. Study AC-058B202 is ongoing. The results of the interim analysis
support the long-term benefit/risk profile of the 20 mg dose as the most optimal
dose of ponesimod. Ponesimod 20 mg was shown to be safe and well tolerated in
adults with RRMS over long-term treatment of up to 9 years (median exposure to
ponesimod in the 20 mg dose group of 8.02 years, corresponding to a total of
817 subject-years).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 48/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Nonclinical safety testing of ponesimod indicates an embryotoxic and teratogenic potential.
Pregnant or lactating women are excluded from clinical trials, and women of childbearing
potential (WOCBP) must use two reliable methods of contraception and must not become
pregnant while on study drug and for at least 30 days after study drug discontinuation. A
hormonal contraceptive is allowed as one of the required methods of contraception, as the
PK profile of hormonal contraceptives has been shown not to be substantially altered in the
presence of ponesimod.
More detailed information can be found in the Investigator’s Brochure [Ponesimod IB].
1.4 Study rationale
1.4.1 Medical background
Ponesimod, a potent, selective, and orally active S1P1 receptor agonist, blocks the egress
of lymphocytes from lymphoid organs and thus reduces the availability of circulating
effector T cells that can invade target organs. Ponesimod is expected to leave intact
immune functions that do not rely on lymphocyte trafficking, such as antibody generation
by B cells, first-line defense by neutrophils and monocytes, and antigen-dependent T cell
activation and expansion.
In mice with myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein peptide-induced experimental
autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE), a model of MS, oral administration of ponesimod
almost fully prevented onset and progression of EAE and significantly increased the
survival of immunized mice. Histological analyses showed that ponesimod reduced
inflammation, demyelination, and axonal loss in the brain, cerebellum, and spinal cord.
For more details see Section 1.3.1 and the ponesimod Investigator’s Brochure
[Ponesimod IB].
If this profile is confirmed in  patients, ponesimod may offer a new type of selective
immunomodulation for the treatment of RRMS.
In a Phase 2 study, the non-selective S1P receptor agonist fingolimod has established
activity in MS, significantly reducing both the total number of gadolinium-enhanced
lesions per patient recorded on T1-weighted MRI scans at monthly intervals and the
annualized relapse rate (ARR), during 6 months of treatment [Kappos 2006]. Results of a
24-month extension study of this Phase 2 trial demonstrated that patients who switched
from placebo to fingolimod showed clear reductions in lesion counts and ARR compared
to the placebo phase, and for patients who continued fingolimod treatment, lesion counts
and ARR remained low [O’Connor 2009].
Later, efficacy of fingolimod in RRMS was reported in two Phase 3 studies. In the
TRANSFORMS study, fingolimod as compared to IFN β-1a intramuscularly showed
significant reductions in both the ARR ( 52% for the 0.5 mg dose, 38% for the 1.25 mg
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 49/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
dose), and the number of new MRI lesions [Cohen 2010]. In the FREEDOMS study,
fingolimod as compared to placebo showed significant reductions in both ARR ( 54% for
the 0.5 mg dose, 60% for the 1.25 mg dose), disability progression, and new MRI lesions
[Kappos 2010].
The Phase 2b study AC-058B201, hereafter referred to as the “core study”, was initiated
as the first clinical study of ponesimod in patients with RRMS. The core study was
designed to find the best potentially clinically effective dose of ponesimod based on the
reduction in the number of new Gd+ lesions on 4-weekly T1-weighted MRI scans.
Tolerability and safety of ponesimod were assessed closely throughout the core study,
including the monitoring for events potentially related to immunosuppression
(e.g., infections, malignancies).
This study, AC-058B202, hereafter referred to as the “extension study”, is designed to
provide further treatment to patients who completed the core study, and to investigate the
long-term safety, tolerability and efficacy of ponesimod for up to 636 weeks.
1.4.2 Patient population
For the core study RRMS patients with predictors of high clinical activity in terms of MRI
activity or clinical relapses were selected in order to maximize potential treatment effect.
Patients who were randomized into the core study and completed their regular Week 24
(end-of-treatment [EOT]) Visit while on study treatment will qualify to enter this extension
study. Patients participating in the extension study need to sign a new Informed Consent
Form. Prior to being enrolled into the treatment period (TP) 2, patients have to sign another
Informed Consent Form. Similarly, prior to being enrolled into TP3, patients will have to
sign a revised Informed Consent Form. The maximum number of patients in this extension
study equals the number of randomized patients in the core study.
1.4.3 Study design
This is a prospective, multicenter, multinational, randomized, double-blind, multiple-dose,
uncontrolled, parallel-group extension study in patients with RRMS who have completed
their regular Week 24 (EOT) Visit of the core study while on study treatment.
1.4.4 Placebo
No placebo will be used as comparator in this extension study. All patients who have been
on placebo during the core study will be randomized 1:1:1 to 10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod
during TP1 in the extension study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 50/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
1.4.5 Dose selection
 During TP1 of this extension study:
Patients who received ponesimod during the core study will continue treatment with their
originally assigned dose. Patients who have been on placebo during the core study will be
randomized 1:1:1 to 10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod. Therefore, the maintenance doses of
ponesimod during the extension study will be 10, 20, or 40 mg o.d. for up to 96 weeks
during TP1. All patients (no matter if they received placebo or ponesimod during the core
study) will be required to perform the same uptitration or mock uptitration scheme as at the
beginning of the core study.
Uptitration of dose: Transient dose-dependent effects of ponesimod on sinus node
automaticity and AV conduction with attenuation and disappearance after repeated dosing
from Day 2 onwards were observed in the Phase 1 studies. In order to minimize the first-
dose effects on HR and AV conduction at doses of 20 mg and above, the same uptitration
scheme will be applied in this extension study as in the core study.
 During TP2 of this extension study:
Patients who have completed at least Visit E9 (Week 48) of TP1 (being still on treatment),
will be enrolled into TP2.
Based on the AC-058B201 core study results, ponesimod at doses of 10 and 20 mg was
well tolerated. The 40 mg dose was associated with an increased incidence of AEs of
dyspnea, peripheral edema, cough and, possibly, infection-related AEs while no significant
efficacy benefit was achieved with this dose as compared to 20 mg. For this reason, patients
in the 40 mg ponesimod treatment arm will be re-randomized to 10 or 20 mg ponesimod
in a 1:1 ratio for the TP2. Patients on 10 and 20 mg ponesimod will continue with these
maintenance doses.
Patients who have already completed treatment up to Visit E13 (EOT2) may still be
enrolled into TP2, provided study drug was not discontinued for longer than 3 months. In
this case, Visit P1 must be scheduled as soon as possible and, ifapplicable, patients must
undergo a study drug re-initiation and/or uptitration.
 During TP3 of this extension study:
The Independent Data Monitoring Committee (IDMC) required an analysis comparing
safety and efficacy outcomes of the two doses of ponesimod currently used in the study,
10 mg and 20 mg. The analysis show that the dose of 20 mg has a better efficacy than the
dose of 10 mg, with a similar safety profile. Based on these results, the IDMC has
subsequently recommended stopping the ponesimod 10 mg treatment arm and switching
all patients to ponesimod 20 mg.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 51/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
For this reason, patients receiving 10 mg ponesimod during the TP2 will receive a
maintenance dose of 20 mg ponesimod in TP3. Patients on 20 mg ponesimod will continue
with the same maintenance dose. When feasible, the transition from TP2 to TP3 will occur
at the earliest visit following approval of protocol version 8 by Ethics Committees
(ECs)/Institutional Review Boards (IRBs) and health authorities and after patients have
signed the revised Informed Consent Form. The day of the open-label dose of ponesimod
20 mg will correspond to the start of TP3. At this visit, all patients must be monitored at
the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration [see Section 3.12.2].
Re-initiation of study drug: A gradual uptitration of ponesimod from a 2 mg starting dose
to a 20 mg maintenance dose over a period of 14 days, as outlined in Table 6, was found
to successfully mitigate first-dose effects on HR and AV conduction in the Phase 3 study
AC-058B301/OPTIMUM. This 2 week uptitration regimen will be implemented in the
study on days of re-initiation of treatment following treatment interruption of 4 days or
more [see Appendix 5].
Patients not enrolling into TP3 will have to perform the EOT3 visit [see Section 3.12.3.5].
1.4.6 Treatment duration
In view of the AC-058B201 results, it was decided to prolong this extension study of
ponesimod treatment with two selected doses, which both showed a statistically significant
therapeutic effect on the primary endpoint and were well tolerated. Furthermore, this
extension of ponesimod treatment allows assessing not only long-term safety and
tolerability of the two selected doses, but also the effect of long-term (up to 12 years)
ponesimod treatment on medically relevant clinical endpoints, relapse rate and sustained
disability progression.
Treatment with ponesimod will be extended up to 636 weeks (12.3 years): up to 96 weeks
during TP1 and up to 540 weeks during TP2 and TP3. For patients who have been treated
with ponesimod during the core study, this will lead to maximum treatment duration with
ponesimod of up to 660 weeks (12.8 years): 24 weeks during the core study, plus up to
636 weeks during the extension study.
Study treatment for each patient lasts until the end of the 636 weeks in the extension or
until whichever of the following occurs first:
 Ponesimod is commercially available for the treatment of MS in the patient’s country;
 The sponsor decides to stop study AC-058B202;
 The patient or the investigator decides to discontinue study drug.
In some countries, additional reimbursement negotiations and central formulary approvals
will be needed before ponesimod becomes available. In this case, patients participating in
the AC-058B202 study can continue to receive ponesimod until ponesimod is available in
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 52/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
their local country, or for a maximum of 636 weeks. Patients will get access to the study
drug for a maximum of 636 weeks. If ponesimod becomes available locally before the end
of the 636 weeks in the AC-058B202 extension study, then patients will be considered as
having completed the extension study and will be switched to commercially available
supply if they wish to continue ponesimod treatment. For these patients, the switch to
commercially available ponesimod should occur at the EOT3 visit and the EOT3 and FU
visits will be conducted as described in Table 3.
1.4.7 Study endpoints
The study endpoints focus on long-term safety, tolerability, and efficacy. Only exploratory
endpoints will be investigated. These are described in more detail in Section 3.10.
1.4.8 Statistical hypotheses and sample size
No statistical hypothesis has been set for this study. The sample size will depend solely on
the number of patients who complete their regular Week-24 (EOT) visit in the core study
while on study treatment and who decide to participate in this extension study.
2 
STUDY OBJECTIVES
The objective of this study is to investigate the long-term effects of ponesimod, orally
administered o.d. at doses of 10, 20, or 40 mg, on safety, tolerability, and efficacy. Only
exploratory analyses will be performed.
The exploratory objectives are:
 To investigate the long-term safety and tolerability of ponesimod.
 To investigate the long-term efficacy of ponesimod.
 To explore the dose response relationship of 10, 20, and 40 mg ponesimod on
lymphocyte count, MRI endpoints, ARR, and safety endpoints.
3 INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN
3.1 Overall study design and plan
3.1.1 Study design
This is a prospective, multicenter, multinational, randomized, double-blind, multiple -dose,
uncontrolled, parallel-group extension study in patients with RRMS having completed their
regular Week 24 (EOT) Visit of the core study while on study treatment. Investigators,
contract research organizations (CROs), and patients were blinded to study treatment
assignment during TP1 and TP2. During TP3, open-label ponesimod 20 mg is dispensed
to all patients. Blinding is discussed in Section 3.8.2.
The study is designed to investigate the long-term safety, tolerability, and efficacy of three
doses of ponesimod.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 53/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
This extension study comprises three treatment periods: TP1 (up to 96 weeks), TP2 and
TP3 (up to 540 weeks).
After a transition period of up to 3 days from the AC-058B201 to the AC-058B202 study,
patients having received treatment with ponesimod (10, 20, or 40 mg) during the core study
will continue their treatment on the same dose during TP1 of this extension study. Patients
having received placebo in the core study will be randomized 1:1:1 to 10, 20, or 40 mg
ponesimod during TP1.
Patients who completed at least Visit E9 (Week 48) of TP1 (being still on treatment) will
be enrolled into TP2 starting with Visit P1. At Visit P1 all patients receiving 40 mg
ponesimod will be re-randomized to 10 or 20 mg ponesimod in a 1:1 ratio. Patients on 10
and 20 mg ponesimod will continue with these doses.
Patients who have already  completed treatment up to Visit E13 (EOT2) may still be
enrolled into TP2, provided study drug was not discontinued for longer than 3 months. In
this case, Visit P1 must be scheduled as soon as possible and if applicable, patients must
undergo a study drug re-initiation and/or uptitration.
Patients receiving 10 mg ponesimod during TP2 will be switched to 20 mg ponesimod in
TP3. Patients on 20 mg ponesimod in TP2 will continue with the same dose in TP3. When
feasible, the transition from TP2 to TP3 will occur at the earliest visit following approval
of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities and after the patient has signed
the revised Informed Consent Form. At this visit, all patients must be monitored at the
investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration [see Section 3.12.2]. The
day of the first open-label dose of 20 mg will correspond to the start of TP3.
Patients not enrolling into TP3 will have to perform the EOT3 visit [see Section 3.12.3.5].
The study consists of the following study periods:
Transition period (on core study medication)
 The transition period is defined as the time between study drug intake at the Week 24
visit of the core study and the time of study drug intake at Visit E1.
 Patients will have to continue using their core study medication every day until and
including the day prior to Visit E1.
Treatment periods (on extension study medication)
 Study treatment period is subdivided into TP1 (up to 96 weeks), TP2 and TP3 (up to
540 weeks).
 Study treatment will be extended to up to a maximum of 636 weeks in total.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 54/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
TP1 (up to 96 weeks):
 The first visit of the extension study in TP1, Visit E1, will take place within 3 days
after the regular Week-24 visit of the core study.
 On Visit E1 (Day 1 of the extension study), patients who have been on placebo during
the core study will be randomized 1:1:1 to either ponesimod 10, 20, or 40 mg, and start
their treatment with 10 mg ponesimod. Patients who have received ponesimod during
the core study will continue treatment on the same dose. For all patients, the treatment
on Visit E1 will be administered in the clinical setting. All patients must be monitored
at the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration [see
Section 3.12.2].
 On Visit E2 (Day 8 of the extension study; day of first (mock) uptitration), the study
drug will be administered in the clinical setting and either uptitrated to the dose of
20 mg ponesimod, or a mock dose titration will take place. The patient must be
monitored at the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration on
Day 8 [see Section 3.12.2].
 On Visit E3 (Day 15 of the extension study; day of second (mock) uptitration), the
study drug will be administered in the clinical setting and either up-titrated to the dose
of 40 mg ponesimod, or a mock dose titration will take place. The patient must be
monitored at the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration on
Day 15 [see Section 3.12.2].
 On Day 22 of the extension study the site will call the patient to obtain information on
health status / AEs.
 From Visit E4 (Week 4, Day 29 of the extension study) visits will be performed every
four weeks until Visit E6 (Week 12).
 From Visit E6 (Week 12) until the end of the treatment period of up to 96 weeks
(Visits E6 to E13; Weeks 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84 and 96) or until study drug
discontinuation, visits will be performed every 12 weeks.
TP2 and TP3 (up to 540 weeks):
 Patients will be switched from TP1 to TP2 at Visit P1. As soon as a patient has
completed at least Visit E9 (Week 48) of TP1 (being still on treatment) following
approval of global protocol version 3, Visit P1 can be scheduled as the next regular
visit (12 weeks after Visit E9 or E10 or E11 or E12). After completing Visit E13
(EOT2), Visit P1 must be scheduled as soon as possible, provided study drug was not
discontinued for longer than 3 months and a re-initiation / uptitration must be
performed, if applicable.
 All patients will be switched from capsules to tablets at Visit P1.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 55/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 All patients receiving 40 mg ponesimod during TP1 will be re-randomized to 10 or
20 mg ponesimod in a 1:1 ratio. Patients receiving 10 mg and 20 mg ponesimod will
continue with these respective maintenance doses.
 When feasible, patients will be switched from TP2 to TP3 at the earliest scheduled visit,
following approval of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities, and after
having signed the revised Informed Consent Form. The day of the first open-label dose
of ponesimod 20 mg will correspond to the start of TP3. Patients not enrolling into TP3
will have to perform the EOT3 visit.
 All patients receiving 10 mg ponesimod during TP2 will receive a maintenance dose
of 20 mg ponesimod during TP3, if they agree to continue in TP3. Patients receiving
20 mg ponesimod will continue with 20 mg ponesimod. Treatment allocation during
TP1 and TP2 will not be revealed. All patients must be monitored at the investigational
site for at least 6 hours after the first dose administration in TP3 [see Section 3.12.2].
 All visits will be performed every 12 weeks.
End-of-treatment
 The EOT visit (EOT2 or EOT3) in the extension study, at an individual patient’s level,
should not be later than one day after the last dose of ponesimod.
 Patients who prematurely discontinue study drug during the TP1, TP2, or TP3 of the
extension study must have their EOT2 or EOT3 visit as soon as possible but no later
than 5 days after the last dose of study drug.
 EOT2 visit must be performed by patients discontinuing study drug during / at the end-
of-treatment period 1.
 EOT3 visit must be performed by patients discontinuing study drug during / at the end-
of-treatment period 2 or TP3.
 The EOT3 visit must also be performed by patients completing study treatment due to
availability of commercially available ponesimod. Commercially available ponesimod
may be initiated on the day after last intake of study drug.
Safety Follow-up period
For TP1:
In the case of discontinuation from study drug before Visit P1, safety will be followed up
for 30 days after last dose of study drug. There are two Safety Follow-up visits:
 Visit E14 (Follow-up Visit E1):
8 days after the last study drug intake.
 Visit E15 (Follow-up visit E2):
30 days after the last study drug intake.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 56/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
For TP2 and TP3:
In the case of discontinuation from study drug after Visit P1, safety will be followed up for
90 days after last dose of study drug. There are three Safety Follow-up visits:
 Visit FU1 (Follow-up visit 1):
8 days after the last study drug intake.
 Visit FU2 (Follow-up visit 2):
30 days after the last study drug intake.
 Visit FU3 (Follow-up visit 3):
90 days after the last study drug intake.
Patients who discontinue study drug prematurely must have the corresponding Safety
Follow-up visits after their last study drug intake.
These visits and assessments will also be conducted for patients who have switched to
commercially available ponesimod.
End-of-study (EOS2/EOS3)
 End-of-study (EOS) visit 2 (EOS2) for an individual patient is reached 30 days after
the last dose of study drug in TP1.
 Patients not enrolling into TP2 have to perform EOS2.
 EOS3 for an individual patient is reached 90 days after the last dose of study drug for
patients that have enrolled into TP2 and TP3, if applicable.
 Patients not enrolling into TP3 have to perform EOS3.
 The maximum duration of this extension study for an individual patient is up to
649 weeks (636 weeks oftreatment extension, and 90 days of follow-up).
Patients will follow the standard of care after completing the study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 57/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Figure 1: 
Study design
3.2 Study committees
3.2.1 Independent Data Monitoring Committee
The IDMC implemented for the core study continued to monitor patients’ data on a regular
basis, and had access to fully unblinded data to ensure patient safety. The IDMC was
disbanded on 30th September 2021 following the planned unblinding of the studies.
3.2.2 Ophthalmology Safety Board
An Ophthalmology Safety Board (OSB) composed of two independent ophthalmologists
will review and evaluate any new or suspected cases of macular edema. The composition
and operation of the OSB is described in the OSB charter. As of the implementation of
Global Protocol version 12, the OSB will be decommissioned as macular edema is
considered a well characterized risk associated with ponesimod treatment.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 58/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.2.3 Major adverse cardiovascular events adjudication board
A major adverse cardiovascular events (MACE) adjudication board will review and
evaluate the MACE reported in the study. The selection of AEs that will be sent for
adjudication will be based on a predefined list of preferred terms belonging to relevant
Standardized MedDRA Queries. For each AE sent for MACE adjudication, the MACE
adjudication board will determine whether the event belongs or does not belong to one of
the pre-specified categories, including cardiovascular death, myocardial infarction, or
stroke.
The composition and operations of MACE adjudication board are described in the MACE
adjudication board charter.
3.3 Role of key site personnel throughout the study
In order to maintain the blind during TP1 and TP2 [see Section 3.8.2] and to facilitate the
performance of efficacy and safety assessments required by the protocol throughout all
treatment periods of the study, it is essential that:
 the site personnel have the appropriate medical expertise to perform these assessments
 the roles of the personnel are defined clearly upfront.
It is recommended that the designated personnel remain unchanged throughout the entire
course of the extension study and, preferably, the same personnel with the same roles as in
the core study be maintained.
At each center, the study staff will consist of:
 A primary investigator
 A treating neurologist (who may be the primary investigator)
 A clinical coordinator / study nurse
 An evaluating neurologist*
 A physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments*
 MRI staff
 An ophthalmologist
 A pulmonary function laboratory technician or expert
* During TP3, the roles of the evaluating neurologist and/or the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessment can be performed by the primary investigator or treating
neurologist, provided they have the required training/qualifications.
3.3.1 Primary investigator / treating neurologist
The primary investigator / treating neurologist must be a qualified neurologist, or must
name a sub-investigator who is a qualified neurologist. The primary investigator is
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 59/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
responsible for the overall conduct of the study at the site. It is her/his responsibility to
assign appropriate personnel to the protocol-requested assessments (including safety and
efficacy) and define their roles.
It is the responsibility of the primary investigator / treating neurologist to explain the study
in all its aspects to the patient and obtain her/his informed consent. Neurological
examination for obtaining the Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) and Functional
Systems (FS) scores throughout the trial will be conducted by an evaluating neurologist.
During the open-label phase of the study (TP3), the role of evaluating neurologist can be
performed by the primary investigator / treating neurologist [see Section 3.3.3].
The primary investigator / treating neurologist will be responsible for patient clinical care
and management, e.g., eligibility evaluation, supervision of study drug administration,
confirming relapses, monitoring of safety (including recording and treating of AEs physical
examination, and routine laboratory results), and concomitant medications.
The primary investigator / treating neurologist will have access to the patient's MRI images
and/or reports from the local radiologist but not to the results of the central reading from
the Medical Image Analysis Center (MIAC). The exception is incidental findings with
safety concerns discovered during central MRI reading. In this event, the central MRI
reading will send an incidental finding report to the site.
If cardiac events of potential clinical concern occur at any time during the study treatment
and have not already been evaluated by the physician evaluating cardiac safety
assessments, the treating neurologist may consult with the physician evaluating cardiac
safety assessments in order to determine the need for medical management, evaluate
seriousness and decide on actions to be taken on study treatment, if any.
Preferably, the same physician should maintain the role of the treating neurologist for a
given patient throughout the study. A back-up treating neurologist may conduct a patient
study visit only if the primary treating neurologist is not available.
3.3.2 Clinical coordinator / study nurse
The clinical coordinator / study nurse will assist the primary investigator / treating
neurologist in all aspects of patient management. She/he will be responsible for scheduling
visits and assessments as planned in the study protocol, recording concomitant
medications, maintaining source documentation, and entering data into the electronic case
report form (eCRF). She/he will instruct the patients on study drug administration, and
collect, process, and send all blood and urine samples to the central laboratory.
Additionally, she/he may be responsible for coordinating the conduct of MRI, PFTs,
ophthalmological and cardiac examination.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 60/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.3.3 Evaluating neurologist
The evaluating neurologist will perform the detailed neurological examination for
obtaining the EDSS/FS scores according to protocol schedule, as well as EDSS/FS scores
at every unscheduled visit for confirmation of relapse. To ensure consistency across sites,
the evaluating neurologist must be well trained on EDSS/FS scoring prior to enrollment of
the first patient at the study site. Preferably, the same physician should maintain the role of
evaluating neurologist for a given patient throughout the study. A back-up evaluating
neurologist may conduct neurological examination, and EDSS/FS scoring if the primary
evaluating neurologist is not available. This back-up evaluating neurologist must be well
trained in EDSS/FS scoring and capable to ensure homogeneity in EDSS/FS scoring with
the primary evaluating neurologist. If a change is required during the study, the new
evaluating neurologist will be trained on EDSS/FS scoring prior to the performance of any
EDSS/FS assessment.
During the blinded phases of the extension study (TP1 and TP2), the evaluating neurologist
must be independent and not otherwise involved in the clinical care of the study patient.
During the open-label phase (TP3), the role of the evaluating neurologist may be performed
by the principal investigator / treating neurologist (depending on the site setting, and
provided that she/he is well trained on EDSS/FS scoring).
3.3.4 Physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments
The physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments must be a physician adequately trained
and experienced in cardiology. She/he must be qualified and equipped to provide
emergency treatment in cases of acute cardiac events. While the exams themselves may be
performed by a delegate (e.g., a study nurse), the review and interpretation must be
performed by the physician.
During the blinded phases of the extension study (TP1 and TP2), the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments must be independent and not otherwise involved in the clinical
care of the study patient [see Section 3.8.2]. During the open-label phase (TP3), the primary
investigator / treating neurologist may perform this role if qualified.
She/he is responsible for oversight of all BP and ECG assessments requested by the
protocol during:
 TP1 (Visits E1 to EOT2 and Follow-up visits E1 and E2 as applicable), and
 TP2 and TP3: at P1, at the visit during which the transition from TP2 to TP3 takes place
(i.e., the day of the first open-label dose of 20 mg), re-initiation, and re-uptitration
visits.
Additionally, she/he is responsible for the close post-dose monitoring of the patient
following study drug intake on Visit E1 (Day 1), Visit E2 (Day 8), Visit E3 (Day 15), P1,
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 61/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
the visit during which the transition from TP2 to TP3 takes place (i.e., the day of the first
open-label dose of 20 mg), re-initiation, and re-uptitration visits. She/he will assess
eligibility for discharge or continued patient management on Visits E1, E2, E3, P1
re-initiation, and re-uptitration visits.
She/he will support the primary investigator in making a decision on eligibility of the
patients (based on cardiac results) prior to randomization in the extension study by alerting
the primary investigator to any significant cardiac abnormalities, and providing adequate
treatment in cases of cardiac events.
Significant findings (e.g., new ECG abnormalities, bradycardia), which in the view of the
physician evaluating cardiac safety meet the definition of an AE, must be reported to the
primary investigator / treating neurologist and recorded on the Adverse Event form of the
eCRF.
Any cardiac events of potential clinical concern at any time during the study, including AV
blocks, must be assessed for seriousness by the physician evaluating cardiac safety and
reported accordingly. In addition, the physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments
should determine the need for medical management, and assist the treating neurologist in
deciding what actions should be taken on study treatment, if any.
Treatment for bradycardia, if any, will be reported to the primary investigator / treating
neurologist and recorded as concomitant medication on the appropriate eCRF form.
3.3.5 MRI staff
The MRI staff will be responsible for performing the scheduled and unscheduled MRI
investigations according to the study MRI Technology Manual (separate document). They
will export the original data to the MIAC, c/o University Hospital Basel, Switzerland, and
ensure storage of the primary data at the study site.
3.3.6 Ophthalmologist
The ophthalmologist will perform the ophthalmological examinations as scheduled in the
study protocol.
3.3.7 Pulmonary function laboratory technician or expert
The PFTs must be performed by qualified staff, such as a pulmonary function technician
or expert according to the American Thoracic Society/European Respiratory Society
guidelines and study protocol schedule.
3.4 Study population
3.4.1 Patient population
Patients who were randomized into the core study and completed their regular Week-24
(EOT) Visit while on study treatment will qualify to enter this extension study. The
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 62/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
maximum number of patients in the extension study equals the number of randomized
patients in the core study.
3.4.2 Inclusion criteria
Eligible patients must meet all ofthe following inclusion criteria:
1. Patients who completed study treatment at their regular Week 24 (EOT) Visit within
the core study.
2. Women of childbearing potential must:
 Have a negative urine pregnancy test at their regular Week 24 visit within the core
study.
 Use reliable methods of contraception for up to at least 30 days after study drug
discontinuation as described in Section 4.4.2.
3. Signed informed consent for participating in the extension study prior to administration
of the first dose in the transition period (i.e., prior to continuation of dosing at Visit 11
(Week 24) of the core study).
3.4.3 Exclusion criteria
Eligible patients must meet none of the following exclusion criteria:
1. Patients meeting at their regular Week 24 (EOT) Visit, during the transition period,
and/or at Visit E1 any of the study-specific criteria for permanent discontinuation of
study drug as defined in Appendix 1, or patients receiving any of the prohibited
concomitant medication as outlined in Section 3.4.4.3 and Appendix 8.
2. Any other clinically relevant medical or surgical condition, which, in the opinion of the
investigator, would put the patient at risk by participating in the extension study.
3.4.4 Concomitant medications
3.4.4.1 Recommended concomitant medications
Acute exacerbations of MS should be treated with methylprednisolone 1 g intravenously
daily for 3 to 5 days. Oral taper with corticosteroids is not permitted.
3.4.4.2  Allowed concomitant medications
Administration of intravenous (i.v.) atropine in the event of symptomatic bradycardia.
Vaccination with non-live vaccines is allowed while on study treatment if the vaccination
is advised by the primary investigator / treating neurologist, based on her/his clinical
assessment of the risk/benefit for the individual patient, and if supported by guidelines for
vaccination relevant to this patient population, as applicable.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 63/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Patients receiving non-live vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while on study
treatment will have 5 mL of blood drawn prior to and at least 3 weeks after vaccination in
order to explore changes in vaccine-specific antibody titers from pre- to post vaccination.
Samples will be analyzed at the end of the study at the latest. In case of a vaccine requiring
the administration of multiple doses, the post-vaccination sample should be collected at
least 3 weeks after the administration of the last dose.
Glatiramer acetate and IFN β-1a are allowed only during study drug interruptions for
planned pregnancy. These treatments may be started 7 days after study drug interruption
and must be stopped 7 days before study drug re-initiation.
Low dose of corticosteroids (up to 10 mg of prednisone equivalent daily), given as short-
term treatment (up to 2 weeks per treatment cycle with at least 8 weeks’ interval between
treatment cycles and no more than 4 weeks per year of the study duration on average), and
inhaled corticosteroids for pulmonary conditions.
Other treatments considered necessary for the patient’s benefit and not categorized as
prohibited concomitant medications.
3.4.4.3  Prohibited concomitant medications
 Systemic corticosteroids or adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), except for: the
treatment of acute MS exacerbations [see Section 3.4.4.1]; short-term treatment with a
low dose of corticosteroid; and inhaled corticosteroids for pulmonary conditions [see
Section 3.4.4.2].
 Immunomodulating treatment (e.g., IFN β, glatiramer acetate, natalizumab or other
monoclonal antibody therapy [except glatiramer acetate or IFN β-1a during study drug
interruptions for planned pregnancy as described under “Allowed”]).
 Immunosuppressive treatment (e.g., cladribine, mitoxantrone or other systemic
immunosuppressive drugs such as azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine or
methotrexate).
 i.v. immunoglobulin.
 Plasmapheresis, cytapheresis, or total lymphoid irradiation.
 Vaccination with live vaccines, except if performed during a temporary treatment
interruption period. In this case it must be performed not earlier than 1 week after the
last dose of study treatment, and treatment can be re-initiated only after at least 4 weeks
from completion of vaccination.
 β-blockers, diltiazem, verapamil, digoxin, or any other anti-arrhythmic or
HR -lowering systemic therapy [non-exhaustive list provided in Appendix 8] during
the titration (i.e., during the first 14 days after re-initiation of study treatment).
Treatment with any of these therapies is also not recommended during maintenance
treatment with ponesimod (i.e., 20 mg) and should be considered with caution if an
alternative medication cannot be used.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 64/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Medications with  risk of torsades de pointes (TdP) should not be administered as
ponesimod may potentially enhance their effect on QT interval unless the benefit-risk
is acceptable, as judged by the investigator [non-exhaustive list provided in
Appendix 9].
 Any investigational drug.
3.5 Study drugs
Study drug is ponesimod.
Note that the term “study drug” refers to study medication (ponesimod) provided by the
sponsor, as opposed to “commercially available ponesimod” that may be started after
discontinuation of study drug.
3.5.1 Ponesimod
During TP1:
Ponesimod was supplied as its free base in hard gelatin capsules formulated at strengths of
10, 20, and 40 mg.
During TP2:
Ponesimod was supplied as oral film-coated tablets formulated at strengths of 10 and
20 mg.
During TP3:
Ponesimod is supplied as oral film-coated tablets formulated at strength of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10, and 20 mg.
3.5.2 Study drug storage and dispensing
The investigator is responsible for safe and proper handling and storage of the study drug
at the investigational site and for ensuring that the study drug is administered only to
patients enrolled in the study and in accordance with the protocol.
Study drug must be kept in a locked room, which can be accessed only by the pharmacist,
the investigator, or another duly designated person. The study drug must be stored
according to the conditions specified on the medication labels. The study centers will be
supplied with study drug according to the centers’ needs depending on the number of
patients entering the extension study. Each center will have an individual stock of study
drug, which will be re-supplied continuously as soon as a predefined minimum level of
study drug has been reached.
3.5.3 Study drug dosing scheme
One capsule (during TP1) or one tablet (during TP2 and TP3) of study drug will be
administered orally o.d. in the morning, with or without breakfast (preferably always in the
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 65/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
same way and at approximately the same time). On each day of the study visits, the
administration of the study drug will only be done once PK trough level sampling and the
following safety assessments are completed: BP, ECG, PFTs, laboratory tests, and urine
pregnancy test.
Since this study was initially performed in a double-blind fashion during TP1 and TP2, all
patients, notwithstanding whether they have been on placebo or ponesimod during the core
study, needed to perform an uptitration scheme. For patients treatedwith ponesimod during
the core study this was a mock uptitration. The treatment groups in the extension study will
be as follows:
Patients who were on ponesimod in the core study continued on the same dose in the
transition period and had mock dose titrations on Day 1 (Visit E1), Day 8 (Visit E2), and
Day 15 (Visit E3):
 
Group I: 
Group I in the core study (10 mg).
10 mg from Visit E1 (Day 1) until end of TP2.
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
 
Group II: Group II in the core study (20 mg).
20 mg from Visit E1 (Day 1) until EOT3.
 
Group III: Group III in the core study (40 mg).
40 mg from Visit E1 (Day 1) until at least Visit E9 or up to E13 (EOT2).
10 or 20 mg from Visit P1 until end of TP2.
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
Patients who were on placebo (Group IV in the core study) continued on placebo in the
transition period and then be randomized 1:1:1 to:
 Group IV: 10 mg from Day 1 (Visit E1) until end of TP2.
Mock dose titrations on Day 8 (Visit E2) and Day 15 (Visit E3).
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
 Group V: 10 mg from Day 1 (Visit E1) to Day 7.
20 mg from Day 8 (Visit E2) until EOT3.
Mock dose titration on Day 15 (Visit E3).
 Group VI: 10 mg from Day 1 (Visit E1) to Day 7.
20 mg from Day 8 (Visit E2) to Day 14.
40 mg from Day 15 (Visit E3) until at least Visit E9 or up to E13 (EOT2).
10 or 20 mg from Visit P1 until end of TP2.
20 mg during TP3 until EOT3.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 66/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
An overview of the titration scheme by treatment arm is provided in Table 5.
Table 5: 
Ponesimod dose levels and uptitration scheme
Treatment groups
Ponesimod
Core study: 
  Placebo 
10 mg 
20 mg 
40 mg
Extension study: 
10 mg 
20 mg 
40 mg 
10 mg 
20 mg 
40 mg
Transition 1 
Day –3 to Day –1 
0 mg 
0 mg 
0 mg 
10 mg 
20 mg 
40 mg
Dose level 14 
Day 1 to Day 7 
10 mg 
10 mg 
10 mg 
10 mg2,3 
20 mg2,3 
40 mg2,3
Dose level 24 
Day 8 to Day 14  
10 mg2 
20 mg 
20 mg 
10 mg2,3 
20 mg2,3 
40 mg2,3
Dose level 34 
Day 15 up to 
W96
10 mg2,3 
20 mg2,3 
40 mg3 
10 mg2,3 
20 mg2,3 
40 mg2,3
Dose level 45
Day 1 up to
W540
10 mg3 
20 mg3 
10/20 mg3 
10 mg3 
20 mg3 
10/20 mg3
Dose level 56 
20 mg3 
20 mg3 
20 mg3 
20 mg3 
20 mg3 
20 mg3
1 Transition dose  core study maintenance dose.2 Mock uptitrations. 3 Maintenance dose. 4 Treatment period 1.
5 Treatment period 2. 6 Treatment period 3.
3.5.4 Study drug up- and down-titration
Study drug up-titration other than described in this protocol is not allowed. Down-titration
of study drug is not allowed.
3.6 Study drug discontinuation and study withdrawal
3.6.1 Study drug discontinuation
The investigator must permanently discontinue the study drug if continued administration
of the study drug is believed to be contrary to the best interests of the patient.
The premature discontinuation of study drug might be triggered by an AE, a diagnostic or
therapeutic procedure, an abnormal assessment (e.g., ECG, PFTs or laboratory
abnormalities), or for administrative reasons, in particular withdrawal of the patient’s
consent.
In addition, study drug must be discontinued if any of the specific discontinuation criteria
listed in Appendix 1 is met, including cardiac and pulmonary parameters, arterial
hypertension, lymphocyte counts, infection, macular edema and pregnancy.
Heightened vigilance is required for opportunistic infections, particularly viral infections
with neurological symptoms such as reactivation of human herpes viruses (herpes simplex
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 67/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
viruses, varicella-zoster virus, Epstein-Barr virus, cytomegalovirus) and reactivation of
John Cunningham virus (JCV) causing progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy
(PML). The patient must be instructed to contact the investigator immediately if symptoms
of infection occur. In the event of an opportunistic infection, the study drug must be
permanently discontinued [Appendix 3].
If for any reason a patient has to be treated with immunomodulators, immunosuppressants,
immunoglobulins or investigational drugs, or has to undergo plasmapheresis, cytapheresis
or total lymphoid irradiation, the study drug must be permanently discontinued.
Please refer to Section 3.6.2 and Appendix 5 for further guidance on re-initiation of the
ponesimod in case of an interruption of the study drug.
3.6.2 Study drug interruption
Study drug interruption should be avoided.
If study drug intake is interrupted by the patient for any reason, she/he must immediately
inform the primary investigator / treating neurologist.
Study drugmay be temporarily interrupted in response to an AE, a diagnostic or therapeutic
procedure, a laboratory abnormality, a planned pregnancy, or for administrative reasons.
The permitted maximum duration of the study drug interruption is 81 weeks for planned
pregnancies and 12 weeks for other reasons (if exceeded, the patient will then be
prematurely discontinued from the study).
In the event of a re-initiation of study drug, one tablet of ponesimod 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or
10 mg will be taken orally o.d. during the uptitration period (Day 1 to 14). During the
maintenance period, patients will continue to take one tablet of ponesimod 20 mg orally
o.d. [Table 6]. If a blister kit with the starting dose of 2 mg is not available at the site,
re-initiation should be delayed until it becomes available (temporary treatment
interruption).
Detailed guidance on how to re-initiate study drug in the event of drug interruption is
provided in Appendix 5.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 68/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Table 6: 
2-week gradual uptitration regimen
Treatment period 
Duration  
Dose regimen
Titration  
Day 1 and 2 
2 mg
Titration  
Day 3 and 4  
3 mg
Titration  
Day 5 and 6 
4 mg
Titration  
Day 7 
5 mg
Titration  
Day 8 
6 mg
Titration  
Day 9 
7 mg
Titration  
Day 10 
8 mg
Titration  
Day 11 
9 mg
Titration  
Day 12 to 14* 
10 mg
Maintenance 
Day 15 until EOT3 
20 mg
* An additional visit 14 days (±1 day) after the day of re initiation (Re initiation Day 15) is mandated for patients with
cardiovascular risk factors [see Appendix 5], but may be scheduled for any patient at the discretion of the investigator /
treating neurologist. The titration kit will therefore include 3 additional tablets (to be used if applicable) for treatment on
Day 15 17 (i.e., dose regimen  20 mg).
EOT3
 End of Treatment
3.6.3 Patients’ follow-up after study drug discontinuation
All randomized patients who received the study drug (for any length of time) must perform
all protocol-mandated assessments of the corresponding EOT visit at the time of premature
study drug discontinuation, i.e., as soon as possible but no later than 5 days after the last
dose of study drug. In addition, the corresponding Safety Follow-up visits must be
performed.
 For TP1:
The corresponding EOT visit is EOT2.
In case of study drug discontinuation during or after completion of TP1, Follow-up Visit
E1 and Follow-up visit E2 should be done 8 and 30 days respectively after the day of the
last dose of study drug, regardless of the timing of the EOT2 visit.
 For TP2 and TP3:
The corresponding EOT visit is EOT3.
Follow-up visits 1, 2 and 3 should be done 8, 30, and 90 days, respectively, after the day
of the last dose of study drug, regardless of the timing of the EOT3 visit.
Patients will follow the standard of care after completing the study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 69/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.6.4 Study withdrawal
A patient will be considered as withdrawn from the study if, and only if, she/he is lost to
follow-up after all means of contact have been exhausted.
The potential follow-up of patients after their withdrawal of consent will be subject to local
regulations.
3.6.5 Replacement policy
3.6.5.1 Patients
Randomized patients discontinued from the study drug for any reason will not be replaced.
3.6.5.2  Centers
All centers with patients who are on study drug at their regular Week 24 (EOT) visit of the
core study can participate in the extension study.
3.7 Treatment exposure and compliance
Records of study drug dispensed, used, dosages administered, returned, and intervals
between visits will be kept during the study. Study drug accountability (i.e., capsule [during
TP1] or tablet [during TP2 and TP3] counts) will be performed on a regular basis by the
study staff and will be checked by the monitor during site visits and at the completion of
the study. Patients will be asked to return all unused study drug (or empty bottle[s]) at each
visit.
3.8 Treatment assignment and blinding
3.8.1 Treatment assignment
During TP1:
Patients who received ponesimod during the core study will continue to receive their
maintenance doses of 10, 20, or 40 mg of ponesimod, respectively.
Patients who received placebo during the core study will be randomized in a 1:1:1 ratio to
10, 20, or 40 mg of ponesimod.
During TP2:
All patients on 10 and 20 mg ponesimod will continue with these maintenance doses.
Patients on 40 mg ponesimod will be re-randomized to 10 or 20 mg ponesimod centrally
via Interactive Voice Response System (IVRS). Each of the study sites will keep the unique
site number assigned for the core study.
 Every patient will keep the patient number assigned during the core study, which will
identify the patient throughout the extension study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 70/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 After entering the transition period and continuing administration of core study
treatment, a CRF is assigned to each patient. The unique CRF number is preprinted on
each CRF page.
 Randomization will be performed by IVRS or Interactive Web Response System
(IWRS) at Visit E1 (Day 1) for TP1. Patients who received one of the three active doses
(10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod) within the core study will be assigned to their current
dose. Patients who received placebo within the core study will be randomized in a 1:1:1
ratio to receive 10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod. Randomization via IVRS will be
performed also for TP2 starting at Visit P1. Patients on 40 mg ponesimod will be then
re-randomized to 10 or 20 mg ponesimod in a 1:1 ratio. Patients on 10 and 20 mg
ponesimod will continue to receive their current dose. The dispensed study drug is
labeled with a preprinted medication bottle number, also assigned by the IVRS/IWRS.
 The IVRS/IWRS will allocate medication bottles containing medication that
corresponds to the treatment designated. Each patient will receive one bottle with
10 capsules at Visit E1 (Day 1) and Visit E2 (Day 8), and a bottle with 36 capsules at
Visit E3 (Day 15), and at Visits E4 and E5 (Weeks 4 and 8). At Visits E6 through E12
(Weeks 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, and 84 respectively) each patient will receive three
bottles with 36 capsules each. At Visits P1 through P36 each patient will receive three
bottles with 36 tablets each. All tear-off labels of dispensed study drug bottles will be
attached to the appropriate drug label dispensing log.
 If drug packages are damaged, the center must immediately contact the monitor upon
receipt of the shipment. The damage will be discussed and it will be mutually agreed if
these bottles can be used or not. A written confirmation from the sponsor will be
required. In addition, the receipt of damaged drug packages needs to be confirmed via
IVRS/IWRS.
 The randomization code will be kept strictly confidential. Actelion Quality
Management will keep a sealed randomization code in a secure location. A second set
was provided to the statistician of the IDMC by Actelion Quality Management. See
Section 3.8.2 for further details on blinding.
 The randomization code was revealed to the sponsor at the time of the AC-058B202
study interim analyses.
During TP3:
Patients receiving 20 mg ponesimod will continue with 20 mg ponesimod as maintenance
dose. Patients on 10 mg ponesimod during TP2 will be re-allocated to 20 mg ponesimod
centrally via an IVRS. Each of the study sites will keep the unique site number assigned
for the core study.
 Every patient will keep the patient number assigned during the core study, which will
identify the patient throughout the extension study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 71/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 When feasible, re-allocation will be performed by IVRS or IWRS at the earliest visit
following approval of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities and after
the patient has signed the revised Informed Consent Form. Patients on 20 mg
ponesimod will continue to receive their current dose. The dispensed study drug is
labeled with a preprinted medication bottle number, also assigned by the IVRS/IWRS.
 At this visit, patient will receive three bottles with 36 tablets of ponesimod 20 mg each.
All tear-off labels of dispensed study drug bottles will be attached to the appropriate
drug label dispensing log.
 If drug packages are damaged, the site must immediately contact the monitor upon
receipt of the shipment. The damage will be discussed and it will be mutually agreed if
these bottles can be used or not. A written confirmation from the sponsor will be
required. In addition, the receipt of damaged drug packages needs to be confirmed via
the IVRS/IWRS.
3.8.2 Blinding
The study was initially conducted in a double-blind fashion during TP1 and TP2. The
primary 
investigator/ 
treating 
neurologist, 
evaluating 
neurologist, 
clinical
coordinator/ study nurse, physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments, PFT and MRI
staff, patients, and CRO staff remained blinded to the previous treatment allocation during
TP1 and TP2. The different doses of ponesimod were indistinguishable and were packaged
in the same way. During TP3, blinding rules are not applicable because only one dose of
ponesimod (i.e., 20 mg) will be dispensed to all patients until the end of the study.
The IDMC was unblinded (the IDMC Charter is a stand-alone document separate from the
study protocol).
During TP1 and TP2, the following measures were taken to ensure that the efficacy
assessments (i.e., EDSS/FS) were done independently and that cardiac safety assessments
were performed without the potential to reveal the treatment assignment, in order to avoid
potential bias:
 An independent evaluating neurologist, not involved in any other aspects of patient care
and management, was responsible for performing the neurological assessments for
obtaining the EDSS/FS scores throughout the study.
 The patient was instructed not to discuss AEs (other than those required for EDSS
assessments), HR, pulmonary function and/or concomitant medications with the
independent evaluating neurologist.
 During TP1, the primary investigator / treating neurologist and independent physician
evaluating cardiac safety assessments were not to discuss any issues related to patient
care and management unless mandated for reasons of patient safety.
 Potentially unblinding information was not be shared with the independent evaluating
neurologist under any circumstances.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 72/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Data analyses of the ongoing extension study have been performed periodically for
strategic planning of the future development of ponesimod. For such analyses, it was
necessary to unblind the TP1 treatment assignment of patients who received placebo in the
core study, AC-058B201.
Patients who were randomized to 10, 20 or 40 mg ponesimod in the core study received
the same dose in TP1 of this extension study. Therefore, these patients’ treatment
assignments were unblinded when the core study data were analyzed and the clinical study
report published.
The potential for this sponsor’s unblinding to introduce bias in the conduct of the extension
study was evaluated. This potential bias was considered minimal and without consequences
for the scientific validity of the trial for the following reasons:
 AC-058B202 study is an exploratory study.
 Individual treatment allocation in the extension study was unblinded by the sponsor
when performing interim analyses, but remained blinded to investigators (including the
independent evaluating neurologist and the physician evaluating the cardiac safety
assessments), CROs and patients during TP1 and TP2.
 Data monitoring of the study was performed independently by the IDMC until its
disbandment on 30th September 2021.
 The analysis of the MRI scans performed by a central reading facility showed results
consistent with the clinical parameters (ARR and confirmed disability accumulation).
3.8.3 Emergency procedure for unblinding
The investigator and the study staff must remain blinded to the dose of ponesimod assigned
to the patient during TP1 and TP2, even if the patient refuses to participate in any study
procedures, or prematurely discontinues the study drug or experiences an AE, or if the
patient dies.
The dose of ponesimod may be revealed only if the patient experiences a medical
emergency the management of which would be improved by knowledge of the assigned
dose of ponesimod.
The IVRS/IWRS will be set up to allow the primary investigator / treating neurologist to
receive the dose assignment of ponesimod of her/his study patients at any time. The
occurrence of any code break during the study must be clearly justified and explained by
the primary investigator / treating neurologist. Before breaking the code, every attempt
must be made by the investigator to discuss the intended code break with the sponsor. In
all cases, the sponsor must be informed as soon as possible before or after the code break.
Any code break must be documented in a detailed report with the date and time of the code
break, and signed by the primary investigator. This report is to be attached to the CRF. At
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 73/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
the end of the study, the monitor will collect all code break reports and will return them to
the sponsor for filing.
3.9 Study drug packaging and labeling
3.9.1 Study drug packaging
The study drug ponesimod is provided as capsules during TP1 and as tablets during TP2
and TP3, and is supplied in bottles. The 2-week gradual uptitration used for re-initiation of
study drug during TP3 is supplied as blister packs.
During the transition period patients will continue using their core study medication. On
Visit E1 each patient must bring back the remaining core study medication and will receive
the following medication bottles after drug assignment by IVRS:
 Dose level 1 (TP1): One bottle on Day 1 (Visit E1) for the 7-day titration period from
Day 1 to Day 7 (end of first step) with 10 capsules of:
 Ponesimod 10 mg for former placebo patients
 Core study maintenance dose for patients continuing on active treatment.
 Dose level 2 (TP1): One bottle on Day 8 (Visit E2) for the 7-day titration period from
Day 8 to Day 14 (end of second step) with 10 capsules of:
 Ponesimod 10 or 20 mg for former placebo patients
 Core study maintenance dose for patients continuing on active treatment.
 Dose level 3 (TP1):
 One bottle on Day 15 (Visit E3) for the 14-day maintenance period from Day 15 to
Day 28 with 36 capsules of ponesimod 10, 20, or 40 mg.
 One bottle each at Weeks 4 (Day 29) and 8 (Visits E4 and E5) for the maintenance
period from Week 4 to Week 12 with 36 capsules of ponesimod 10, 20, or 40 mg.
 Three bottles each at Weeks 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, and 84 (Visits E6 through E12)
for the maintenance period from Week 12 to Week 96. One bottle contains 36
capsules of either 10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod.
 Dose level 4 (TP2):
 Three bottles each at Visits P1 to P36 or until the earliest visit following approval
of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities and signature of the
revised Informed Consent Form by the patients and when the switch to TP3 is
feasible. One bottle contains 36 tablets of either 10 or 20 mg ponesimod.
 Dose level 5 (TP3):
 Three bottles each at all visits from the earliest visit following approval of protocol
version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities and signature of the revised Informed
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 74/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Consent Form by the patients and when the switch to TP3 is feasible. One bottle
contains 36 tablets of 20 mg ponesimod.
3.9.2 Study drug labeling
The labeling will comply with the applicable laws and regulations of each country.
3.10 Study endpoints
3.10.1 Efficacy endpoints
Only exploratory efficacy endpoints will be investigated.
Exploratory efficacy endpoints will be analyzed over the combined treatment period with
ponesimod within studies AC-058B201 and AC-058B202 (i.e., starting from the first
administration of ponesimod and ending with the EOT visit 2 or 3, as applicable). For
“changes from baseline to all assessments” as well as for all numerical endpoints, all
assessments available after initiation of ponesimod are considered in the combined
treatment period. For time to event endpoints, the start is defined as initiation of study
treatment, and patients without events are censored at the end of the combined treatment
period.
The following exploratory endpoints will be analyzed:
1. Annualized confirmed relapse rate.
2. Time to first confirmed relapse.
Definition of relapse
A relapse is defined as the occurrence of an acute episode of one or more new symptoms,
or worsening of existing symptoms of MS, not associated with fever or infection, and
lasting for at least 24 hours after a stable period of at least 30 days.
A “confirmed relapse” is a relapse accompanied by an increase from the previous clinically
stable assessment (i.e., performed at least 30 days after the onset of any previous relapse)
of at least 0.5 point in the EDSS score, or one point in the score for at least one of the FS
scores, excluding the bowel and bladder, and mental FS. The confirmatory EDSS must be
performed within 7 days of the onset of a new symptom or worsening of an existing
symptom of MS.
Symptoms of transient neurological worsening that do not meet the criteria for “confirmed
relapse” because unaccompanied by objective findings, but still judged to constitute a
relapse by the treating neurologist, will be recorded as “unconfirmed relapse” and included
in the number of total relapses.
Confirmed and unconfirmed relapse will be recorded in the CRF. Start/end date and dose
of corticosteroid treatment will also be recorded in the CRF.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 75/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
For exploratory efficacy endpoints both confirmed and total relapses are analyzed.
The severity of relapse will be calculated for each relapse according to the algorithm
defined in Table 7.
Table 7: 
Severity of relapse
Mild relapse 
Moderate relapse 
Severe relapse
EDSS increase of 0.5 point
or
1-point increase in 1 to 3 FS*
EDSS increase of 1 or 2 points
or
2-point increase in 1 or 2 FS*
or
1-point increase in 4 or more
FS*
Exceeding moderate relapse
criteria:
EDSS increase of 2.5 points
or
2-point increase in 3 FS*
or
3-point increase in 1 FS*
or
2-point increase in more
than 2 FS*
* excluding the bowel and bladder, and mental FS.
Note: The EDSS increase is the increase observed at the EDSS assessment associated with the relapse, as compared the
preceding EDSS assessment (performed prior to the relapse).
3. Time to 24-week confirmed disability progression up to end of the study.
Disability progression is defined as an increase of at least one full point in the EDSS
score (or 1.5 points if the baseline EDSS was 0, or 0.5 points if the baseline EDSS was
equal or greater than 5.5) with or without relapse, confirmed at the next scheduled
EDSS assessment at least 24 weeks later (or if missing, at the next available scheduled
EDSS assessment). The time to event is defined as the time from initiation of study
treatment until the first EDSS assessment meeting the criteria for disability progression.
4. Other relapse-related endpoints:
 Annualized total relapse rate.
 Time to first (total) relapse.
 Number of (confirmed and total) relapses.
 Number of patients without any (confirmed and total) relapse.
 Number of patients with a relapse requiring corticosteroid treatment.
5. MRI-related endpoints:
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 76/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Number of Gd+ lesions per patient recorded on T1-weighted MRI scans at all
assessments.
 Number of patients with no Gd+ lesions on T1-weighted MRI scans at all
assessments.
 Total volume of Gd+ lesions per patient on T1-weighted MRI scans at all
assessments.
 Number of new or enlarging lesions per patient on T2-weighted MRI scans at all
assessments.
 Change from baseline to all assessments in total lesion volume per patient on
T2-weighted MRI scans.
 Number of combined unique active lesions (Gd+ lesions plus new or enlarging T2
lesions without gadolinium-enhancement) per patient on MRI scans at all
assessments.
 Percentage change of brain volume from Visit 2 (from AC-058B201) up to the end
of the study.
 Percentage change of brain volume from Visit 11 (from AC-058B201) up to the
end of the study.
6. Neurological endpoints:
 Categorical change from baseline to all assessments in EDSS and FS scores.
7. Ophthalmological endpoints:
 Change from baseline to all assessments of average retinal nerve fiber layer (RNFL)
thickness, central foveal thickness and total macular volume as measured by optical
coherence tomography (OCT) at selected centers.
 Change from baseline to all assessments of average number of letters correctly read
in a best corrected visual acuity test (recorded only at the centers that also perform
OCT).
8. Changes in vaccine-specific antibody titers from pre- to post vaccination will be
explored at the end of the study, at the latest, for patients having received non-live
vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while in the study.
3.10.2 Safety and tolerability endpoints
The following safety and tolerability endpoints will be analyzed on treatment as described
for the exploratory efficacy endpoints:
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 77/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Change in ECG parameters (HR, PR, QRS, QT, QTc) from baseline to all pre-dose
assessments, and from pre-dose to post-dose at selected time points during the study.
 Treatment-emergent clinically relevant abnormalities as assessed by 12-lead ECG
(central reading).
 Change in left ventricular ejection fraction as assessed by Standard 2D
echocardiography (at selected centers) from baseline to all assessments.
 Treatment-emergent clinically relevant abnormalities as assessed by Standard
2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers).
 Change in PFTs (FEV1, forced vital capacity [FVC], FEV1/FVC ratio, and FEV1 and
FVC in percent of predicted value) from baseline to all assessments.
 Change in ophthalmological exam (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual
acuity, visual fields, dilated ophthalmoscopy, and at selected centers, OCT) from
baseline to all assessments.
 Change in systolic blood pressure (SBP) and diastolic blood pressure (DBP) from
baseline to all pre-dose assessments and from pre-dose to post-dose at selected time
points during the study.
 Change in laboratory parameters (hematology, blood chemistry, and urinalysis) from
baseline to all assessments.
 Treatment-emergent laboratory abnormalities.
 Change in body weight from baseline to all assessments.
In addition, the following safety and tolerability parameters will be analyzed:
 Treatment-emergent AEs, until 15 days after study drug discontinuation.
 Post-treatment AEs, from 16 days until up to 90 days after study drug discontinuation.
 AEs leading to premature discontinuation of study drug.
 Treatment-emergent serious adverse events (SAEs) until 15 days after study drug
discontinuation.
 Post-treatment SAEs from 16 days until up to 90 days after study drug discontinuation.
3.10.3 Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic analyses
3.10.3.1 Pharmacokinetic analyses
 Plasma concentrations of ponesimod will be determined at trough (pre-dose):
 TP1: on Days 8 and 15 (Visits E2 and E3) and at Visits E4, E7, E9, and E13
(EOT2),
 TP2 and TP3: P2, P7, P14 and P22, as applicable.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 78/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.10.3.2 Pharmacodynamic analyses
 Absolute count and percent change in peripheral blood lymphocyte counts as a function
of ponesimod dose and plasma concentrations at trough level (pre-dose) on Days 8 and
15 (Visits E2 and E3) and at Visits E4, E7, E9, E13 (EOT2), P2, P7, P14, P22, P30 and
EOT3, as applicable.
 Post-treatment lymphocyte recovery 8, 30, and 90 days (at 90 days for patients
performing TP2 and TP3, if applicable) after study drug discontinuation.
 Efficacy and safety parameters will be correlated with absolute lymphocyte counts and
magnitude of reduction of lymphocyte counts on an exploratory basis.
Additional PK and PD relationships to efficacy and safety parameters may be investigated.
3.11 Study assessments
3.11.1 Efficacy assessments
The efficacy assessments will be performed according to Table 1, Table 2, Table 3, and
Table 4.
3.11.1.1 Brain magnetic resonance imaging parameters
MRI parameters include the number and volume of Gd+  lesions on T1-weighted MRI
scans, number of new and enlarging lesions and lesion volume on T2-weighted MRI, and
global measures of loss of brain tissue.
T1-weighted imaging before and after i.v. administration of 0.1 mmol/kg body weight
( 0.2 mL/kg) of gadolinium-DTPA as well as T2-weighted imaging will be performed.
Gadolinium-DTPA may cause nausea and vomiting, and in very rare cases allergic
reactions which could require immediate anti-anaphylactic therapy (such as steroids,
epinephrine, etc.). It is recommended to use macrocyclic gadolinium-based contrast agents
(e.g., gadobutrol, gadoterate, gadoteridol) as described in the MRI manual.
All MRI data will be analyzed by the MIAC, c/o University Hospital Basel, Switzerland.
MRI scans which are of unacceptable quality for central reading evaluation will be
repeated.
Detailed instructions on procedures, standardization, qualification, recording, and transfer
of data, etc., will be provided in the study MRI Technology Manual (separate document).
In addition to study-specific requirements, the MRI equipment needs to be maintained and
calibrated according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and local standard operating
procedures (SOPs). A calibration log must be maintained.
Incidental, non-MS-related findings identified by the central reading facility will be
communicated to the primary investigator / treating neurologist. Furthermore, all MRI
scans performed for the study must be analyzed by the local radiologist, neuroradiologist
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 79/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
or neurologist with MRI expertise. The primary investigator / treating neurologist must
have access to the MRI images and/or reports, and be informed of any findings of concern
for the patient’s safety, including non-MS-related findings detected on the MRI scan.
Incidental clinically relevant findings on MRI will be reported in the Medical History or as
AE, as applicable.
MRI will be performed at the following time points during the study:
 TP1: Visit E7, Visit E9 and Visit E13
 TP2 and TP3: Yearly (from Visit P1 to EOT3, inclusive)
 At the Follow-up visit E2 or FU2, as applicable.
3.11.1.2 Relapses
The clinical parameter “Relapse” includes confirmed and unconfirmed relapses [as defined
in Section 3.10.1].
Patients will be instructed to contact their primary investigator / treating neurologist at the
clinical site immediately in the event of the appearance of any symptoms suggestive of an
MS exacerbation. An unscheduled visit will be organized as soon as possible after onset or
worsening of the symptom(s) as follows:
The primary investigator / treating neurologist will examine the patient and decide whether
the patient has to be referred to the evaluating neurologist.
In the event of a patient’s referral to the evaluating neurologist, the evaluating neurologist
will perform the EDSS/FS within 7 days after onset or worsening of the symptom(s).
The decision regarding whether the neurological change is considered as confirmed or
unconfirmed relapse will be made by the primary investigator / treating neurologist based
on the EDSS/FS scores assessed by the evaluating neurologist.
3.11.1.3 Expanded Disability Status Scale and Functional System scores
EDSS and FS scores [Kurtzke 1983] are based on a standard neurological examination for
assessing neurologic impairment in MS. Among the eight FS, seven are ordinal clinical
rating scales ranging from 0 to 5 or 6, assessing Visual, Brain Stem, Pyramidal, Cerebellar,
Sensory, Bowel & Bladder, and Cerebral functions. The ratings of the individual FS scores
are then used to rate the EDSS in conjunction with observations and information
concerning gait and use of assistance. EDSS is an ordinal clinical rating scale ranging from
0 (normal neurological examination) to 10 (death due to MS) in half-point increments.
EDSS and FS assessments (Appendix 7) will be performed at the following time points
during the study:
 Visit E7, Visit E9, Visit E13 and at all following visits during TP2 and TP3 until EOT3.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 80/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 At Follow-up visit E2 or at FU2 and FU3, as applicable.
 At any unscheduled visit in the event of suspected relapse.
As of the implementation of Global Protocol version 12, EDSS and FS assessments can be
performed using the EDSS scale set up at the site as a standard. If Neurostatus is used, the
neurologist using the scale must be trained and certified.
3.11.1.4Ancillary study: Ophthalmological assessments
As of the implementation of Global Protocol version 12, regular OCT is no longer required
and the scope of this ancillary study will be limited.
Unscheduled OCT will only be performed for subjects at risk (with findings suggestive of
macular edema, or if active uveitis is diagnosed during the study) at the ophthalmologist’s
discretion.
At centers performing OCT, the assessment of best corrected visual acuity will be
standardized and the number of correctly read letters recorded in the CRF. Details are
provided in Appendix 11.
The OCT equipment needs to be maintained and calibrated according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations and local SOPs. A calibration log must be maintained.
3.11.2 Safety and tolerability assessments
The definitions, reporting, and follow-up of AEs, SAEs, and potential pregnancies are
described in Section 4. For time points of the below-mentioned assessments, see Table 1,
Table 2, Table 3, and Table 4.
3.11.2.1 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG)
A standard 12-lead ECG will be recorded with the patient in a fully rested supine position
at all study visits until Visit P37, then yearly until Visit P45, inclusive, and at Visits EOT2
or EOT3, Follow-up visits E1 and E2 or FU1 and FU2, as applicable. The ECG equipment
is supplied by the ECG central reader. Please refer to the manual provided by central reader
for maintenance and operation of the equipment.
The 12-lead ECG assessment during TP1 must be performed by the physician evaluating
cardiac safety. During TP2 and TP3, the physician evaluating cardiac safety is responsible
for performing the 12-lead ECG assessments at P1, at the visit during which the transition
from TP2 to TP3 takes place, re-initiation, and re-uptitration visits. At all other scheduled
visits for TP2 and TP3 the 12-lead ECG assessment may be done by the physician
evaluating cardiac safety or the primary investigator / treating neurologist.
The following parameters will be evaluated: HR (bpm), PR (ms), QRS (ms), QT (ms),
QTc (ms), and any ECG findings.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 81/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 At Visit E1 (Day 1) the pre-dose ECG must be performed prior to randomization and
it must be checked if the patient fulfills any of the study-specific cardiovascular criteria
for permanent discontinuation of study drug as defined in Appendix 1. The patient must
not be randomized if any of these criteria is met.
 During the treatment period ECGs must be performed at pre-dose.
 At Visits E1, E2, E3 (Days 1, 8, and 15 respectively), P1, on re-initiation and
re-uptitration days, the visit during which the transition from TP2 to TP3 takes place,
ECGs must be performed at pre-dose and hourly for up to 12 hours post-dose, if
applicable. ECG monitoring will be performed with the patient in a fully resting supine
position.
 In the event of a clinically relevant change from baseline in HR or other ECG
parameters persisting after the post-dose monitoring, the patient will be carefully
monitored for an additional period and 12-lead ECG will be performed as described in
Appendix 2.
 If the patient does not meet the discharge criteria at 12 hours post-dose, the patient will
be kept in the hospital for observation and additional ECGs will be performed until
changes in HR and/or other ECG parameters are no longer clinically relevant.
 Significant findings observed after study drug initiation, which in view of the physician
evaluating cardiac safety meet the definition of an AE, must be recorded on the Adverse
Event form of the eCRF.
 Treatment for bradycardia, if any, will be recorded as concomitant medication on the
appropriate eCRF form.
 Digital 12-lead ECG devices will be provided to each site by the central ECG laboratory
for the duration of the study. Digital ECG recording must be performed for all patients
according to the study protocol schedule. ECGs will be assessed by the physician
evaluating cardiac safety and ECG print-outs must be filed with the source
documentation. The data records will be sent to the evaluation center for central
reading. Details will be provided in the ECG manual.
3.11.2.2 Ancillary study: Doppler echocardiography
Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography will assess regional wall abnormalities, aortic valve
morphology and function, mitral valve morphology and function, and left ventricular ejection
fraction. It will be performed at selected centers with adequate equipment and experience.
During TP2 and TP3, echocardiography is performed at every other visit from P1 to P35,
yearly from Visits P37 to P45, inclusive, and at EOT3 [see Table 1 and Table 3]. The
echocardiography equipment needs to be maintained and calibrated according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations and local SOPs. A calibration log must be maintained.
Echocardiography assessments will only be conducted in patients who were assessed
during the core study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 82/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The physician conducting Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography must have at least Level
2 training as defined in the American College of Cardiology Board/American Heart
Association clinical competence statement on echocardiography [Quiñones 2003].
An echocardiography monitoring plan was developed for the study in close cooperation
with cardiac experts. The evaluation of the echocardiography will be done centrally at a
Core Imaging Lab. Detailed instructions on procedures, standardization, qualification,
recording, and transfer of data, etc., will be provided in a separate manual.
3.11.2.3 Blood pressure
BP measurements include SBP and DBP. The sphygmomanometer needs to be maintained
and calibrated according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and local SOPs. A
calibration log must be maintained.
Automated BP monitoring will be performed using the same type of device throughout the
study on the same arm. The BP should preferably be measured with the patient in a fully
rested supine position. It is strongly recommended that BP is measured in the same position
throughout the study.
BP measurements will be performed throughout the study at each visit from Visit E1 to
EOT2 or EOT3, at the Safety Follow-up visits E1 and E2 or FU1, FU2 and FU3 (as
applicable), and at any unscheduled relapse visit. At Visits E1, E2, and E3 (Days 1, 8, and
15, respectively), P1, on re-initiation and re-uptitration days, the visit during which the
transition from TP2 to TP3 takes place, SBP and DBP will be measured at pre-dose, and
hourly for up to 12 hours post-dose, if applicable.
If SBP is not >90 mmHg after the post-dose monitoring, the patient will be carefully
monitored for an additional period, and BP measurements will be performed as described
in Appendix 2.
If the patient does not meet the discharge criteria at 12 hours post-dose, she/he will be kept
in the hospital for observation, and additional BP measurements will be performed until
SBP is >90 mmHg.
3.11.2.4Pulmonary function test
PFTs will assess FEV1 and FVC, and must be conducted by a PFT technician or expert.
The PFT equipment needs to be maintained and calibrated according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations and the recommendations for range and accuracy for forced expiratory
maneuvers from the ATS/ERS guidelines [Miller 2005]. A calibration log must be
maintained.
PFTs will be conducted according to the American Thoracic Society/European Respiratory
Society guidelines [Miller 2005]. Three well-performed test breaths will be measured; the
highest FEV1 and FVC values from these 3 breath tests will be recorded in the CRF. For
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 83/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
data analysis FEV1 and FVC as percent of predicted value and the ratio FEV1/FVC will be
derived from above-mentioned values (as provided in the CRF).
Details on PFT performance and the training of the responsible site personnel prior to
enrollment of the first patient at the site are described in Appendix 12. It is highly
recommended to use the same device as used during the core study for the extension study.
PFTs will be performed pre-dose:
 TP1: at Visits E2 and E3 (Days 8 and 15), Visits E4 to E7, E9, E11 and E13
 TP2 and TP3: at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visit P37 to P45,
inclusive, and at EOT3.
 Follow-up: at Visits E1 and E2 or FU1, FU2 and FU3.
During the visits requiring bronchodilator assessment (yearly from visit P1 to EOT3) two
pre-dose PFT assessments will be performed:
 One PFT assessment prior to administration of the bronchodilator
 A second PFT assessment 30 minutes ( 15 minutes) after administration of the
bronchodilator.
In addition, unscheduled PFTs will be conducted in the event of respiratory symptoms (e.g.,
dyspnea) or decreased lung function (FEV1 and/or FVC <80% of baseline value) during
the course of the study. See Appendix 1.
3.11.2.5 Bronchodilator assessment
As of the implementation of Global Protocol version 12, the bronchodilator assessment is
no longer required.
3.11.2.6 Ophthalmological assessments
As of the implementation of Global Protocol version 12, regular OCT is no longer required.
Unscheduled OCT will only be performed for subjects at risk according to the
ophthalmologist’s decision (with findings suggestive of macular edema, or if active uveitis
is diagnosed during the study; see Section 3.11.1.4).
Clinically relevant findings meeting the definition of an AE [see Section 4.2.1] must be
recorded on an AE form of the eCRF.
Ancillary study
Measurement of average RNFL thickness, central foveal thickness, and total macular
volume will be explored as safety and efficacy outcomes by OCT and will be measured
and recorded at selected centers with adequate equipment and experience.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 84/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
An ophthalmological assessment will be performed by an ophthalmologist at the following
visits:
 TP1: at Visit E4, Visit E6, Visit E7, Visit E9, Visit E11 and Visit E13;
 TP2 and TP3: at every other visit from Visit P1 to P35, yearly from P37 to P45,
inclusive, and at EOT3;
 Follow-up: at Visit E2 or FU2, as applicable.
In addition, an unscheduled ophthalmological assessment will be performed during the
study in the event of any new visual symptoms or decrease in visual acuity.
From Global Protocol version 12 onwards the scope of this ancillary study will be limited
to patients with suspicious of acute uveitis and macular edema.
In case of suspected clinically significant findings (e.g., macular edema) during the study,
it is highly recommended to perform an OCT assessment in addition to the safety
ophthalmological assessments [see Appendix 1, section E].
3.11.2.7Weight
Body weight will be measured using the same scales:
 TP1: at Visit E7, Visit E9, Visit E11 and Visit E13
 TP2 and TP3: yearly (from Visit P1 to EOT3).
3.11.2.8Physical examination
Physical examination (i.e., inspection, percussion, palpation and auscultation) will be
performed during the course of the study at each scheduled visit, except Visit E1 (Day 1),
until Visit P37, then yearly until Visit P45, inclusive. Physical examination will also be
performed at EOT2 or EOT3 and at the Follow-up visits E1 or FU1, E2 or FU2, and FU3,
as applicable. In addition, physical examination will be performed at any unscheduled
relapse visit. Clinically relevant findings meeting the definition of an AE [see
Section 4.2.1] must be recorded on an AE form of the eCRF.
Skin examination
A complete skin examination will be performed as part of the physical examination at all
visits from Visit E6 (Week 12) through EOT2 or EOT3 and at the Follow-up visits E2 or
FU2 and FU3, as applicable. The skin examination can be done by a dermatologist or by
the primary investigator / treating neurologist. In the event of findings of suspicious or pre-
cancerous or cancerous skin disorders observed at any visit during the study, the primary
investigator / treating neurologist will refer the patient to a dermatologist for further
examination. A biopsy may be required to rule out or confirm diagnosis. Any new findings
during the study must be recorded on the AE form of the eCRF.
Detailed guidance on the skin examination is provided in Appendix 4.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 85/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.11.2.9Laboratory assessments
3.11.2.9.1 Type of laboratory
At all scheduled visits, except Visit E1 (Day 1), blood chemistry, hematology and
urinalysis tests will be performed. The analysis of the blood samples will be carried out at
the central laboratory. The contact details of the central laboratory as well as sampling,
storage, and shipment procedures for completion of laboratory tests are described in the
central laboratory manual. During TP1 and TP2, the central laboratory will provide all
laboratory results to the site with the exception of the results of the total white blood cell
(WBC) count and total lymphocyte count. During TP3, the central laboratory will provide
all laboratory results to the site, including the total WBC count and total lymphocyte count.
In the event of a clinically significant abnormality of total WBC count and/or total
lymphocyte count, an alert will be communicated to the primary investigator.
Whenever a total lymphocyte count  200 cells/μL is recorded by the central laboratory,
an alert will be sent to the primary investigator and the sponsor [see Appendix 1]. The
primary investigator will immediately contact the patient and ask her/him to return to the
site preferably within 48 hours but no later than within 1 week to repeat the test at trough
level (pre-dose) by the central laboratory (unless the clinical situation mandates immediate
local testing). If a local laboratory test was performed, the test results have to be captured
in the CRF.
If the repeat test confirms a lymphocyte count  200 cells/μL, the study drug must be
discontinued and lymphocyte count needs to be monitored at least once a week by the
central laboratory (unless the clinical situation mandates immediate local testing) until the
lymphocyte count has returned to ≥1000 cells/L or ≥ 80% of the baseline value. If a local
laboratory test was performed, the follow-up test results have to be captured in the CRF.
Whenever AST or ALT ≥ 3 × the upper limit of normal range (ULN) are recorded by the
central laboratory, an alert will be sent to the principal investigator and the sponsor. The
sponsor will contact the principal investigator to ensure that she/he will immediately
contact the patient, and ask the patient about any potential symptoms. The patient will be
closely observed and will be asked to return to the site as soon as possible after the time of
receipt of the alert to repeat the liver enzyme and bilirubin tests by the central laboratory
(unless the clinical situation mandates immediate local testing) according to the scheme
illustrated in Table 8 [see Appendix 1].
Patients receiving non-live vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while on study
treatment will have 5 mL of blood drawn prior to and at least 3 weeks after vaccination to
explore changes in vaccine -specific antibody titers from pre- to post vaccination. Samples
will be analyzed at the end of the study at the latest.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 86/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
For WOCBP, urine pregnancy tests will be performed at the site at all visits from Visit E4
(Week 4) until EOT2 or EOT3 and at Follow-up visit E2 or FU2 using the kits provided
by the central laboratory. All laboratory reports (central and local) must be signed and dated
by the primary investigator or other qualified study personnel at the study site within
5calendar days of receipt and filed with the source documentation. Any clinically
significant marked laboratory abnormality must be reported as an AE and/or SAE as
appropriate and must be followed until it returns to within the normal range or stabilization,
or until the change is no longer clinically relevant.
If a blood sample is lost or deteriorated and could not be analyzed, the sample may need to
be repeated at the investigator’s discretion.
3.11.2.9.2 Laboratory parameters
 Hematology
- Red blood cell count
- Total and differential WBC counts (basophils, eosinophils, lymphocytes,
monocytes, neutrophils, band forms)
- Platelet count
- Hemoglobin
- Hematocrit
- Mean corpuscular hemoglobin
- Mean corpuscular volume
 Blood chemistry
- Glucose (preferably under fasting conditions)
- ALT, AST, alkaline phosphatase, total bilirubin, lactate dehydrogenase,
International Normalized Ratio (INR)
- Creatinine
- Urea
- Cholesterol
- Triglycerides
- Sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium
- Total Protein, albumin
- C-reactive protein
 Urinalysis
- pH
- Glucose
- Proteins
- Blood
- Leukocytes
- Bilirubin, urobilinogen
 Pregnancy test
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 87/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
- Urine pregnancy tests will be performed at all Visits E4 to EOT2 or EOT3 and at
Follow-up visit E2 or FU2, as applicable.
Female patients who interrupt the study drug because of planned pregnancy will be
exempted from any protocol-mandated pregnancy tests after the first positive pregnancy
test and until 30 (±5)days before study drug re-initiation.
Results will not be recorded in the CRF. In the event of pregnancy, the appropriate
pregnancy notification form must be completed [see Section 4.4.3].
 Additional analyses in the event of infections
- The storage period of the serum sample, which was collected at Visit 2 (Baseline)
of the core study and stored at the central laboratory for potential retrospective
analyses of viral serology titers in the event of infections (e.g., suspected
opportunistic infections) during the study, will be extended until completion of the
extension study.
 Analyses in case of vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 non-live vaccines
 Two serum samples will be taken prior to and at least 3 weeks after vaccination to
be analyzed by the specialized laboratory for vaccine-specific antibody titers.
3.11.3 Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic assessments
3.11.3.1 Pharmacokinetic assessments
PK samples will be collected during this study for all patients, in order to provide
information about study drug exposure in the target population.
To prevent degradation of ponesimod in the plasma samples, exposure to light must be
minimized. After centrifugation, plasma samples must be kept in the dark. Samples are to
be stored under controlled temperature on site between 80 °C and 20 °C.
 Plasma concentrations of ponesimod will be determined at trough level (pre-dose):
 TP1: on Days 8 and 15 (Visits E2 and E3) and at Visits E4, E7, E9 and E13
 TP2 and TP3: P2, P7, P14 and P22, as applicable.
3.11.3.2 Pharmacodynamic assessments
The PD marker is total lymphocyte counts, which will be measured as part of the
hematology tests [see Section 3.11.2.9].
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 88/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.11.4 Total blood volume
The maximum total blood volume to be drawn per patient during the entire course of the
study will be as follows:
Treatment period 
Blood volume
Hematology1 
Up to 58  3 mL = 
Up to 174 mL
Blood chemistry  
Up to 58  8 mL = 
Up to 464 mL
Ponesimod PK  
Up to 10  5 mL = 
Up to 50 mL
Vaccine-specific antibody titer2 
2  5 mL = 
10 mL
INR  
Up to 17  3 mL = 
Up to 51 mL
Total blood volume3 
Up to 739 mL
or
Up to 749 mL 2
1. Additional samples may be needed in the event of lymphocytes <200 cells/L.
2. Patients receiving non-live vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while on study treatment will
have 5 mL of blood drawn prior to and at least 3 weeks after vaccination. Thus, the total blood volume
for these patients will be 10 mL higher than for other patients.
3. If a sample is lost or not evaluable, a new sample may need to be taken if deemed necessary by the
investigator.
Safety Follow-up period 
Blood volume
Hematology 
3  3 mL = 
9 mL
Blood chemistry  
3  8 mL = 
24 mL
INR  
3  3 mL = 
9 mL
Total blood volume1 
42 mL
1. If a sample is lost or not evaluable, a new sample may need to be taken if deemed necessary by the
investigator.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 89/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.11.5 Baseline parameters and concomitant medications
3.11.5.1 Informed consent
Prior to continued administration of core study medication at core study Visit 11 (Week 24)
the patient must provide written informed consent to participate in the extension study.
If the signing of informed consent and continued administration of core study medication
at core study Visit 11 (Week 24) take place on the same day, it must be clearly stated in
the source documents that the patient has given full informed consent prior to continued
administration of core study medication at core study Visit 11 (Week 24). It is the
responsibility of the primary investigator / treating neurologist to explain the study in all
its aspects to the patient and obtain her/his informed consent. For patients who provide
informed consent but are subsequently not enrolled into the extension study, the reasons
for not being enrolled will be recorded and provided to the sponsor.
Prior to starting TP2 patients have to sign a new Informed Consent Form.
Prior to continuing with the extended period (additional 288 weeks) of TP2, which starts
with visit P13, patients have to sign a new Informed Consent Form.
Following approval of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and Health Authorities and prior to
starting TP3, patients have to sign a revised Informed Consent Form at the earliest
scheduled visit.
3.11.5.2 Demographics and disease characteristics
The following information will be documented in the CRF.
The patient number assigned in the core study will be maintained and will identify patients
in the extension study.
Baseline demographics including gender, date of birth, race, and height are recorded in the
core study only.
Body weight is recorded both in the core and the extension study.
Clinically relevant medical history / concomitant illnesses are recorded in the core study.
A medical history eCRF form is created to collect medical history reported during the
extension study. The medical history reported during study AC-058B201 must not be
repeated on this eCRF form.
MS-specific disease history and characteristics are recorded in the core study.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 90/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.11.5.3 Concomitant medications
All medications taken by the patient from the beginning of the transition period until EOS2
or EOS3, i.e., all medications ongoing, started or stopped during this period, will be
recorded on the Concomitant Medications form of the extension eCRF.
Commercially available ponesimod may be initiated on the day following last intake of
study treatment. The start date of commercially available ponesimod must be recorded on
the Concomitant Medication form of the eCRF.
3.12 Visit and assessment schedule
Table 1, Table 2, Table 3, and Table 4 provide an overview of the assessment schedule.
During the extension study, patients will visit the study center up to a total of 63 times in
the morning preferably under fasting conditions.
1. Transition period (on core study medication)
- The first visit of the extension study, Visit E1, will take place within three days
after the Week 24 visit of the core study.
- Patients will have to continue using their core study medication every day until and
including the day prior to Visit E1.
- The transition period is defined as the time of study drug intake at the Week 24
visit and the end as the time of study drug intake at Visit E1.
2. Treatment periods (on extension study medication)
- Randomization
TP1:
- Study drug administration: Visit E1 (Day 1)
- Study treatment visits: Visits E2 to E13 (EOT2) on Days 8 and 15, and at Weeks 4,
8, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84 and 96
- Phone call with the patient on Day 22
- Unscheduled visit(s) for relapse assessment
- Unscheduled visit(s) for ophthalmological assessments or PFT in the event of
clinical symptoms
TP2 and TP3:
- Study drug administration: Visit P1
- Study treatment visits: Visits P1 to EOT3
- Unscheduled visit(s) for relapse assessment
- Unscheduled visit(s) for ophthalmological assessments or PFT in the event of
clinical symptoms
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 91/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3. Safety Follow-up period
TP1:
 In the case of discontinuation from study drug before Visit P1 the study follow-up
visits E1 (Visit E14) and E2 (Visit E15) at 8 and 30 days after the last study drug
administration have to be performed.
TP2 and TP3:
 In the case of discontinuation from study drug after Visit P1 the study follow-up
visits FU1, FU2 and FU3 at 8, 30 and 90 days after the last study drug
administration have to be performed.
3.12.1 Transition period
It is the responsibility of the primary investigator / treating neurologist to obtain written
informed consent prior to continued administration of core study medication from each
patient after adequate explanation of the aims, methods, objectives, and potential hazards
of the study.
3.12.2 Extension treatment period 1
3.12.2.1 Visit E1 (Day 1) / Randomization and study drug administration
The patient should arrive at the clinic early in the morning and must bring back all
remaining core study medication.
Visit E1 is the visit when patients who were on placebo in the core study will receive their
first dose of ponesimod (10 mg). Patients who were on active treatment in the core study
will continue treatment on their maintenance dose from the core study. Start of the
treatment period is defined as the time point when patients take their dose of ponesimod
from the bottle assigned on Visit E1.
The assessments during this visit will be divided into two parts: before (pre-dose) and after
(post-dose) the administration of the study drug.
3.12.2.1.1 Visit E1 (Day 1) / pre-dose
The following assessments must be performed:
 Concomitant medications since the Week 24 (EOS) visit of the core study, if any;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments);
 Recording of AEs/SAEs since the Week 24 (EOS) visit of the core study;
 Recording of ongoing AEs from core study.
The results of these assessments must be provided to the primary investigator, who must
make the final decision on randomization (based on inclusion/exclusion criteria) and the
administration of the study drug.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 92/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
If eligible, patients will be enrolled in the extension study. Core study placebo patients will
be randomized to ponesimod 10, 20, or 40 mg, and take their first dose (10 mg) of
ponesimod. Patients on active treatment during the core study continue treatment with their
maintenance dose from the core study.
3.12.2.1.2 Visit E1 (Day 1) / post-dose
After dispensing the study drug (ponesimod 10, 20, or 40 mg), the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments (or trained personnel working under her/his responsibility) will
perform the following assessments:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP every hour for 6-hours post-dose
The primary investigator / treating neurologist must record the following:
 Change to concomitant medication, if any;
 AEs and SAEs.
At the end of this visit, i.e., 6 hours post-dose, the physician evaluating cardiac safety
assessments must check the hospital discharge criteria [Appendix 2]. If the patient meets
these criteria and has completed all scheduled assessments, she/he will receive one study
drug bottle for the period until the next visit. The patient will be instructed to take the study
drug every morning, with or without breakfast (preferably always in the same way and at
approximately the same time). However, on the morning of the next visit no study drug is
to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that day will be taken from the new drug bottle
(allocated to the patient on that day) after all pre-dose assessments for that visit have been
completed.
The patient will receive a patient’s card containing contact details, and will be instructed
to contact the site if she/he has any questions or problems.
The next visit, Visit E2 (Day 8), will be scheduled, and the patient will be reminded to
bring back all unused study drug (or empty bottle).
Thereafter, the patient will be discharged under the responsibility of the primary
investigator / treating neurologist, or the physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments.
3.12.2.2 Visit E2 (Day 8) / first uptitration
The visit window for this visit is ±1 day.
Visit E2 is the visit of the first uptitration for patients who were on placebo in the core
study and were randomized to receive ponesimod at 20 or 40 mg in the extension study.
For all other patients this will be a mock uptitration and they will continue to take their
maintenance dose. The patient will arrive at the clinic early in the morning and receive the
study drug.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 93/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The assessments during this visit will be divided into two parts: before (pre-dose) and after
(post-dose) the administration of the study drug.
3.12.2.2.1 Visit E2 (Day 8) / pre-dose
The following assessments must be performed:
 Changes in concomitant medications since Visit E1 (Day 1), if any;
 Physical examination;
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
The primary investigator / treating neurologist must make the final decision on treatment
continuation.
If the patient can be continued, the following assessments will be performed under the
responsibility of the primary investigator / treating neurologist:
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
 PK assessments:
- A blood sample will be taken prior to study drug intake
3.12.2.2.2 Visit E2 (Day 8) / post-dose
After dispensing the study drug, the physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments (or
trained personnel working under her/his responsibility) will perform the following
assessments:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP every hour for 6-hours post-dose
The primary investigator / treating neurologist must record the following:
 Change to concomitant medication, if any;
 AEs and SAEs.
At the end of this visit, i.e., 6 hours post-dose, the physician evaluating cardiac safety
assessments must check the hospital discharge criteria [Appendix 2]. If the patient meets
these criteria and has completed all scheduled assessments, she/he will receive one study
drug bottle for the period until the next visit. The patient must be instructed to take the
study drug every morning, with or without breakfast (preferably always in the same way
and at approximately the same time). However, on the morning of the next visit no study
drug is to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that day will be taken from the new drug
bottle (allocated to the patient on that day) after all pre-dose assessments for that visit have
been completed.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 94/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The patient will be instructed to contact the site if she/he has any questions or problems.
The next visit, Visit E3 (Day 15), will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to
bring back all unused study drug (or empty bottle).
Thereafter, the patient will be discharged under the responsibility of the primary
investigator / treating neurologist or the physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments.
3.12.2.3 Visit E3 (Day 15) / second uptitration
The visit window for this visit is ±1 day.
Visit E3 is the visit of the second uptitration for patients who were on placebo in the core
study and were randomized to receive ponesimod at 40 mg in the extension study. For all
other patients this will be a mock uptitration and they will continue to take their
maintenance dose. The patient will arrive at the clinic early in the morning and receive the
study drug.
The assessments during this visit will be divided into two parts: before (pre-dose) and after
(post-dose) the administration of the study drug.
3.12.2.3.1 Visit E3 (Day 15) / pre-dose
The following assessments must be performed:
 Changes in concomitant medications since Visit E2 (Day 8), if any;
 Physical examination;
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
The primary investigator / treating neurologist must make the final decision on treatment
continuation.
If the patient can be continued, the following assessments will be performed under the
responsibility of the primary investigator / treating neurologist:
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
 PK assessments:
- A blood sample will be taken prior to study drug intake
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 95/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.12.2.3.2 Visit E3 (Day 15) / post-dose
After dispensing the study drug, the physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments (or
trained personnel working under her/his responsibility) will perform the following
assessments:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP every hour for 6-hours post-dose
The primary investigator / treating neurologist must record the following:
 Change to concomitant medication, if any;
 AEs and SAEs.
At the end of this visit, i.e., 6 hours post-dose, the physician evaluating cardiac safety
assessments will check the hospital discharge criteria [Appendix 2]. If the patient meets
these criteria and has completed all scheduled assessments, she/he will receive one study
drug bottle for the period until the next visit. The patient will be instructed to take the study
drug every morning, with or without breakfast (preferably always in the same way and at
approximately the same time). However, in the morning of the next visit no study drug is
to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that day will be taken from the new drug bottle
(allocated to the patient on that day) after all pre-dose assessments for that visit have been
completed.
The patient will be instructed to contact the site if she/he has any questions or problems.
A phone call will be scheduled with the patient for Day 22 to obtain information on health
status and AEs between Visit E3 and Visit E4.
The next visit, Visit E4 (Week 4  Day 29), will be scheduled and the patient will be
reminded to bring back all unused study drug (or empty bottle).
Thereafter, the patient will be discharged under the responsibility of the primary
investigator / treating neurologist or the physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments.
3.12.2.4Phone call on Day 22
The window for the phone call is ±1 day.
The patient will be called and asked to report on any change or unusual observation in
health status.
The phone call will be recorded in the patient’s records and AEs will be reported in the
CRF as appropriate.
The patient will be reminded of the scheduled Visit E4 (Week 4).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 96/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.12.2.5 Visits E4, E5 and E6 (Weeks 4, 8 and 12)
The visit window for Visit E4 (Week 4/Day 29) is ±2 days, the visit window for Visit E5
and E6 (Weeks 8 and 12) is ±5days.
At Visits E4, E5 and E6, the following assessments must be performed before study drug
administration:
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC)
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments)
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
 Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
 Pregnancy test
 Only at Week 4: A blood sample for PK assessments will be taken prior to study drug
intake
The following assessments can be performed after study drug administration:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (only at Week 12: including careful skin examination);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 Only at Weeks 4 and 12: Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity,
low contrast visual acuity, visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy;
 Only at Week 12: Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers).
When the patient has completed all scheduled pre-dose assessments, she/he will receive
one (Visits E4 and E5) or three (Visit E6) study drug bottle(s) for the period until the next
visit and will take one capsule. The patient will be instructed to take the study drug every
morning, with or without breakfast (preferably always in the same way and at
approximately the same time). However, in the morning of the next visit no study drug is
to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that day will be taken from the new drug bottle
(allocated to the patient on that day) after all pre-dose assessments for that visit have been
completed.
The next visit will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to bring back all unused
study drug (or empty bottle).
3.12.2.6 Visits E7, E9 and E11 (Weeks 24, 48 and 72)
The visit window for these visits is ±14 days.
At Visits E7, E9, and E11, the following assessments must be performed before study drug
administration:
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 97/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC)
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments)
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
 Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
 Pregnancy test
 Only at Weeks 24 and 48: A blood sample for PK assessments will be taken prior to
study drug intake
The following assessments can be performed after study drug administration:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity
testing, visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 Only at Weeks 24 and 48:
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the independent evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination.
When the patient has completed all scheduled pre-dose assessments, she/he will receive
three study drug bottles for the period until the next visit and will take one capsule. The
patient will be instructed to take the study drug every morning, with or without breakfast
(preferably always in the same way and at approximately the same time). However, in the
morning of the next visit no study drug is to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that
day will be taken from the new drug bottle (allocated to the patient on that day) after all
pre-dose assessments for that visit have been completed.
The next visit will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to bring back all unused
study drug (or empty bottle).
3.12.2.7Visits E8, E10 and E12 (Weeks 36, 60 and 84)
The visit window for these visits is ±14 days.
At Visits E8, E10, and E12, the following assessments must be performed before study
drug administration:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments)
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
- Pregnancy test
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 98/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The following assessments can be performed after study drug administration:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
When the patient has completed all scheduled pre-dose assessments, she/he will receive
three study drug bottles for the period until the next visit and will take one capsule. The
patient will be instructed to take the study drug every morning, with or without breakfast
(preferably always in the same way and at approximately the same time). However, in the
morning of the next visit no study drug is to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that
day will be taken from the new drug bottle (allocated to the patient on that day) after all
pre-dose assessments for that visit have been completed.
The next visit will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to bring back all unused
study drug (or empty bottle).
3.12.2.8Visit E13 (Week 96) –EOT2
The visit window for this visit is ±14 days.
A Visit E13 (EOT2 visit) will be performed:
 For patients completing Week 96 according to the protocol and who did not sign yet
the informed consent for the protocol version 3 in order to enter into TP2:
- One day after the last dose of study drug
 For patients who discontinue study drug prematurely:
- As soon as possible but no later than 5 days after the last dose of study drug
At Visit E13 (EOT2) the following assessments must be performed:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity,
visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy);
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments);
 Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
- Pregnancy test;
 A blood sample for PK assessments will be taken;
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the independent evaluating neurologist);
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 99/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 MRI examination;
 Chest X-ray;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
When the patient has completed all scheduled assessments, Visit E14 (Follow-up Visit E1)
will be scheduled 8 days after the last dose of study drug.
3.12.3 Extension treatment periods 2 and 3
Patients who completed at least Visit E9 from TP1 are allowed to enroll into TP2 starting
with Visit P1. Patients who have already completed treatment up to Visit E13 (EOT2) may
still be enrolled into TP2, provided study drug was not discontinued for longer than 3
months. In this case, Visit P1 must be scheduled as soon as possible and, if applicable,
patients must undergo a study drug re-initiation and/or uptitration.
The TP2 and TP3 consist of the visits and assessments described in Sections 3.12.3.2 and
3.12.3.3.
Patients will be transitioned from TP2 to TP3 at the earliest scheduled visit following
approval of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities, signature of the revised
Informed Consent Form, and when it is feasible. The day of the first open-label dose of
ponesimod 20 mg will correspond to the start of TP3. After this transition, patients will
continue with their regular schedule of assessments [see Section 3.12.3.4].
Patients not enrolling into TP3 will have to perform the EOT3 visit [see Section 3.12.3.5].
3.12.3.1 Visit P1 (Day 1)
This visit must be scheduled 12 weeks after the last visit in TP1. The visit window for this
visit is ±14 days.
Patients who have already completed treatment up to Visit E13 (EOT2) of TP1 may still
be enrolled into TP2, provided study drug was not discontinued for longer than 3 months.
In this case, Visit P1 must be scheduled as soon as possible and if applicable, patients must
undergo a study drug re-initiation and/or uptitration.
At Visit P1 the following assessments must be performed before study drug administration:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments)
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC)
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
- Pregnancy test
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 100/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The following assessments can be performed after study drug administration:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity,
visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy);
 Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers);
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the independent evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Chest X-ray;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
When the patient has completed all scheduled pre-dose assessments, she/he will receive
three study drug bottles for the period until the next visit and will take one tablet. The
patient will be instructed to take the study drug every morning, with or without breakfast
(preferably always in the same way and at approximately the same time). However, in the
morning of the next visit no study drug is to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that
day will be taken from the new drug bottle (allocated to the patient on that day) after all
pre-dose assessments for that visit have been completed.
The next visit will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to bring back all unused
study drug (or empty bottles).
3.12.3.2 Visits P2, P4, P6, P8, P10, P12, P14, P16, P18, P20, P22, P24, P26, P28, P30,
P32, P34, P36, P38, P40, P42 and P44 (respectively, Weeks 12, 36, 60, 84, 108,
132, 156, 180, 204, 228, 252, 276, 300, 324, 348, 372, 396, 420, 444, 468, 492
and 516)
The visit window for these visits is ±14 days.
At every other visit, starting with Visit P2, the following assessments must be performed
before study drug administration:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist)
o Blood pressure must be performed pre-dose at all visits;
o ECG must be performed pre-dose at each of these visits up to and including
P36.
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
- Pregnancy test (NB: Female patients who interrupt the study drug because of
planned pregnancy will be exempted from any protocol-mandated pregnancy tests
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 101/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
after the first positive pregnancy test and until 30 (±5) days before study drug re-
initiation).
 Only at Visits P2, P14 and P22: A blood sample for PK assessments will be taken prior
to study drug intake.
The following assessments can be performed after study drug administration:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination) until P36;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the evaluating neurologist).
When the patient has completed all scheduled pre-dose assessments, she/he will receive
three study drug bottles for the period until the next visit and will take one tablet. The
patient will be instructed to take the study drug every morning, with or without breakfast
(preferably always in the same way and at approximately the same time). However, in the
morning of the next visit no study drug is to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that
day will be taken from the new drug bottle (allocated to the patient on that day) after all
pre-dose assessments for that visit have been completed.
The next visit will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to bring back all unused
study drug (or empty bottles).
3.12.3.3 Visits P3, P5, P7, P9, P11, P13, P15, P17, P19, P21, P23, P25, P27, P29, P31,
P33, P35, P37, P39, P41, P43 and P45 (respectively, Weeks 24, 48, 72, 96, 120,
144, 168, 192, 216, 240, 264, 288, 312, 336, 360, 384, 408, 432, 456, 480, 504
and 528)
The visit window for these visits is ±14 days.
At every other visit, starting with Visit P3, the following assessments must be performed
before study drug administration:
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist)
o Blood pressure must be performed pre-dose at all visits;
o ECG must be performed pre-dose at all study visits up to and including P37,
then yearly thereafter (at P41 and P45).
 PFTs (FEV1 and FVC) to be performed at each of these visits up to and including P37,
then yearly thereafter (at P41 and P45).
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 102/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
- Pregnancy test (NB: Female patients who interrupt the study drug because of
planned pregnancy will be exempted from any protocol-mandated pregnancy tests
after the first positive pregnancy test and until 30 (±5) days before study drug re-
initiation).
 Only at Visit P7: A blood sample for PK assessments will be taken prior to study drug
intake.
The following assessments can be performed after study drug administration; these
assessments are to be performed at each visit (unless otherwise noted):
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination) up to and including P37,
then yearly thereafter (at P41 and P45);
 Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers) up to and including P37,
then yearly thereafter (at P41 and P45);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity
testing, visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy) up to and including P37, then yearly
thereafter (at P41 and P45);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination will be performed yearly at Visits P5, P9, P13, P17, P21, P25, P29,
P33, P37, P41 and P45.
When the patient has completed all scheduled pre-dose assessments, she/he will receive
three study drug bottles for the period until the next visit and will take one tablet. The
patient will be instructed to take the study drug every morning, with or without breakfast
(preferably always in the same way and at approximately the same time). However, in the
morning of the next visit no study drug is to be taken prior to the visit. The dose for that
day will be taken from the new drug bottle (allocated to the patient on that day) after all
pre-dose assessments for this visit have been completed.
The next visit will be scheduled and the patient will be reminded to bring back all unused
study drug (or empty bottles).
3.12.3.4Transition from treatment period 2 to treatment period 3
When feasible, patients are switched from TP2 to TP3 at the earliest scheduled visit
following approval of protocol version 8 by ECs/IRBs and health authorities and after
having signed the revised Informed Consent Form.
At this visit, all patients must be monitored at the investigational site for at least 6 hours
after dose administration [see Appendix 2]. The day of the first open-label dose of
ponesimod 20 mg will correspond to the start of TP3.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 103/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Patients will then continue to come to the site every 12 weeks and will continue to perform
the visits and assessments scheduled as detailed in Sections 3.12.3.2 and 3.12.3.3.
Patients not enrolling into TP3 will have to perform the EOT3 visit [see Section 3.12.3.5].
3.12.3.5 EOT3 (Week 540)
The visit window for this visit is ±14 days.
An EOT3 visit will be performed:
 For patients who complete Week 540 of TP3 according to the protocol:
 One day after the last dose of study drug
 For patients who complete TP2 according to the protocol but do not enroll into TP3:
 As soon as possible but no later than 5 days after the last dose of study drug
 For patients who discontinue study drug prematurely during TP2 or TP3:
 As soon as possible but no later than 5 days after the last dose of study drug
For patients completing study treatment due to availability of commercially available
ponesimod, an EOT3 visit should be conducted as soon as possible, but no later than 5 days
after the last dose of study drug. Commercially available ponesimod may be initiated on
the day after last intake of study drug.
At EOT3 visit the following assessments must be performed:
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity,
visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy);
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography (at selected centers);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
- Pregnancy test;
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Chest X-ray;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
When the patient has completed all scheduled assessments, Follow-up visit 1 will be
scheduled 8 days after the last dose of study drug.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 104/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.12.4 Safety Follow-up period
All patients, whether they performed the EOT2 or EOT3 visit or prematurely discontinued
from study drug, will have to perform the corresponding Safety Follow-up visits:
TP1:
In the case of discontinuation from study drug before Visit P1, safety will be followed up
for 30 days after last dose of study drug. There are two Safety Follow-up visits:
 Follow-up Visit E1 (Visit E14):
- 8 days after the last study drug administration (EOT2 + 7 days)
 Follow-up visit E2 (Visit E15):
- 30 days after the last study drug administration
TP2 and TP3:
In the case of discontinuation from study drug after Visit P1 safety will be followed up for
90 days after last dose of study drug. There are three Safety Follow-up visits:
 Follow-up visit 1 (FU1):
- 8 days after the last study drug administration
 Follow-up visit 2 (FU2):
- 30 days after the last study drug administration
 Follow-up visit 3 (FU3):
- 90 days after the last study drug administration
These visits and assessments will also be conducted for patients who have switched to
commercially available ponesimod. Note that for these patients, the timing of each Safety
Follow-up visit refers to the time since the last study drug administration, independent of
any administration of commercially available ponesimod.
3.12.4.1 Visit E14: EOT2 + 7 days (Follow-up Visit E1)
The visit window for this visit is ±1 day.
Eight days after the last study drug administration, the following assessments must be
performed:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination;
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments);
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 105/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
When the patient has completed all scheduled assessments, Visit E15 (Follow-up visit E2)
will be scheduled 30 days after the last dose of study drug.
3.12.4.2 Visit E15: EOT2 + 30 days (Follow-up visit E2)
The visit window for this visit is ±5 days.
Thirty days after the last study drug administration, the following assessments must be
performed:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity,
visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) in fasting condition:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
- Pregnancy test;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments);
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the independent evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
Before discharge, WOCBP must be reminded that they must use the chosen methods of
contraception until 30 days after the last study drug administration.
3.12.4.3 Follow-up visit 1 (FU1): 8 days after the last dose of study drug
The visit window for this visit is ±1 day.
At this visit the following assessments must be performed:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination;
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 106/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
When the patient has completed all scheduled assessments, Follow-up visit 2 (FU2) will
be scheduled 30 days after the last dose of study drug.
3.12.4.4Follow-up visit 2 (FU2): 30 days after the last dose of study drug
The visit window for this visit is ±5 days.
Thirty days after the last study drug administration, the following assessments must be
performed:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity,
visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
- Pregnancy test;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
When the patient has completed all scheduled assessments, Follow-up visit 3 will be
scheduled 90 days after the last dose of study drug.
Before discharge, WOCBP must be reminded that they must use the chosen methods of
contraception until 30 days after the last study drug administration.
3.12.4.5 Follow-up visit 3 (FU3): 90 days after the last dose of study drug
The visit window for this visit is ±7 days.
Ninety days after the last study drug administration, the following assessments must be
performed:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
 SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating cardiac safety
assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the evaluating neurologist);
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 107/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
3.12.5 Unscheduled visits
3.12.5.1 Unscheduled relapse visit
Patients will be instructed to contact their treating neurologist at the clinical site
immediately in the event of appearance of any symptoms suggestive of an MS
exacerbation. An unscheduled visit will be organized as soon as possible after onset or
worsening of the symptom(s) as follows:
The primaryinvestigator / treating neurologist will examine the patient and decide whether
the patient has to be referred to the evaluating neurologist.
In the event of the patient’s referral to the evaluating neurologist, the evaluating neurologist
will perform the EDSS and FS within 7 days after onset or worsening of the symptom(s).
In order to exclude potential other reasons for the symptom(s) observed, the primary
investigator / treating neurologist will need to perform the following assessments:
 Physical examination;
 Vital signs: SBP/DBP, pulse rate, body temperature.
Results must be documented in the patient’s records, but should not be recorded in the
CRF, unless a finding constitutes an AE.
The decision  regarding whether the neurological change is considered as confirmed or
unconfirmed relapse will be made by the primary investigator / treating neurologist based
on the EDSS/FS scores assessed by the evaluating neurologist.
A Specific Relapse eCRF  form must be completed for confirmed and unconfirmed
relapses. MS relapses and associated symptoms are not to be entered on the AE form of the
eCRF with the following exceptions:
 MS relapses with fatal outcome (these must always be recorded as an AE on the AE
form in addition to being reported as SAEs).
 MS relapses that, in the view of the investigator, warrant specific notice due to unusual
frequency, severity or remarkable clinical manifestations (these should be reported as
an AE on the AE form of the eCRF and, if applicable, on the SAE form).
If a relapse visit is within 5 days prior to the date of a regular MRI visit, efforts should be
made to perform the MRI assessments prior to the start of treatment with i.v.
corticosteroids.
In the event of a confirmed MS relapse, the primary investigator / treating neurologist
should re-counsel the patient to ensure she/he is reminded of alternative treatment options
available for RRMS. The patient’s attention must be drawn to the possibility of
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 108/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
withdrawing from the study and switching to standard treatment approved for RRMS. The
patient’s decision must be recorded in the medical records.
3.12.5.2 Unscheduled visits (any other assessment)
An unscheduled site visit may be performed at any time during the study (between
scheduled visits), as necessary, at the investigator’s discretion. The date of the visit and the
reason for such visits as well as any data related to study assessments performed at
unscheduled visits will be recorded in the CRF. During such visits, any of the following
assessments may be performed at the investigator’s discretion:
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Physical examination (including careful skin examination);
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity,
visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy; OCT in case of suspected clinically
significant findings [e.g., macular edema]);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
- Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
- Pregnancy test;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 EDSS and FS scores (assessed by the evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
3.12.5.3 Additional visits for re-initiation or re-uptitration of study drug
As described in detail in Appendix 5, patients who miss taking the dose of study drug for
4 or more consecutive days will need to re-initiate study drug using the gradual uptitration
scheme outlined in Table 6.
In such cases, there will be one or two visits:
 One visit on the day of re-initiation (Day 1) for all patients;
 An additional visit 14 days (±1 day) after the day of re-initiation (Day 15) only
mandated for patients with cardiovascular risk factors [see Appendix 5] but may be
scheduled for any patient at the discretion of the investigator / treating neurologist.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 109/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The following assessments need to be done during the visits on Day 1 of re-initiation:
 SBP/DBP pre-dose and hourly (±15 min) for at least 4 hours and up to 12 hours
post-dose (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating the cardiac safety
assessments)1;
 12-lead ECG pre-dose and hourly (±15 min) for at least 4 hours and up to 12 hours
post-dose (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating the cardiac safety
assessments)1;
 IVRS call and study drug dispensing2;
 Recording of changes in concomitant medication, if any;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 The discharge criteria will be applied for patients undergoing cardiac monitoring.
Patients may be discharged from cardiac monitoring if they meet the discharge criteria
before 12 hours post-dose but no sooner than 4 hours post-dose [see Appendix 2].
For patients attending the visit 14 days after the day of re-initiation (if applicable), the
following assessments need to be done:
 SBP/DBP (pre-dose);
 12-lead ECG (pre-dose);
 IVRS call return of study drug blisters/bottles and unused medication, and dispensing
of new blisters/bottles, if appropriate;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
These visits for when re-initiating and/or up-titrating the dose are additional unscheduled
visits. The regular scheduled study visits must continue according to the original visit and
assessment schedule.
1 
All patients must have a pre-dose assessment. Only patients with cardiovascular risk factors [see
Appendix 5] are required to be monitored for at least 4 hours and up to 12 hours post-dose at the study
site. In this case, discharge criteria will be applied [see Appendix 2]. Patients without cardiovascular
risk factors may re-initiate study drug at home or at site and be monitored for at least 4 hours post-
dose at the discretion of the investigator / treating neurologist.
2 
Patients with cardiovascular risk factors [see Appendix 2] will receive only the uptitration kit. Patients
without cardiovascular risk factors [see Appendix 2] and who re-initiated at home will receive both
the uptitration kit and blisters/bottles for maintenance.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 110/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3.12.5.4Additional unscheduled visit 30 days after study drug interruption due to
planned pregnancy with intention of study drug re-initiation post-partum
As described in Appendix 1 section D, female patients who wish to become pregnant must
have a negative pregnancy test at an unscheduled visit 30 days after they interrupt the study
drug before they can interrupt the contraception.
During this visit, the following assessments will be performed:
 Urine or serum pregnancy test;
 EDSS and FS assessment (performed by the evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Assessment of methods of contraception;
 Recording of changes in concomitant medication, if any;
 Body temperature;
 Body weight;
 Physical examination;
 PFTs (FEV1, FVC);
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity
testing, visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy; OCT in case of suspected clinically
significant findings [e.g., macular edema]);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
 Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs.
The primary investigator / treating neurologist or the study nurse must instruct/remind the
patient to interrupt the contraception until after delivery and to follow all the visits
scheduled as per protocol during the study drug interruption period and until the study drug
has been re-initiated or permanently discontinued.
3.12.5.5 Additional unscheduled visit for eligibility assessment for re-initiation of study
drug for female subjects who interrupted the study drug for planned
pregnancy and who wish to re-initiate the study drug after delivery
As described in Appendix 1 section D, female patients who interrupted the study drug for
planned pregnancy and who wish to re-initiate the study drug after delivery will need to be
assessed for eligibility for study drug re-initiation. Unless the patient has been treated with
a disease modifying therapy (DMT; IFN β-1a or glatiramer acetate) during the pregnancy
and post-partum, this visit should take place as soon as possible after delivery in order to
minimize the post-partum period without MS treatment. In addition, this visit should take
place 30 (±5) days before the study drug re-initiation.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 111/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
During this visit, the following assessments must be performed before study drug
administration:
Urine pregnancy test first and, if urine pregnancy test is negative:
 PFTs (FEV1 and FVC);
 Laboratory tests (central laboratory) preferably under fasting conditions:
 Hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis;
 Assessment of methods of contraception;
 Recording of changes in concomitant medication, if any;
 Body temperature;
 Body weight;
 Physical examination;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments or primary investigator / treating neurologist);
 EDSS and FS assessment (performed by the evaluating neurologist);
 MRI examination;
 Ophthalmological examination (best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity
testing, visual fields, and dilated ophthalmoscopy; OCT in case of suspected clinically
significant findings [e.g., macular edema]);
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 Remind the patient to use the methods of contraception defined for this study. The
reminders must be documented in the hospital chart;
 Confirm that the patient did/does not fulfill any protocol criteria for permanent study
drug discontinuation [see Appendix 1] at any of the previous visits or at the
unscheduled visit for re-initiation of study drug except the wish to become pregnant;
 If the patient has been treated with a DMT (IFN β-1a or glatiramer acetate) during and
after pregnancy, the patient must be instructed to interrupt the treatment 7 days before
study drug re-initiation and this instruction must be documented in the hospital records.
If all eligibility criteria for study drug re-initiation at this visit are fulfilled, an appointment
should be scheduled for the next visit (i.e., additional unscheduled visit for re-initiation of
study drug) 25 35 days later. The patient is instructed to contact their primary investigator
/ treating neurologist at the clinical site immediately in the event of the appearance of any
symptoms suggestive of an MS exacerbation.
The patient must be instructed/reminded that the breastfeeding has to be completely
stopped before study drug re-initiation.
If the urine pregnancy test is positive, the patient is not eligible for study drug re-initiation.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 112/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
This visit must be performed in all cases of study drug interruption for planned pregnancy
irrespective of the duration of pregnancy and also in all cases where planned pregnancy did
not occur but where the contraception was interrupted for any duration and the patient
wishes to re-initiate the study drug.
3.12.5.6 Unscheduled visits for re-initiation of the study drug after delivery
The following assessments/procedures must be performed during these visits:
Urine pregnancy test first, and, if urine pregnancy test is negative:
 Assessment of methods of contraception and confirmation that the patient has been
using reliable methods of contraception, as described in Section 4.4.2, for at least
30 days;
 Assessment of total duration of study drug interruption (which should not exceed
81 weeks);
 Confirmation that breastfeeding has been completely stopped;
 If the patient has been treated with a DMT (IFN β-1a or glatiramer acetate) during and
after pregnancy, confirmation that this treatment has been discontinued no less than
7 days prior to study drug re-initiation;
 12-lead ECG and SBP/DBP (under the responsibility of the physician evaluating
cardiac safety assessments) at pre-dose and up to 12 hours post-dose;
 Change in concomitant medication, if any;
 Recording of AEs and SAEs;
 Study drug dispensing/returning;
 The discharge criteria will be applied as described in Appendix 2, as applicable.
If the urine pregnancy test is positive, the patient is not eligible for study drug re-initiation.
The regular scheduled study visits must continue according to the original visit and
assessment schedule.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 113/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
4 SAFETY DEFINITIONS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Summary table
Periods
Treatment (including
transition and study
drug interruption)
Follow-up2 
After Follow-up
Time frame
During study drug
administration until
15days after study
drug discontinuation
and during study drug
interruption
Treatment period 1:
From 16 until 30
days after study
drug
discontinuation
Treatment periods 2
and 3:
From 16 until 90
days after study
drug
discontinuation
Treatment period 1:
After 30 days
Treatment periods 2 and 3:
After 90 days
AE/SAE reporting
on eCRF AE form
All AEs/SAEs 
All AEs/SAEs 
None
SAE reporting on
SAE form
All SAEs 
All SAEs
If felt appropriate by
investigator
Reconciliation 1
Yes 
Yes 
Not applicable
1. 
Reconciliation between clinical and drug safety databases.
2. 
AEs/SAEs occurring between treatment periods 1, 2 and 3 must be reported in the AE eCRF form.
AE  adverse event; eCRF  electronic case report form; SAE  serious adverse event.
4.2 Adverse events
4.2.1 Definitions of adverse events
An AE is any adverse change from the patient’s baseline condition, i.e., any unfavorable
and unintended sign including an abnormal laboratory finding, symptom or disease that
occurs during the course of the study, whether or not considered related to the study drug.
A treatment-emergent AE is any AE temporally associated with the use of a study drug,
i.e., occurring during study drug administration until 15 days after study drug
discontinuation, whether or not considered related to the study drug. This definition applies
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 114/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
regardless of whether the patient receives commercially available ponesimod after
completing study drug treatment.
AEs include:
 Exacerbation of a pre-existing disease;
 Increase in frequency or intensity of a pre-existing episodic disease or medical
condition;
 Disease or medical condition detected or diagnosed after study drug administration
even though it may have been present prior to the start of the study;
 Continuous persistent disease or symptoms present at baseline that worsen following
the start of the study;
 Lack of efficacy in the acute treatment of a life-threatening disease;
 Events considered by the investigator to be related to study-mandated procedures;
 Abnormal assessments, e.g., change on physical examination, ECG findings, if they
represent a clinically significant finding that was not present at baseline or worsened
during the course of the study;
 Laboratory test abnormalities if they represent a clinically significant finding,
symptomatic or not, which was not present at baseline or worsened during the course
of the study or led to dose reduction, interruption or permanent discontinuation of study
drug.
AEs do not include:
 Medical or surgical procedure, e.g., surgery, endoscopy, tooth extraction, transfusion.
However, the event leading to the procedure is an AE. If this event is serious, the
procedure must be described in the SAE narrative;
 Pre-existing disease or medical condition that does not worsen;
 Situations in which an adverse change did not occur, e.g., hospitalizations for cosmetic
elective surgery or for social and/or convenience reasons.
Special reporting situations are described in Section 4.5.
Cardiac events
Significant findings (e.g., new ECG abnormalities, bradycardia), which meet the definition
of an AE, must be recorded on the AE form of the eCRF.
Any cardiac events of clinical concern, including AV blocks, must be assessed by the
physician evaluating cardiac safety assessments for seriousness, and reported accordingly.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 115/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Relapse
All MS relapses, whether confirmed or unconfirmed, during the study must be reported on
specific relapse forms of the eCRF. MS relapses and associated symptoms are not to be
entered on the AE form of the eCRF with the following exceptions:
 MS relapses with fatal outcome (these must always be recorded as an AE on the AE
form in addition to being reported as SAEs).
 MS relapses that, in the view of the investigator, warrant specific notice due to unusual
frequency, severity or remarkable clinical manifestations (these should be reported as
an AE on the AE form of the eCRF and, if applicable, on the SAE form).
4.2.2 Intensity of adverse events
The intensity of clinical AEs is graded on a three-point scale - mild, moderate, severe - and
is reported on specific AE form of the eCRF.
If the intensity of an AE worsens during study drug administration, only the worst intensity
must be reported on the AE form. If the AE lessens in intensity, no change in the intensity
is required.
The three categories of intensity are defined as follows:
 Mild
The event may be noticeable to the patient. It does not influence daily activities and usually
does not require intervention.
 Moderate
The event may make the patient uncomfortable; performance of daily activities may be
influenced; intervention may be needed.
 Severe
The event may cause noticeable discomfort and usually interferes with daily activities. The
patient may not be able to continue in the study, and treatment or intervention is usually
needed.
A mild, moderate or severe AE may or may not be serious [see Section 4.3.1]. These terms
are used to describe the intensity of a specific event (as in mild, moderate, or severe
myocardial infarction). However, a severe event (such  as severe headache) may be of
relatively minor medical significance and is not necessarily serious. For example, nausea
lasting several hours may be rated as severe, but may not be clinically serious. Fever of
39 °C that is not considered severe may become serious if it prolongs hospital discharge
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 116/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
by a day [see Section 4.3.1.2]. Seriousness rather than severity serves as a guide for
defining regulatory reporting obligations.
These definitions do not apply to clinically significant and asymptomatic laboratory test
abnormalities or abnormal assessments (e.g., ECG findings) considered as AEs. The
investigator must select “non-applicable” on the AE form of the eCRF to qualify the
intensity of the AE.
4.2.3 Relationship to study drug
Each AE must be assessed by the investigator as to whether or not there is a reasonable
possibility of causal relationship to the study drug and reported as either related or
unrelated.
 Related to study drug
This category applies to any AE (whether serious or not) that appears to have a reasonable
possibility of causal relationship to the use of the study drug (i.e., a relationship cannot be
ruled out). Guidelines to determine whether an event might be considered related include
(but are not limited to) the following:
 The event occurred in close temporal relationship to study drug administration.
 The event abated (diminished) or disappeared when treatment with the study drug was
down-titrated, interrupted, or discontinued.
 The event reoccurred when treatment was reintroduced.
 Environmental factors such as clinical state and other treatments could equally have
caused the event.
 Unrelated to study drug
This category applies to any AE (whether serious or not) that does not appear to have a
reasonable relationship to the use of study drug (see above guidelines).
4.2.4 Reporting of adverse events
4.2.4.1 Treatment period (including transition period and study drug interruption)
The end date and outcome ofall AEs that occurred during the core study and that are still
ongoing when the patient is entering the transition period must be recorded on a separate
page of the extension study CRF. In the event that the AE is worsening or becoming
serious, it must be recorded as a new AE on the specific AE form of the extension study
CRF. The sponsor may contact the investigator to obtain further information.
All AEs that occur from the start of the transition period of the extension study until 15 days
after study drug discontinuation must be recorded on specific AE form of the extension
study eCRF.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 117/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Treatment-emergent AEs are defined as all AEs with onset date from the date of first study
drug intake (date of Visit E1 for patients who received placebo in the core study, date of
core study Visit 1 for patients who received active treatment in the core study) until 15 days
after study drug discontinuation. This definition applies regardless of whether the patient
receives commercially available ponesimod after completing study drug treatment.
All AEs occurring during TP1, TP2, and TP3 must be reported on an AE form of the eCRF,
regardless of causal relationship. This applies also to AEs occurring during the study drug
interruption (e.g., due to planned pregnancy), i.e., all AEs during study drug interruption
must be reported on an AE form in the eCRF.
4.2.4.2  Follow-up period
All AEs regardless of causal relationship occurring from 16 days after study drug
discontinuation until 30 or 90 days (as applicable) after study drug discontinuation must be
recorded on specific AE form of the extension study eCRF.
4.2.5 Follow-up of adverse events
AEs still ongoing after study drug discontinuation for a given patient must be followed up
to 30 or 90 days (as applicable) after study drug discontinuation, or until resolution,
stabilization or until the event is no longer clinically relevant or until the event is otherwise
explained.
4.3 Serious adverse events
4.3.1 Definitions
4.3.1.1 Serious adverse events
An SAE is defined by the International Council for Harmonisation (ICH) guidelines as any
AE fulfilling at least one of the following criteria:
 Fatal
 Life-threatening
 Requiring hospitalization as an inpatient or prolongation of existing hospitalization
 Resulting in persistent or significant disability or incapacity
 Congenital anomaly or birth defect
 Is a suspected transmission of any infectious agent via a medicinal product
 Medically significant, or requires intervention to prevent at least one of the outcomes
listed above
Life-threatening refers to an event in which the patient was at risk of death at the time of
the event. It does not refer to an event that hypothetically might have caused death had it
been more severe.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 118/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Important medical events that may not immediately result in death, be life-threatening, or
require hospitalization may be considered to be SAEs when, based upon appropriate
medical judgment, they may jeopardize the patient, and may require medical or surgical
intervention to prevent one of the outcomes listed in the definitions above.
The reference safety document to assess whether or not an SAE must be reported by the
sponsor to health authorities, ECs/IRBs and investigators in an expedited fashion is the
Investigator’s Brochure [Ponesimod IB].
4.3.1.2  Hospitalization - Prolongation of existing hospitalization
Hospitalization is defined as an admission to a hospital or a prolongation of existing
hospitalization due to an AE.
If on Days 1, 8, or 15 a patient needs to stay at the hospital more than 12 hours post-dose
due to an AE, this constitutes an SAE.
The following reasons for hospitalizations are not considered AEs, and therefore not SAEs:
 Hospitalizations for cosmetic elective surgery, social and/or convenience reasons.
 Standard monitoring of a pre-existing disease or medical condition that did not worsen,
e.g., hospitalization for coronary angiography in a patient with stable angina pectoris.
 Elective treatment of a pre-existing disease or medical condition that did not worsen,
e.g., elective hip replacement for arthritis. Complications that occur during
hospitalization are AEs or SAEs (for example if a complication prolongs
hospitalization).
4.3.1.3  Serious adverse events related to study-mandated procedures
Such SAEs are defined as SAEs that appear to have a reasonable possibility of causal
relationship (i.e., a relationship cannot be ruled out) to study-mandated procedures
(excluding administration of study drug) such as complication of a mandated invasive
procedure (e.g., blood sampling, heart catheterization), or car accident on the way to the
hospital for a study visit, etc.
4.3.2 Reporting of serious adverse events
4.3.2.1 Treatment period (including transition period and study drug interruption)
All SAEs regardless of causal relationship that occur from the start of the transition period
until 15 days after study drug discontinuation must be recorded.
Treatment-emergent SAEs are defined as all SAEs with onset date from the date of first
study drug intake (date of Visit E1 for patients who received placebo in the core study, date
of core study Visit 1 for patients who received active treatment in the core study) until
15days after study drug discontinuation.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 119/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
These SAEs are reported on SAE forms and also on the AE form in the extension study
eCRF. Therefore, they are entered both in the drug safety and clinical databases, and must
be reconciled before study closure.
All SAEs occurring during TP1, TP2, and TP3 must be reported on an AE page of the CRF,
regardless of causal relationship. This applies also to SAEs occurring during study drug
interruption (e.g., due to planned pregnancy), i.e., all SAEs during study drug interruption
must be reported on SAE forms and also on the AE form of the eCRF.
4.3.2.2  Follow-up period
All SAEs regardless of causal relationship occurring from 16 days after study drug
discontinuation until 30 or 90 days (as applicable) after study drug discontinuation must be
reported.
These SAEs are reported on SAE forms and also on the AE form in the eCRF. Therefore,
they are entered both in the drug safety and clinical databases, and must be reconciled
before study closure.
4.3.2.3  Reporting procedures
All SAEs, as well as product quality complaints (PQCs), occurring during the study must
be reported to the appropriate sponsor contact person by study site personnel within 24
hours of their knowledge of the event.
All SAEs must be recorded on SAE forms, irrespective of the study drug received by the
patient, whether or not this event is considered by the investigator to be related to study
drug.
These SAE forms must be completed and signed by a physician from the study site and
sent to the sponsor within 24 hours using the contact details provided on the form. The
investigator must complete the SAE form in English (unless otherwise specified) and
assess the relationship to study drug.
Such preliminary reports will be followed by detailed descriptions that should include
copies of hospital case reports, autopsy reports, hospital discharge summaries and other
documents when requested and applicable. Follow-up information about a previously
reported SAE must also be reported within 24 hours of receiving it. The sponsor may
contact the investigator to obtain further information.
Suspected (considered related to the study drug) and unexpected (not previously described
in the reference safety document) serious adverse reactions (SUSARs) will be expedited
by the sponsor to health authorities, ECs/IRBs and investigators, as appropriate.
Unblinding of SUSARs will be performed as appropriate.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 120/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
MS relapses and associated symptoms are exempt from being reported on an SAE form by
the investigator to the sponsor, with the following exceptions:
 MS relapses with fatal outcome.
 MS relapses that, in the view of the investigator, warrant specific notice due to unusual
frequency, severity or remarkable clinical manifestations (these should be reported as
an AE on the AE form of the eCRF and, if applicable, on the SAE form).
4.3.3 Follow-up of serious adverse events
SAEs still ongoing at the EOS2 or EOS3 must be followed until resolution or stabilization
or until the event is otherwise explained.
New SAEs occurring at any time after the EOS / after the 30-day follow-up period may be
reported to the sponsor within 24 hours of the investigator’s knowledge of the event, if felt
appropriate by the investigator. Therefore, these SAEs are entered only into the drug safety
database and hence will not affect study closure.
4.4 Pregnancy
In embryo-fetal studies in rats and rabbits ponesimod shows teratogenic potential.
Therefore, appropriate precautions must be taken by WOCBP. Women must not become
pregnant while on the study drug and until 30 days after study drug discontinuation.
If a woman becomes pregnant when on study drug, study drug MUST be discontinued
immediately. The investigator must counsel the patient and discuss the risks of continuing
with the pregnancy, and the possible effects on the fetus.
Women who wish to interrupt the study treatment because of planned pregnancy and restart
the study treatment after delivery and lactation, if applicable, will be allowed to stay in the
study provided the conditions mentioned in the Appendix 1, section D, are fulfilled.
4.4.1 Definition of childbearing potential
The assessment of a woman’s childbearing potential can be done at any time during the
study. A woman is considered to be of childbearing potential unless she meets at least
one of the following criteria:
 Previous bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy or hysterectomy.
 Premature ovarian failure confirmed by a gynecologist.
 Postmenopausal, defined as 12 consecutive months with no menses without an
alternative medical cause.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 121/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
4.4.2 Acceptable methods of contraception
The investigator must explain and stress the importance of using acceptable methods of
contraception during the study, and for at least 30 days after study drug discontinuation.
During TP1 and TP2, WOCBP must follow the below contraception scheme:
 Two methods of contraception (one from Group 1 and one from Group 2 below)
during the study, and for at least 30 days after study drug discontinuation, as
follows:
- Group 1: Oral, implantable, transdermal or injectable hormonal
contraceptives, intrauterine devices, female sterilization (tubal ligation), or
partner’s sterilization (vasectomy).
- Group 2: Condoms, diaphragm or cervical cap.
Abstention and rhythm methods were not acceptable methods of contraception during TP1
and TP2.
During TP3, WOCBP must follow the below contraception scheme:
 Two methods of contraception, one must be from Group 1 and one must be from
Group 2, defined as follows:
- Group 1: Oral, implantable, transdermal or injectable hormonal
contraceptives, intrauterine devices.
- Group 2: Condoms, diaphragm or cervical cap.
 Female sterilization (tubal ligation).
 Sterilization of the male partner (vasectomy).
 True abstinence from intercourse with a male partner only when this is in line with
the preferred lifestyle of the patient.
Rhythm methods or the use of a condom by a male partner alone are not considered
acceptable methods of contraception.
If during the study a switch to a hormonal contraceptive from Group 1 is considered, it
must be taken for at least 1 month in parallel to previous forms of contraception from
Group 1, and contraception from Group 2 must remain in use throughout the study period.
If there is any doubt on what contraceptive advice should be given to an individual patient,
consultation with a gynecologist is recommended.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 122/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
4.4.3 Reporting of pregnancy
Irrespective of the treatment received by the patient, any pregnancy (irrespective whether
it was planned or not) occurring during the entire study including during the 30 days
following permanent study drug discontinuation must be reported to the sponsor by study
site personnel within 24 hours of their knowledge of the event.
Pregnancies must be reported on the appropriate pregnancy notification form, which must
be sent to the sponsor, and on an AE form of the eCRF, as applicable.
4.4.4 Follow-up of pregnancy
Any pregnancy must be followed to its conclusion and its outcome must be reported to the
sponsor.
Any AE associated with the pregnancy occurring during the follow-up period after study
drug discontinuation or during study drug interruption for planned pregnancy must be
reported on the separate AE form in the eCRF. Abnormal pregnancy outcomes (e.g.,
spontaneous abortion, fetal death, stillbirth, congenital anomalies, ectopic pregnancy) are
considered SAEs and must be reported using an SAE form. Any SAE occurring during the
pregnancy must also be reported on an SAE form as described in Section 4.3.2.
4.5 Special reporting situations
Safety events of interest on a sponsor study drug in an interventional study that may require
expedited reporting or safety evaluation include, but are not limited to:
 
Overdose of a sponsor study drug (defined as the intake of >1 pill on the same calendar
day)
 
Suspected abuse/misuse of a sponsor study drug
 
Accidental or occupational exposure to a sponsor study drug
 
Medication error, intercepted medication error, or potential medication error involving
a Johnson & Johnson medicinal product (with or without patient exposure to the
Johnson & Johnson medicinal product, e.g., product name confusion, product label
confusion, intercepted prescribing or dispensing errors)
 
Exposure to a sponsor study drug from breastfeeding
Special reporting situations should be recorded on the AE form of the eCRF. Any special
reporting situation that meets the criteria of an SAE should be recorded as an SAE.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202 
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 123/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
4.6 Product quality complaint handling
Definition
A PQC is defined as any suspicion of a product defect related to manufacturing, labeling,
or packaging, i.e., any dissatisfaction relative to the identity, quality, durability, reliability,
or performance of a distributed product, including its labeling, drug delivery system, or
package integrity. A PQC may have an impact on the safety and efficacy of the product. In
addition, it includes any technical complaints, defined as any complaint that indicates a
potential quality issue during manufacturing, packaging, release testing, stability
monitoring, dose preparation, storage or distribution of the product or the drug delivery
system.
Procedures
All initial PQCs must be reported to the sponsor by the study site personnel within 24 hours
after being made aware of the event.
A sample of the suspected product should be maintained under the correct storage
conditions until a shipment request is received from the sponsor.
5 STATISTICAL METHODOLOGY AND ANALYSES
5.1 Statistical analysis plan
Statistical analysis plans (SAPs) will be followed for any periodic analysis performed
during the study. The SAPs will provide full details of the analyses, imputation rules and
the algorithms to be used for data derivations.
Full details of the treatment groups and how they are used in the analysis will be described
in the SAP.
The SAP will include the definition of major protocol deviations and the exclusion of
patients from the analysis sets.
5.2 Analysis sets
Data from the core study AC-058B201 and extension study AC-058B202 will be
combined.
Baseline is defined as the last assessment performed prior to the first administration of
study treatment in AC-058B201 for the analyses comparing treatment groups as
randomized in AC-058B201 including the placebo treatment period, or first dose of
ponesimod treatment in either AC-058B201 or AC-058B202 for the analyses which
exclude the placebo treatment period.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 124/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The following analysis populations are defined:
 All-randomized population:
This set includes all randomized patients in AC-058B201.
 All-treated –extension population:
The ‘All-treated - extension population’ includes all randomized patients who received
at least one ponesimod dose in the extension AC-058B202.
Additional analysis sets will be defined in the SAP as needed.
5.3 Efficacy endpoints
All statistical tests are of exploratory nature. No adjustment for multiple comparisons will
be made.
Annualized relapse rate:
ARRs will be explored by means of negative binomial regression models.
Time to event data:
The time to event (e.g., first confirmed relapse) will be analyzed using the log-rank test.
The Kaplan-Meier estimates at different time points will be provided together with the
95% two-sided confidence limits (CLs) calculated using Greenwood’s formula for the
estimate of the standard error. The time to event will be displayed by a Kaplan-Meier
plot.
Patients free of relapse
The proportion of relapse free patients will be estimated by means of Kaplan-Meier method
(time to first confirmed relapse).
MRI-related endpoints
Number of total T1 Gd+ lesions, number of combined unique active lesions, and number
of new or enlarging T2 lesions will be analyzed by means of negative binomial regression
models.
Methods for handling of missing data will be defined in the SAP for the individual
endpoints as applicable.
5.4 Dose response assessment
The dose response relationship will be explored for lymphocyte count, MRI-related
endpoints (number of total T1 Gd+ lesions, number of combined unique active lesions,
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 125/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
number of new or enlarging T2 lesions) and ARR using modeling techniques as described
by Bretz et al [Bretz 2005].
5.5 Sample size
Sample size is determined by the number of patients completing the core study and
deciding to enter the extension study.
5.6 Safety and tolerability endpoints
All AEs and SAEs are coded using the MedDRA dictionary.
AEs will be analyzed by treatment groups.
The treatment-emergent AEs will be tabulated by system organ class (SOC) and individual
preferred terms within each SOC. AEs will also be tabulated by severity and by relationship
to ponesimod. Summary tables will be accompanied by individual patient listings.
Treatment-emergent SAEs will be listed and summarized similarly to AEs.
AEs leading to premature discontinuation of study drug will be listed and summarized by
crude incidence rates.
Post-treatment AEs, SAEs, and abnormalities (i.e. occurring from 16 until 30 or 90 days
after study drug discontinuation) will be tabulated and/or listed dependent on the observed
events.
AEs ongoing at the end of the core study and reported separately on the extension CRF
will be listed.
Reasons for premature discontinuation of ponesimod will be listed and summarized by
frequency tables.
Reasons for death will be listed and summarized similarly to AEs leading to premature
discontinuation.
PFTs and BPs will be summarized by descriptive statistics by timepoint both for the
absolute values and for the change from baseline.
The proportion of patients with treatment-emergent ECG abnormalities will be displayed.
Absolute values and changes during the course of the study of ECG numeric parameters
will be summarized by descriptive statistics.
Treatment-emergent abnormalities as assessed by Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography
will be summarized by treatment group and presented similarly to the AEs. Absolute
percentage and change of left ventricular ejection fraction during the course of the study
will be summarized by descriptive statistics. Individual patient listings will be provided.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 126/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Treatment-emergent laboratory abnormalities will be summarized for each laboratory
parameter providing their incidence and frequency. Standard numeric laboratory
parameters are transformed to standard units. Absolute values and changes during the
course of the study of laboratory parameters values converted to standardized units will be
summarized descriptively at the relevant time points.
AEs, SAEs, and abnormalities are defined as treatment-emergent when occurring during
study drug administration until 15 days after study drug discontinuation.
All safety and tolerability data will be presented in patient listings.
5.7 Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic endpoints
Trough level (pre-dose) plasma concentrations of ponesimod at each time point of
measurement and by treatment will be analyzed by descriptive statistics, including
arithmetic mean, standard deviation, minimum, maximum, and median.
Relationship between ponesimod concentration and total lymphocytes counts will be
explored, as well as the relationship of ponesimod concentration and other possible PD
variables (e.g., safety parameters).
Efficacy and safety parameters will be correlated with absolute lymphocyte counts and
magnitude of reduction of lymphocyte counts on an exploratory basis.
5.8 Exposure to study drug
Exposure to study drug will be described in terms of duration and dose by treatment groups.
The duration of exposure is defined as the time elapsing between the study drug initiation
and discontinuation, inclusive. The exposure time will be tabulated descriptively. The
cumulative distribution of exposure time by different class intervals (e.g., <3 months, at
least 3 months, at least 6 months, etc.) will be tabulated to show the number and percentage
of patients in each class interval.
5.9 Baseline parameters and concomitant medications
Continuous demographic variables (e.g., age, height, weight, etc.) and disease
characteristics (e.g., onset date, severity, etc.) will be derived from the core study
AC-058B201 and summarized descriptively.
Previous and concomitant medications will be coded according to the WHO drug code and
the Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical Classification System. They will be summarized by
type (e.g., previous, concomitant, for AE) by tabulating the number and percentages of
patients having received each treatment.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 127/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
5.10 Additional periodic analyses
During the conduct of the study, data analyses might be performed periodically at specified
timepoints (e.g., all patients who complete 12 months of treatment).
Until its disbandment on 30th September 2021, the IDMC was empowered to recommend
modifications of the protocol (to enhance patient safety), or to recommend early
termination of the study or of a selected dose group of the study if major concerns arose
about the patients’ safety at any time during the course of this study or during any other
study with the same investigational drug. There are no limitations to the number and timing
of interim analyses aimed at guaranteeing the safety of the patients.
5.11 Immunogenicity Analysis
The following humoral immune responses are measured, based on the COVID-19
immunogenicity samples, including S- and N-ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent
assay) assays and titers of neutralizing antibodies in a subset of samples.
 SARS-CoV-2 binding antibodies to S protein (ELISA): Analysis of antibodies
binding to SARS-CoV-2 S protein
 SARS-CoV-2 seroconversion based on antibodies to N protein (ELISA): Analysis of
antibodies binding to SARS-CoV-2 N protein
 SARS-CoV-2 neutralization (wtVNA): Analysis of neutralizing antibodies to the
wild-type virus
Descriptive statistics of assays will be presented overall, by vaccination type, and by
COVID-19 AE status as applicable.
6 PROCEDURES AND GOOD CLINICAL PRACTICE
6.1 Procedures
6.1.1 Protocol amendments
Any change to a protocol must be considered to be an amendment if the documents have
already been submitted to ECs/IRBs or health authorities. An amendment could therefore
occur before or after the approval of these documents by ECs/IRBs or health authorities.
Each amendment must be documented in writing and approved by the sponsor. It must be
reviewed by the Coordinating/Principal Investigator.
Changes to the Core Patient Information and Informed Consent requested by ECs/IRBs are
not considered to be formal amendments, as long as they do not significantly change the
core document or affect the protocol.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 128/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Non-substantial amendment
Purely administrative or minor logistical changes require only a non-substantial
amendment. Such changes include but are not limited to changes in study staff or contact
details (e.g., the sponsor instead of CRO monitors) or minor changes in the packaging or
labeling of study drug.
The implementation of a non-substantial amendment may be undertaken with or without
notification to the appropriate ECs/IRBs and health authorities (subject to national
regulations).
 Substantial amendment
A substantial amendment is required for significant changes. These include but are not
limited to: new data affecting the safety of patients, and changes to the objectives or
endpoints of the study, eligibility criteria, dose regimen, study assessments/procedures, or
treatment or study duration, with or without the need to modify the Core Patient
Information and Informed Consent.
Substantial amendments must be approved by the appropriate ECs/IRBs and in some
jurisdictions by the health authorities. The implementation of a substantial amendment may
only occur after formal approval by the appropriate ECs/IRBs and/or health authorities and
must be signed by the investigators.
 Urgent amendment
An urgent amendment might become necessary to ensure the safety of the patients included
in the study. The requirements for approval must not prevent any immediate action being
taken by the investigators or the sponsor in the best interests of the patients. If deemed
necessary, an investigator may therefore implement an immediate change to the protocol
for safety reasons, and in such exceptional cases the implementation of urgent amendments
will occur before submission to and approval by ECs/IRBs and health authorities.
In such cases, the investigator must notify the sponsor within 24 hours. A related substantial
amendment will be prepared and submitted by the sponsor to the appropriate ECs/IRBs
and health authorities within 10 working days of receiving the notification.
6.1.2 Monitoring
The monitor will contact and visit the investigator regularly and on request must be
permitted to have access to all source documents needed to verify the entries on the CRF
and other protocol-related documents, provided that patient confidentiality is maintained
in accordance with local regulations. It will be the monitor’s responsibility to inspect the
CRFs at regular intervals throughout the study, to verify adherence to the protocol and the
completeness, consistency and accuracy of the data being entered on the CRFs. The
sponsor’s monitoring standards require full verification that informed consent has been
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 129/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
provided, and verification of adherence to the inclusion/exclusion criteria, documentation
of SAEs, and the recording of the main efficacy, safety and tolerability endpoints.
Additional checks of the consistency of the source data with the CRFs will be performed
according to the study-specific monitoring plan.
The investigator must ensure that patient anonymity is maintained. On CRFs or other
documents submitted to the sponsor, patients must be identified only by number, and never
by name. The investigator must keep a patient identification code list showing the
randomization number, the patient’s name, date of birth and address or any other locally
accepted identifiers. Documents identifying the patients (e.g., signed Informed Consent
Forms) should not be sent to the sponsor, and must be kept in strict confidence by the
investigator.
The investigator and co-investigators agree to cooperate with the monitor(s) to ensure that
any issues detected in the course of these monitoring visits are resolved. If the patient is
hospitalized or dies in a hospital other than the study center, the investigator is responsible
for contacting that hospital in order to document the SAE.
The investigator must on request supply the sponsor with any required background data
from the study documentation or clinical records. This is particularly important when errors
in data transcription are suspected. In the case of special problems and/or government
queries, it is also necessary to have access to the complete study records, provided that
patient confidentiality is protected.
An initiation visit will be performed before the first patient is included in the study.
Monitoring visits and contacts will occur at regular intervals thereafter, according to a
frequency defined in the study-specific monitoring plan. As a rule, the close-out visit will
be performed after study closure, however the close-out visit may occur prematurely upon
site or sponsor’s request.
6.1.3 Data management
6.1.3.1 Data collection
As used in this protocol, the term CRF/ eCRF should be understood to refer to the electronic
Data Capture (eDC) system post-migration to eDC. Case report forms are prepared and
provided by the sponsor for each participant in electronic format. All data relating to the
study must be recorded in the CRF. All CRF entries, corrections, and alterations must be
made by the investigator or authorized study site personnel. The investigator must verify
that all data entries in the CRF are accurate and correct.
The study data will be transcribed by study site personnel from the source documents onto
an eCRF, if applicable. Study-specific data will be transmitted in a secure manner to the
sponsor. A copy of these files will also be kept at the clinical site. All data recorded on
source documents will be kept at the clinical site.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 130/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Worksheets may be used for the capture of some data to facilitate completion of the CRF.
Any such worksheets will become part of the participant's source documents. Data must be
entered into the CRF in English. The CRF must be completed as soon as possible after a
participant visit and the forms should be available for review at the next scheduled
monitoring visit.
All participative measurements (eg, pain scale information or other questionnaires) will be
completed by the same individual who made the initial baseline determinations whenever
possible.
If necessary, queries will be generated in the eDC tool. If corrections to a CRF are needed
after the initial entry into the CRF, this can be done in either of the following ways:
 Investigator and study site personnel can make corrections in the eDC tool at their own
initiative or as a response to an auto query (generated by the eDC tool).
 Sponsor or sponsor delegate can generate a query for resolution by the investigator and
study site personnel.
6.1.3.2  Database management and quality control
Laboratory samples will be processed centrally through a global central laboratory and the
results will be sent electronically to the sponsor.
Electronic data from the ECG central evaluation will be transferred to the sponsor.
After the database has been declared complete and accurate, the database will be locked.
Any changes to the database after that time may only be made by joint written agreement
between the Science Project Leader and the Trial Statistician.
6.1.4 Recording of data and retention of documents
The investigator must maintain adequate and accurate records to enable the conduct of the
study to be fully documented and the study data to be subsequently verified. These
documents are to be classified into two different categories: investigator’s file, and patient
clinical source documents.
The investigator’s file will contain the protocol and all protocol amendments, the FDA
form 1572 for studies conducted under a US Investigational New Drug, a financial
disclosure form, the CRFs and data clarification and query forms, EC/IRB and health
authority approval with correspondence, informed consent, drug records, staff curricula
vitae and authorization forms and other appropriate documents/correspondence in
accordance with ICH Good Clinical Practice (GCP) and local regulations.
Patient clinical source documents include, but are not limited to hospital/clinic records,
physicians’ and nurses’ notes, appointment book, original laboratory reports, ECG, X -ray,
MRI, pathology and special assessment reports, consultant letters, etc.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 131/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
These two categories of documents must be kept on file by the investigator for as long as
is necessary to comply with national and international regulations (generally 2 years after
either discontinuation of clinical development, or the last marketing approval of the
investigational drug). No study document may be destroyed without prior written approval
from the sponsor. Should the investigator wish to assign the study records to another party,
or move them to another location, the sponsor must be notified in advance.
When source documents are required for the continued care of the patient, appropriate
copies must be made for storing off site.
6.1.5 Audit
Representatives of the sponsor's clinical quality assurance department may conduct audits
of clinical research activities in accordance with internal SOPs to evaluate compliance with
the principles of GCP and ICH related guidelines.
Health authorities may also wish to conduct an inspection (during the study or after its
completion). Should an inspection be requested by a health authority, the investigator must
inform the sponsor immediately that such a request has been made.
The investigator must permit such audits by the sponsor or health authorities and must
facilitate them by providing access to the relevant source documents.
6.1.6 Handling ofstudy drug(s)
The sponsor will supply all study drug(s) to the site according to local regulations. Drug
supplies must be kept in an appropriate, secure area and stored according to the conditions
specified on the drug labels. The site must maintain an accurate record of the shipment and
dispensing of study drug(s) on an accountability form, which must be given to the monitor
at the end of the study. An accurate record of the date and amount of study drug(s)
dispensed to each patient must be available for inspection at any time.
All drug supplies are to be used only in accordance with this protocol and not for any other
purpose. The return to the sponsor of unused study drug, or used returned study drug for
destruction, will be documented on the investigational product destruction form. When the
study site is an authorized destruction unit and study intervention supplies are destroyed
on-site, this must also be documented on the investigational product destruction form.
6.1.7 Publication and reporting of study results
All information, including but not limited to information regarding ponesimod or the
sponsor's operations (e.g., patent application, formulas, manufacturing processes, basic
scientific data, prior clinical data, formulation information) supplied by the sponsor to the
investigator and not previously published, and any data, including exploratory research
data, generated as a result of this study, are considered confidential and remain the sole
property of the sponsor. The investigator agrees to maintain this information in confidence
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 132/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
and use this information only to accomplish this study and will not use it for other purposes
without the sponsor's prior written consent.
The investigator understands that the information developed in the study will be used by
the sponsor in connection with the continued development of ponesimod, and thus may be
disclosed as required to other clinical investigators or regulatory agencies. To permit the
information derived from the clinical studies to be used, the investigator is obligated to
provide the sponsor with all data obtained in the study.
The results of the study will be reported in a Clinical Study Report generated by the sponsor
and will contain data from all study sites that participated in the study as per protocol.
Recruitment performance or specific expertise related to the nature and the key assessment
parameters of the study will be used to determine a coordinating investigator for the study.
Results of exploratory analyses performed after the Clinical Study Report has been issued
will be reported in a separate report and will not require a revision of the Clinical Study
Report.
Study participant identifiers will not be used in publication of results. Any work created in
connection with performance of the study and contained in the data that can benefit from
copyright protection (except any publication by the investigator as provided for below)
shall be the property of the sponsor as author and owner of copyright in such work.
Consistent with Good Publication Practices and International Committee of Medical
Journal Editors (ICMJE) guidelines, the sponsor shall have the right to publish such
primary (multicenter) data and information without approval from the investigator. The
investigator has the right to publish study site-specific data after the primary data are
published. If an investigator wishes to publish information from the study, a copy of the
manuscript must be provided to the sponsor for review at least 60 days before submission
for publication or presentation. Expedited reviews will be arranged for abstracts, poster
presentations, or other materials. If requested by the sponsor in writing, the investigator
will withhold such publication for up to an additional 60 days to allow for filing of a patent
application. In the event that issues arise regarding scientific integrity or regulatory
compliance, the sponsor will review these issues with the investigator. The sponsor will
not mandate modifications to scientific content and does not have the right to suppress
information. For multicenter study designs and sub-study approaches, secondary results
generally should not be published before the primary endpoints of a study have been
published. Similarly, investigators will recognize the integrity of a multicenter study by
not submitting for publication data derived from the individual study site until the
combined results from the completed study have been submitted for publication, within
18 months after the study end date, or the sponsor confirms there will be no multicenter
study publication. Authorship of publications resulting from this study will be based on the
guidelines on authorship, such as those described in the ICMJE Recommendations for the
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 133/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Conduct, Reporting, Editing and Publication of Scholarly Work in Medical Journals, which
state that the named authors must have made a significant contribution to the conception
or design of the work; or the acquisition, analysis, or interpretation of the data for the work;
and drafted the work or revised it critically for important intellectual content; and given
final approval of the version to be published; and agreed to be accountable for all aspects
of the work in ensuring that questions related to the accuracy or integrity of any part of the
work are appropriately investigated and resolved.
Registration of Clinical Studies and Disclosure of Results
The sponsor will register and disclose the existence of and the results of clinical studies as
required by law. The disclosure of the final study results will be performed after the end of
study in order to ensure the statistical analyses are relevant.
6.1.8 Disclosure and confidentiality
By signing this protocol, the investigator agrees to keep all information provided by the
sponsor in strict confidence and to request similar confidentiality from his or her staff and
the EC/IRB. Study documents provided by the sponsor (including Investigator’s Brochures,
protocols, CRFs and other protocol-related documents) will be stored appropriately to ensure
their confidentiality. The information provided by the sponsor to the investigator may not be
disclosed to others without direct written authorization from the sponsor, except to the extent
necessary to obtain informed consent from patients who wish to participate in the trial.
6.1.9 Premature termination or suspension of the study
Both the sponsor and the investigator reserve the right to terminate the study at any time.
If a study is prematurely terminated or suspended, the sponsor will promptly inform the
investigators, the ECs/IRBs and health authorities, as appropriate, and provide the reasons
for the termination or suspension.
If the study is prematurely terminated or suspended for any reason, the investigator in
agreement with the sponsor must promptly inform all enrolled patients and ensure their
appropriate treatment and follow-up.
In addition, if the investigator terminates or suspends a study without prior agreement from
the sponsor, the investigator must promptly inform the sponsor and the EC/IRB, and must
provide the sponsor and the EC/IRB with a detailed written explanation of the termination
or suspension.
If the EC/IRB terminates or suspends its approval/favorable opinion of a study, the
investigator must promptly notify the sponsor and provide the sponsor with a detailed
written explanation of the termination or suspension.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 134/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Premature termination or suspension of the study was to be discussed between the IDMC
(until it was disbanded) and the sponsor.
6.2 Good Clinical Practice
6.2.1 Ethics and Good Clinical Practice
The investigator will ensure that this study is conducted in full compliance with the
principles of the “Declaration of Helsinki” (as amended in Tokyo, Venice, Hong Kong,
Somerset-West, Edinburgh, and Seoul), and with the laws and regulations of the country
in which the clinical research is conducted. A copy of the Declaration of Helsinki will be
provided to each investigational site.
All studies must follow ICH GCP Guidelines and, if applicable, the US Code of Federal
Regulations. In other jurisdictions in which GCP Guidelines exist, the investigators must
strictly ensure adherence to the stated provisions.
6.2.2 Ethics Committee / Institutional Review Board
The investigator will submit this protocol and any related document provided to the patient
(such as patient information used to obtain informed consent) to an EC or IRB. Approval
from the committee must be obtained before starting the study, and must be documented
in a dated letter to the investigator, clearly identifying the trial, the documents reviewed
and the date of approval. A list of members participating in the meeting must be provided,
including the functions of these members. If study staff were present, it must be clear that
none of these persons voted.
Modifications made to the protocol after receipt of the EC/IRB approval must also be
submitted as amendments by the investigator to the EC/IRB in accordance with local
procedures and regulations [see Section 6.1.1].
6.2.3 Informed consent
It is the responsibility of the investigator to obtain informed consent according to GCP and
local regulations from each individual participating in this study after adequate explanation
of the aims, methods, objectives and potential hazards of the study. The investigator must
also explain to patients that they are completely free to refuse to enter the study or to
withdraw from it at any time for any reason. Appropriate forms for documenting informed
consent will be provided to the sites prior to the study.
The Informed Consent and Patient Information will be provided in the local language.
6.2.4 Compensation to patients and investigators
The sponsor provides insurance in order to indemnify (with both legal and financial
coverage) the investigator/center against claims arising from the study, except for claims
that arise from malpractice and/or negligence.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 135/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The compensation of the patient in the event of study-related injuries will comply with
applicable regulations.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 136/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
7 REFERENCES
[Alvarez 2007] Alvarez SE, Milstien S, Spiegel S. Autocrine and paracrine roles of
sphingosine-1-phosphate. Trends Endocrinol Metab. 2007;18(8):300 307.
[Anderson 1992] Anderson DW, Ellenberg JH, Leventhal CM, et al. Revised estimate of
the prevalence of multiple sclerosis in the United States. Ann Neurol. 1992;31(3):333 336.
[Bretz 2005] Bretz F, Pinheiro JC, Branson M. Combining multiple comparisons and
modeling techniques in dose-response studies. Biometrics. 2005;61(3):738 748.
[Brinkmann 2007] Brinkmann V. Sphingosine 1-phosphate receptors in health and disease:
Mechanistic insights from gene deletion studies and reverse pharmacology. Pharmacol
Ther. 2007;115(1):84 105.
[Cohen 2010] Cohen JA, Barkhof F, Comi G, et al. Oral Fingolimod or Intramuscular
Interferon for Relapsing Multiple Sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2010;362(2):402 415.
[Compston 2002] 
Compston 
A, 
Coles 
A. 
Multiple 
sclerosis. 
Lancet.
2002;359(9313):1221 1231.
[Compston 2008] 
Compston 
A, 
Coles 
A. 
Multiple 
sclerosis. 
Lancet.
2008;372(9648):1502 1518.
[Cyster 2003] Cyster JG. Homing of antibody secreting cells. Immunol Rev. 2003;194:48-60.
[Cyster 2005] Cyster JG. Chemokines, sphingosine-1-phosphate, and cell migration in
secondary lymphoid organs. Annu Rev Immunol. 2005;23:127 159.
[FDA 2009] Guidance for Industry. Drug-induced liver injury: premarketing clinical
evaluation. FDA CDER July 2009.
[Kappos 2006] Kappos L, Antel J, Comi G, et al. Oral fingolimod (FTY720) for relapsing
multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2006;355:1124 1140.
[Kappos 2010] Kappos L, Radue EW, O’Connor P, et al. A Placebo-Controlled Trial of
Oral Fingolimod in Relapsing Multiple Sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2010; 362(5):387 401.
[Kappos 2012] Kappos L, Gold R, Miller DH, et al. Effect of BG-12 on contrast-enhanced
lesions in patients with relapsing remitting multiple sclerosis: subgroup analyses from the
phase 2b study. Mult Scler. 2012;18(3):314-321.
[Kurtzke 1983] Kurtzke JF. Rating neurologic impairment in multiple sclerosis: An
expanded disability status scale (EDSS). Neurology. 1983;33(11):1444 1452.
[Lublin 1996] Lublin FD, Reingold SC, for the National Multiple Sclerosis Society (USA).
Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: Results of an international survey.
Neurology. 1996;46(4):907 911.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 137/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
[Miller 2005] Miller M, Hankinson J, Brusasco V, et al. Standardization of spirometry. Eur
Respir J 2005;26(2):319 338.
[Noseworthy 2000] Noseworthy JH, Lucchinetti C, Rodriguez M, Weinshenkar BG.
Multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2000;343(13):938 952.
[O’Connor 2009] O’Connor P, Comi G, Montalban X, et al. Oral fingolimod (FTY720) in
multiple sclerosis - Two-year results of a phase II extension study. Neurology.
2009;72(1):73-79.
[Olsson 2014] Olsson T, Boster A, Fernandez O, et al. Oral ponesimod in relapsing-
remitting multiple sclerosis: a randomised phase II trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry.
2014 Nov;85(11):1198-1208.
[Pinschewer 2000] Pinschewer DD, Ochsenbein AF, Odermatt B, et al. FTY720
immunosuppression impairs effector T cell peripheral homing without affecting induction,
expansion, and memory. J Immunol. 2000;164(11):5761 5770.
[Ponesimod IB] Ponesimod S1P1 receptor agonist. Investigator’s Brochure (refer to current
version).
[Quiñones 2003] Quiñones MA, Douglas PS, Foster E, et al. ACC/AHH clinical
competence statement on echocardiography: a report of the American College of
Cardiology/American Heart Association/American College of Physicians - American
Society of Internal Medicine Task Force on Clinical Competence (Committee on
Echocardiography). J Am Coll Cardiol. 2003,41(4):687-708.
[Schwab2007] Schwab JM, Cyster JG. Finding a way out: lymphocyte egress from
lymphoid organs. Nat Immunol. 2007;8(12):1295 1301.
[Shear 2006] Shear NH. Fulfilling an unmet need in psoriasis: do biologicals hold the key
to improved tolerability? Drug Saf. 2006;29(1):49 66.
[Tanaka 2004] Tanaka T, Ebisuno Y, Kanemitsu N, et al. Molecular determinants
controlling homeostatic recirculation and tissue-specific trafficking of lymphocytes. Int
Arch Allergy Immunol. 2004;134(2):120 134.
[Van Assche 2006] Van Assche G, Vermeire S, Rutgeerts P. Safety issues with biological
therapies for inflammatory bowel disease. Curr Opin Gastroenterol. 2006;22(1):370 376.
[Wingerchuk 2008] Wingerchuk DM. Current evidence and therapeutic strategies for
multiple sclerosis. Semin Neurol. 2008;28:56 68.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 138/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
8 APPENDICES
Appendix 1: Study-specific criteria for permanent discontinuation of study
drug
A) Cardiovascular
Patients must be permanently discontinued from study drug, if:
 the following change in HR is observed at any time throughout the study, as
documented by 12-lead ECG:
o HR <30 bpm, or
o HR <40 bpm is sustained for at least 1 hour and is associated with symptoms of
bradycardia (e.g., syncope, dizziness, or vertigo), or
 QTcF >500 ms is observed at any time throughout the study, as documented by 12
lead ECG, or
 pharmacological intervention or cardiac pacing for any rhythm disorders is required at
any time throughout the study, or
 the patient does not meet the criteria for discharge [Appendix 2] from hospital on
Days 1, 8, or 15 (or on days of re-initiation or re-uptitration following dose
interruptions, if applicable) after 12-hour post-dose monitoring.
The above-mentioned conditions require immediate assessment by the physician
evaluating cardiac safety assessments. Follow-up monitoring must be provided until the
event resolves or the change is regarded no longer clinically relevant.
In the event of any signs or symptoms of bradycardia or other arrhythmia (e.g., syncope,
palpitations), at any time during study treatment, the physician evaluating cardiac safety
assessments should be consulted. If a cardiac origin is suspected, permanent
discontinuation ofstudy drug should be considered.
In case patients experience sustained de novo or worsening of pre-existing hypertension
during the course of the treatment with the study drug which, in the opinion of the
investigator, cannot be adequately controlled by medications, study drug must be
permanently discontinued.
B) Immune system
Patients must be permanently discontinued from study drug at any time throughout the
study in the event of:
 A clinically relevant infection requiring discontinuation of treatment in the view of the
primary investigator, and/or
 Total lymphocyte count <200 cells/μL
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 139/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Whenever a total lymphocyte count <200 cells/μL is recorded by the central laboratory, an
alert will be sent to the primary investigator and sponsor. The primary investigator will
immediately contact the patient and ask her/him to return to the site preferably within 48
hours but no later than within 1 week to repeat the test by the central laboratory (unless the
clinical situation mandates immediate local testing). If the repeat test confirms a
lymphocyte count <200 cells/μL, the study drug must be discontinued and lymphocyte
count must be monitored at least once a week by the central laboratory (unless the clinical
situation mandates immediate local testing) until the lymphocyte count has returned to
≥1,000 cells/L or ≥ 80% of the baseline value. If a local laboratory test was performed,
the test results must be captured in the CRF.
In the event of permanent discontinuation from study drug due to infection adequate
treatment needs to be provided and the patient must be monitored until complete resolution
of the infection.
More details on opportunistic infections are provided in Appendix 3.
C) Respiratory system
Patients must be* or may be# permanently discontinued from study drug at any time
throughout the study, if the following changes in pulmonary function are observed:
 If an FEV1 and/or FVC <80% of the study baseline value is observed the patient should
have a repeat test done on a different day, preferably within 1 week but not more than
2 weeks later.
o 
*If the FEV1 and/or FVC is <70% of study baseline at the repeat test and the
opinion of the investigator is that this change is clinically significant,
the patient is to be discontinued.
o 
#If the FEV1 and/or FVC is <80% (but ≥ 70%) of study baseline at the repeat
test accompanied by persistent respiratory symptoms discontinuation of the
patient may be considered at the discretion of the investigator.
 
#A respiratory AE requiring discontinuation of treatment in the view of the investigator.
Follow-up monitoring needs to be provided until respiratory AEs have resolved and
changes in pulmonary function are no longer regarded as clinically relevant according to
internationally accepted guidelines [Pellegrino 2005], i.e., change from baseline of FEV1
and FVC is <12% and <200 mL.
D) Pregnancy
If a patient becomes pregnant while on study drug, study drug must be immediately and
permanently discontinued. The investigator must counsel the patient and discuss the risks
of continuing with the pregnancy and the possible effects on the fetus.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 140/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Planned pregnancy:
Female patients participating in the study and wishing to become pregnant during the study
may stay in the study and will have the study drug interrupted prior to pregnancy and re-
initiated after delivery.
Before becoming pregnant, the following protocol requirements must be met:
 The wish to become pregnant and stay in the study has to be communicated by the
female patient to the primary investigator / treating neurologist during a scheduled visit
occurring no later than at Visit P28 (Week 324). If the wish to become pregnant is
communicated after Visit P28 (Week 324), the study drug interruption for a planned
pregnancy would not be allowed.
 Prior to interrupting contraception, the patient must have 2 negative urine pregnancy
tests: one at the scheduled visit on the day of study drug interruption and one 30 days
after study drug interruption.
 The total duration of the study drug interruption due to planned pregnancy must not
exceed 81 weeks, otherwise the study drug will be discontinued.
 The patient must agree to be followed by an appropriate health care professional (e.g.,
gynecologist, obstetrician and/or midwife) during pregnancy according to local
practice, to have the reports from pregnancy assessments communicated to the primary
investigator / treating neurologist and to have the information on the patient’s MS status
communicated by the primary investigator / treating neurologist to that health care
professional.
In addition to the protocol requirements above, the primary investigator / treating
neurologist must explain the following to the patient:
 The potential impact of pregnancy and post-partum period on the patient’s MS and
potential medical treatments that would be available for the patient while the study drug
is interrupted;
 Re-initiation of study drug can only take place after delivery and after breastfeeding
has been stopped, if applicable, and will require a medical evaluation of patient’s
eligibility for study drug re-initiation;
 Timing of the interruption and possible re-initiation of study drug and of contraception,
related pregnancy tests and unscheduled visits;
 The need for re-uptitration at the study drug re-initiation;
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 141/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 The need to follow the visit schedule as per protocol during pregnancy including all the
scheduled assessments and procedures except MRI, PFTs and without study drug
dispensing.
The re-initiation of study drug after delivery requires the following eligibility criteria:
 The patient has completely stopped breastfeeding prior to re-initiation of the study
drug;
 The patient must have been using the reliable methods of contraception as described in
Section 4.4 for at least 30 days prior to re-initiation of study drug;
 The patient must have had 2 negative urine pregnancy tests performed 30 days apart;
the second one must be during the re-initiation visit;
 The patient did/does not fulfill any protocol criteria for permanent study treatment
discontinuation per Appendix 1 at any of the previous visits or at the unscheduled visit
for re-initiation of the study drug except the planned pregnancy;
 In case the patient received another DMT (IFN β-1a or glatiramer acetate) during
pregnancy and post-partum, this treatment must be discontinued at least 7 days before
study drug re-initiation.
If the patient agrees to all of the above, the study drug will be interrupted at the scheduled
visit once the patient, after having received the above explanation from the primary
investigator / treating neurologist, has confirmed the wish to become pregnant and interrupt
and potentially re-initiate the study drug. The sponsor has to be contacted in each particular
case to confirm that the patient who wishes to become pregnant can continue in the study.
The above requirements for re-initiation of study drug after delivery apply to all cases of
study drug interruption for planned pregnancy, irrespective of the duration of pregnancy
and also to all cases where planned pregnancy did not occur but where the contraception
was interrupted for any duration and the patient wishes to re-initiate the study drug.
E) Ocular abnormalities
In the event of suspected clinically significant findings (e.g., macular edema), an
unscheduled ophthalmological assessment with OCT should be performed. In case of
macular edema confirmed by the local ophthalmologist, the subject must permanently
discontinue study treatment. Macular edema is to be managed and followed up until
resolution. Any clinically relevant finding meeting the definition of an AE will be recorded
accordingly in the eCRF.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 142/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
F) Liver abnormalities
In the event of abnormal liver tests or signs and symptoms suggestive of drug induced liver
injury (DILI), the patient will be closely observed, liver tests will be repeated, and study
treatment discontinuation should be considered according to the guidance provided in
Table 8.
Note: All events of ALT or AST 3xULN and total bilirubin 2xULN (>35% direct
bilirubin) or ALT or AST 3xULN and INR >1.5 may indicate severe liver injury (possible
‘Hy’s Law’) and must be reported to sponsor in an expedited manner and as an SAE if SAE
criteria are met. The INR stated threshold value will not apply to patients receiving
anticoagulants.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 143/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Table 8: 
Guidance for patient monitoring and discontinuation for liver enzyme
abnormalities
Item  Laboratory parameter 
Guidance
1 
ALT or AST ≥3  ULN * 
Start close observation. Repeat labs
within 72 hours. See items 1a and 1b.
* if ALT or AST ≥8 × ULN OR
ALT or AST ≥3 × ULN and TBL
≥2 × ULN or INR  1.5a OR
ALT or AST ≥3 × ULN with the
appearance of fatigue, nausea,
vomiting, right upper quadrant pain or
tenderness, fever, rash, and/or
eosinophilia ( 5%) and retest cannot
be done within 72 hours, permanently
discontinue study treatment, and
perform FU.
1a 
If at repeated labs, ALT or AST ≥3  ULN 
 8  ULN 
Continue close observation. Repeat
labs twice weekly. See items 2a and
2b.
1b 
If at repeated labs, ALT or AST <3  ULN 
Resume regular labs schedule.
2a 
If at repeated labs, ALT or AST ≥5 ULN 
for  2 weeks 
Permanently discontinue study
treatment, and perform FU.
2b 
If at repeated labs, 
ALT or AST ≥3  ULN <5 ULN for 
 2 weeks
Continue close observation. Repeat
labs once or twice weekly.
3 
If at repeated labs: 
 
ALT or AST ≥8 × ULN  
 
ALT or AST ≥3 × ULN and TBL
≥2 × ULN or INR  1.5a
 
ALT or AST ≥3 × ULN with the
appearance of fatigue, nausea,
vomiting, right upper quadrant pain
or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or
eosinophilia ( 5%)
Permanently discontinue study
treatment, and perform FU.
ALT  alanine aminotransferase; AST  aspartate aminotransferase; FU  follow up; INR  International Normalized
Ratio; TBL  total bilirubin; ULN  upper limit of normal range.
a 
Note: All events of ALT or AST 3xULN andtotal bilirubin 2xULN (>35% direct bilirubin) or ALT
or AST 3xULN andINR >1.5 may indicate severe liver injury (possible ‘Hy’s Law’) andmust be
reported to sponsor in an expedited manner and as an SAE if SAE criteria are met. The INR stated
threshold value will not apply to patients receiving anticoagulants.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 144/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Whenever AST or ALT ≥3 × the upper limit of normal range (ULN) are recorded by the
central laboratory, an alert will be sent to the principal investigator and the sponsor. The
sponsor will contact the principal investigator to ensure that she/he will immediately
contact the patient, and ask the patient about any potential symptoms. The patient will be
closely observed and will be asked to return to the site as soon as possible after the time of
receipt of the alert to repeat the liver enzyme and bilirubin tests by the central laboratory
(unless the clinical situation mandates immediate local testing) according to the scheme
illustrated in Table 8. Further diagnostic work-up and consultation with a hepatologist or
other specialist should be considered, and adequate medical management should be
provided according to local practice and the clinical situation. Any clinically relevant
finding meeting the definition of an AE will be recorded accordingly in the CRF.
In the event of study treatment interruption, the patient will be closely observed and FU
liver tests will be performed. Following study treatment interruption, if liver tests
normalize and drug related hepatotoxicity is unlikely, study treatment may be re-initiated
at the discretion of the investigator. The decision to permanently discontinue study
treatment will be made after evaluation of all available information concerning
concomitant medications, other potential causes of hepatotoxicity, and the clinical status
of the patient. Note: The re-initiation is not permitted for situations where the study
treatment should be permanently discontinued according to Table 8. In all cases of
permanent study treatment discontinuation, FU monitoring must be provided until signs
and symptoms have resolved and changes in liver function are no longer regarded as
clinically relevant or until medically indicated.
Reference for Appendix 1
[Pellegrino 2005] Pellegrino R, Viegi G, Brusasco V, et al. Interpretative strategies for lung
function tests. Eur Respir J 2005;26:948-68.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 145/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 2: Criteria for discharge from hospital
Discharge Criteria Applied on Days 1, 8 and 15
On Days 1, 8 and 15, at Visit P1 and at the visit during which the transition from TP2 to
TP3 took place, ECG and SBP/DBP were monitored for up to 6 hours post-dose. At the
time of discharge (i.e., 6-hour post-dose) must have been met:
 HR >50 bpm, and SBP >90 mmHg
 No ECG abnormality or AE requiring continued hospitalization or prohibiting study
continuation as an out-patient
If a patient did not meet the discharge criteria (as described above) at 6 hours post-dose,
the patient was carefully monitored for an additional period, and a 12-lead ECG and a BP
measurement was performed every 2 hours. The patient was kept in hospital for
observation until changes in ECG/BP parameters were regarded as no longer being
clinically relevant.
Study drug was permanently discontinued if the patient did not meet the criteria for
discharge at 12 hours post-dose.
Discharge Criteria Applied for Study Drug Re-initiation
Discharge from post-dose monitoring on the first day of re-initiation of study drug
following drug interruptions, can occur at the earliest when the evaluation of the pre-dose
and all the hourly (±15 minutes) post-dose ECGs until 4 hours post-dose have been
obtained, provided the following criteria have been met:
 ECG-derived resting HR >45 bpm, and if HR <50 bpm it must not be the lowest value
post-dose;
 SBP >90 mmHg;
 QT corrected for HR on the basis of Fridericia’s formula (QTcF) <500 ms and QTcF
increase from pre-dose <60 ms;
 No persisting significant ECG abnormality (e.g., AV block second or third degree) or
ongoing AE requiring continued hospitalization or prohibiting study continuation as an
out-patient.
If the patient does not meet the discharge criteria (as described above) at 4-hour post-dose,
the patient should be carefully monitored for an additional period of up to 8 hours, and a
12-lead ECG and a BP measurement must be performed every hour. The patient can be
discharged from post-dose monitoring as soon as the above criteria are met.
Should the patient not meet the criteria for discharge from post-dose monitoring at 12-hour
post-dose, she/he must be permanently discontinued from study drug. Patients who are
permanently discontinued should not be discharged from post-dose monitoring before vital
signs return to near baseline values or until there is no persisting ECG abnormality
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 146/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
(e.g., AV block second degree or higher), ongoing AE requiring continued cardiac
monitoring, or until medically indicated.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 147/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 3: Guidance on monitoring of patients for opportunistic infections
A) Guidance for screening, exclusion and on-treatment monitoring of subjects for
Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML):
PML is an opportunistic infection of the CNS that can lead to death or severe disability.
Active replication of the human polyoma JCV in glial cells of the brain, causing lytic death
in oligodendrocytes, is the underlying pathobiology of PML. The infection typically arises
in severely immunocompromised patients - e.g., those with HIV infection, malignant
disease, or transplanted organs. Development of PML is extremely rare in
immunocompetent individuals. People with autoimmune rheumatic diseases, especially
systemic lupus erythematosus, are also at higher risk of PML [Kappos 2011].
MS patients treated with natalizumab are at increased risk of developing PML. In addition
to natalizumab, cases of PML have been reported in patients treated with various drugs,
usually in combination with corticosteroids, including alkylating agents (e.g.,
cyclophosphamide, carmustine, and dacarbazine), purine analogues (e.g., fludarabine,
cladribine, and azathioprine), immunosuppressants (e.g., cyclosporin, tacrolimus,
sirolimus, and mycophenolate), and therapeutic monoclonal antibodies (e.g., rituximab,
infliximab, etanercept, basiliximab, daclizumab, efalizumab, alemtuzumab, and
muromonab-CD3) [Kappos 2011].
The great majority of natalizumab-associated PML cases have occurred while on treatment.
However, there are reports of natalizumab-associated PML occurring respectively 2 and 3
months after discontinuation of natalizumab. In one patient, who had started fingolimod
treatment 6 weeks after stopping natalizumab, a confirmed PML diagnosis was made 3
months after starting fingolimod with symptoms suggestive of PML reported one month
after starting fingolimod.
Clinical features indicative of PML are:
 Subacute onset
 Occurs over several weeks and is progressive
 Clinical presentation includes aphasia, behavioral and neurophysiological alteration,
retrochiasmal visual deficits, hemiparesis, and seizures.
For patients with prior exposure to natalizumab or other immunosuppressive agents who
have been enrolled in the study and who, under the study treatment, present new
neurological symptoms suggestive of pathology other than MS, the investigator should
consider PML or another opportunistic infection of the CNS and, in case of clinical features
indicative of these conditions, the following diagnostic procedures are recommended:
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 148/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
 Perform MRI including T1 sequences with gadolinium and include comparison with
the previous MRI images in the interpretation of the MRI results. NB: In addition, fluid-
attenuated inversion recovery (FLAIR) and diffusion-weighted imaging (DWI)
sequences may be performed and sent to MIAC. MIAC will only analyze the additional
sequences selected by the local radiologist, neuroradiologist, or neurologist with MRI
expertise, upon notification for review of the investigational site. In that instance,
MIAC will communicate the results of the review to the site.
 Interrupt study drug until PML or other opportunistic CNS infections has been
excluded with confidence.
 Perform lumbar puncture and send cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) for JCV DNA testing by
polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with an ultrasensitive assay. The JCV DNA assay
should be based on quantitative real-time PCR to maximize sensitivity and specificity
for detection, and an assay with a maximum lower limit of quantification of 50 DNA
copies per mL should be used.
Detection of JCV DNA in the CSF of a symptomatic patient confirms the diagnosis.
However, a negative JCV PCR result should not exclude a possible diagnosis of PML.
If the CSF is negative but clinical signs and symptoms and/or MRI are still suggestive of
PML:
 Consider repeating CSF analysis
 Consider other opportunistic infections with CNS manifestations
 Manage the patient on suspicion of PML or other opportunistic CNS infections
according to local guidelines
If
 There are no suspicious signs of PML or other opportunistic infections on MRI; and
 Lumbar puncture, if done, is negative for JCV DNA; and
 The neurological signs and symptoms show improvement and are no longer suspicious
of PML and can be explained by MS or an alternative, not-infectious etiology,
other causes of the atypical neurological signs or symptoms or MRI findings need to be
considered. Re-starting of the study drug should be considered if the benefit risk is still
favorable, according to the investigator.
However, if the investigator is still NOT able to rule out PML or another CNS opportunistic
infection the study drug should be permanently discontinued, the case should be reported
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 149/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
to the sponsor as an SAE and the patient should be managed according to the local standard
of care.
Cases of PML must be reported to the sponsor as an SAE.
If the MRI at scheduled visit shows signs atypical for MS, PML or other opportunistic
infection should be considered based on the clinical signs and symptoms, MRI results,
previous exposure to natalizumab or immunosuppressants, and laboratory tests including
CSF analysis, if indicated. As long as there is suspicion of PML or other opportunistic
infection, the study drug should be interrupted and should not be reintroduced until this
suspicion has been ruled out.
B) General guidance for monitoring of subjects with opportunistic infection other
than PML during treatment:
Heightened vigilance is required for opportunistic infections, with particular attention to
be paid to viral infections. However, investigators and physicians following patients should
also be alert to potential systemic infections caused by fungi and bacteria. In the event of
opportunistic infection, the patient must discontinue the study drug and must be referred to
an expert in infectious diseases for further examination and treatment.
It is important to recognize that opportunistic infections caused by the reactivation of
human herpes viruses (herpes simplex viruses, varicella-zoster virus, Epstein-Barr virus,
cytomegalovirus) may be associated with neurological symptoms primarily. The
neurotropic herpes viruses (herpes simplex and varicella-zoster) are frequent human
pathogens and their reactivation can cause serious infections of the CNS such as
encephalitis and meningitis. The most frequent characteristics of these infections are of
acute onset, associated with fever, headache, confusion, personality changes, and
disorientation. Any suspicion of these infections must lead to immediate discontinuation
of study drug treatment and to early initiation of antiviral treatment [Steiner 2007]. In the
event of a suspected opportunistic infection of the CNS, FLAIR and DWI sequences may
be performed and sent to MIAC. MIAC will only analyze the additional sequences selected
by the site local radiologist, neuroradiologist, or neurologist with MRI expertise, upon
notification for review of the investigational site. In that instance, MIAC will communicate
the results of the review to the site.
Particular vigilance is required for rare and unusual neurological symptoms, as their
recognition is crucial for the early diagnosis of neurotropic herpes viruses infections.
The thorough physical examination and blood tests on the routine visits should be focused
on any potential signs of skin, mucosal surfaces, gastrointestinal tract, liver, hematological
or other abnormality or organ dysfunction suggesting a potential opportunistic infection.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 150/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Patients should be advised to be pro-active and alert in reporting any unusual neurological
symptoms and any signs and symptoms indicative of systemic infections, such as fever,
malaise and fatigue [Kappos 2007].
References for Appendix 3
[Kappos 2007] Kappos L, Bates D, Hartung HP, et al. Natalizumab treatment for multiple
sclerosis: recommendations for patient selection and monitoring. Lancet Neurol.
2007;6:431 41.
[Kappos 2011] Kappos L, Bates D, Edan G, et al. Natalizumab treatment for multiple
sclerosis: updated recommendations for patient selection and monitoring. Lancet Neurol.
2011;10:745-58
[Steiner 2007] Steiner I, Kennedy PG, Pachner AR. The neurotropic herpes viruses: herpes
simplex and varicella-zoster. Lancet Neurol. 2007;6:1015 28.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202 
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 151/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 4: Guidance for skin examination
Since the skin might be the first organ for manifestation of immunosuppression, a complete
skin examination must be performed in order to distinguish normal, abnormal, and
suspicious skin lesions. The skin examinations can be done by a dermatologist or by the
primary investigator / treating neurologist. In the event of abnormal or suspicious findings
the primary investigator / treating neurologist must refer the patient to a dermatologist for
further examination, including the taking of skin biopsies if required.
In the initial examination, it is important that the patient be disrobed as completely as
possible. This will minimize chances of missing important individual skin lesions. The
patient should first be viewed from a distance of about 1.5 to 2 m so that the general
character of the skin and the distribution of lesions can be evaluated. The presence or
absence of lesions on mucosal surfaces should also be determined.
Four basic features of any skin lesion must be noted and considered in the examination of
skin: the localization and distribution of lesions, the type of lesion, the shape of the
individual lesion, and the arrangement of the lesion.
Special attention should be paid to nevi (moles), especially those that have recently
changed, bleed, or itch. When looking at nevi, four features are essential for detection of
skin cancer: Asymmetry, border irregularity, color variability, diameter >6 mm. These
features or rapidly changing lesions are associated with an increased risk of malignancy.
The following descriptions of skin lesions and common dermatologic terms are provided
to facilitate documentation of skin examination.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 152/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Descriptions of primary skin lesions
Macule 
A flat, colored lesion, <2 cm in diameter, not raised above the
surface of the surrounding skin. A “freckle,” or ephelid, is a
prototype pigmented macule.
Patch  
A large (>2 cm), flat lesion with a color different from the
surrounding skin. This differs from a macule only in size.
Papule 
A small, solid lesion, <0.5 cm in diameter, raised above the
surface of the surrounding skin and hence palpable (e.g., a closed
comedone, or whitehead, in acne).
Nodule 
A larger (0.5 5.0 cm), firm lesion raised above the surface of the
surrounding skin. This differs from a papule only in size
(e.g., dermal nevus).
Tumor 
A solid, raised growth >5 cm in diameter.
Plaque 
A large (>1 cm), flat-topped, raised lesion; edges may either be
distinct (e.g., in psoriasis) or gradually blend with surrounding
skin (e.g., in eczematous dermatitis).
Vesicle 
A small, fluid-filled lesion, <0.5 cm in diameter, raised above the
plane of surrounding skin. Fluid is often visible, and the lesions
are often translucent.
Pustule 
A vesicle filled with leukocytes. Note: The presence of pustules
does not necessarily signify the existence of an infection.
Bulla 
A fluid-filled, raised, often translucent lesion >0.5 cm in
diameter.
Cyst 
A soft, raised, encapsulated lesion filled with semisolid or liquid
contents.
Wheal 
A raised, erythematous papule or plaque, usually representing
short-lived dermal edema.
Telangiectasia 
Dilated, superficial blood vessels.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 153/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Common dermatological terms
Lichenification  
A distinctive thickening of the skin that is characterized by
accentuated skin-fold markings and that feels thick on palpation.
Crust 
Dried exudate of body fluids that may be either yellow (serous
exudate) or red (hemorrhagic exudate).
Milia 
Small, firm, white papules that are filled with keratin (and may in
part resemble pustules).
Erosion  
Loss of epidermis without an associated loss of dermis.
Ulcer 
Loss of epidermis and at least a portion of the underlying dermis.
Excoriations 
Linear, angular erosions that may be covered by crust and are
caused by scratching.
Atrophy  
An acquired loss of substance. In the skin, this may appear as a
depression with intact epidermis (i.e., loss of dermal or
subcutaneous tissue) or as sites of shiny, delicate, wrinkled
lesions (i.e., epidermal atrophy).
Scar 
A change in the skin secondary to trauma or inflammation. Sites
may be erythematous, hypopigmented, or hypertrophic
depending on their age of character. Sites on hair-bearing areas
may be characterized by destruction of hair follicles.
Pruritus 
A sensation that elicits the desire to scratch. Pruritus is often the
predominant symptom of inflammatory skin diseases (e.g., atopic
dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis); it is also commonly
associated with xerosis and aged skin.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 154/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 5: Guidance for re-initiation of study drug in the event of drug
interruption
If study drug intake (during uptitration or maintenance phase) is interrupted by the patient
for any reason, she/he must immediately inform the primary investigator / treating
neurologist.
Note that under no circumstances should a patient take more than one capsule per day
during TP1 or more than one tablet per day during TP2 and TP3.
A schematic overview of the re-initiation algorithm is given in Figure 2.
Depending on the day, time, and duration of study drug interruption, the following
procedures will be followed.
A) If the patient missed taking the dose in the morning:
 The dose should be taken at any time on the same day.
 Regular dosing should be resumed with the morning dose on the following day.
B) If the patient missed taking the dose for up to three consecutive days:
 Dosing should be resumed in the morning, with the same dose taken prior to study
drug interruption.
 Study drug intake may be re-initiated by the patient at home.
 Patients must be instructed to contact the investigator immediately if they
experience any symptoms of bradycardia (e.g., dizziness, vertigo, syncope).
C) If the patient missed taking the dose for four or more consecutive days, then the
gradual uptitration scheme outlined in Table 6 (blister kit with starting dose of 2 mg)
must be used:
1. Patients with cardiovascular risk factors (i.e., meeting any of the below-listed Criteria
for Cardiac Monitoring at Site) will require cardiac monitoring and therefore must have
their re-initiation of study drug performed at the site. On the day of the re-initiation of
ponesimod, the patient must be monitored for at least 4 hours post-dose, following the
cardiac assessment schedule and applying the discharge criteria as described in
Appendix 2.
Criteria for Cardiac Monitoring at Site (cardiovascular risk factors):
 Sinus bradycardia HR <55 bpm;
 History or presence during the study of first or second degree Mobitz type I AV block;
 History or presence during the study of myocardial infarction or heart failure.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 155/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
In the event of a re-initiation, the treating neurologist may consult with the physician
evaluating cardiac safety assessments and/or a cardiologist to determine the most
appropriate monitoring strategy. Cardiologist advice should be sought in case of history or
presence during the study of the following conditions or abnormalities:
 Atrial flutter, fibrillation or any other arrhythmias treated with anti-arrhythmic drugs;
 Unstable ischemic heart disease or cardiac decompensated failure;
 Cardiac arrest or cerebrovascular disease (e.g., transient ischemic attack, stroke);
 Mobitz Type II second degree heart block, sick sinus syndrome or sino-atrial heart
block;
 Patients receiving concomitant therapy with drugs that decrease HR (e.g., beta-
blockers, calcium channel blockers and other drugs that may decrease HR).
2. Patients who do not meet any of the Criteria for Cardiac Monitoring at Site (as
confirmed at pre-dose ECG assessment) may either re-initiate the study drug at home
after receiving a gradual uptitration blister kit with a starting dose of 2 mg from the site
or re-initiate study drug at site using the blister kit with the starting dose of 2 mg and
be monitored for at least 4 hours post-dose at the discretion of the investigator / treating
neurologist [see Section 3.12.5.3]. Patients re-initiating study drug at home must be
instructed to contact the investigator or local emergency facilities immediately if they
experience any cardiac adverse effects including symptoms of potential bradycardia
(e.g., dizziness, vertigo, syncope). The additional visit 14 days (±1 day) after the day
of re-initiation (Day 15) [see Section 3.12.5.3] may be scheduled at the discretion of
the investigator / treating neurologist.
If a blister kit with the starting dose of 2 mg is not available at the site, re-initiation should
be delayed until it becomes available (temporary treatment interruption).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 156/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Figure 2: 
Algorithm for management of treatment
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 157/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 6: Diagnostic criteria for MS (2005 revision of McDonald
Criteria)
Clinical presentation  
Additional data needed for MS diagnosis
 ≥ 2 attacks
 Objective clinical evidence of 2 or
more lesions
 None
 ≥ 2 attacks
 Objective clinical evidence of
1 lesion
 Dissemination in space1, demonstrated by:
- MRI
- ≥ 2 MRI lesions consistent with MS + positive CSF
- or await further clinical attack implicating a different
site
 1 attack
 Objective clinical evidence of
≥ 2 lesions
 Dissemination in time2, demonstrated by:
- MRI
- or second clinical attack
 1 attack
 Objective clinical evidence of
1 lesion (monosymptomatic
presentation;
clinically isolated syndrome)
 Dissemination in space1, demonstrated by:
- MRI
- or ≥ 2 MRI lesions consistent with MS + positive CSF
 andDissemination in time2, demonstrated by:
- MRI
- or second clinical attack
 Insidious neurological progression
suggestive of MS
 One year of disease progression and dissemination in
space1, demonstrated by two of the following:
- Positive brain MRI (≥ 9 T2 lesions in brain), or ≥ 4 T2
lesions in brain with positive visual evoked potentials,
- Positive spinal cord MRI (≥ 2 focal T2 lesions),
- Positive CSF (oligoclonal IgG bands or increased IgG
index).
1 For MRI lesions disseminated in space, at least 3 of the following criteria must be met:
one Gd+ lesion or 9 T2-hyperintense lesions in the brain and spine, at least one infratentorial or spine
lesion, at least one juxtacortical lesion, and at least 3 periventricular lesions.
2 For MRI lesions disseminated in time, either of the following criteria must be met:
Gd+ lesion ≥ 3 months after initial presentation, but in different location from initial event; and new
T2 lesion, compared with reference MRI done ≥ 30 days after onset of initial event.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 158/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 7: Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS)
Neurological examination / Functional Systems (1)
 
Pyramidal functions
 grade 0 = Normal.
 grade 1 = Abnormal signs without disability.
 grade 2 = Minimal disability (e.g., fatigability in motor tasks).
 grade 3 = Mild or moderate paraparesis or hemiparesis;
Or severe monoparesis.
 grade 4 = Marked paraparesis or hemiparesis;
Or moderate quadriparesis;
Or monoplegia.
 grade 5 = Paraplegia, hemiplegia, or marked quadriparesis.
 grade 6 = Quadriplegia.
 
Cerebellar functions
 grade 0 = Normal.
 grade 1 = Abnormal signs without disability.
 grade 2 = Mild ataxia.
 grade 3 = Moderate truncal or limb ataxia.
 grade 4 = Severe ataxia, all limbs.
 grade 5 = Unable to perform coordinated movements due to ataxia.
 
Brainstem functions
 grade 0 = Normal.
 grade 1 = Signs only.
 grade 2 = Moderate nystagmus or other mild disability.
 grade 3 = Severe nystagmus, marked extraocular weakness, or moderate disability of other cranial
nerves.
 grade 4 = Marked dysarthria or other marked disability.
 grade 5 = Inability to swallow or speak.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 159/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Neurological examination / Functional Systems (2)
 
Sensory functions
 grade 0 = Normal.
 grade 1 = Vibration or figure-writing decrease only, in one or two limbs.
 grade 2 = Mild decrease in touch or pain or position sense, and/or moderate decrease in vibration
in one or two limbs;
Or vibratory (c/s figure-writing) decrease alone in three or four limbs.
 grade 3 = Moderate decrease in touch or pain or position sense, and/or essentially lost vibration in
one or two limbs;
Or mild decrease in touch or pain and/or moderate decrease in all proprioceptive tests in
three or four limbs.
 grade 4 = Marked decrease in touch or pain or loss of proprioception, alone or combined, in one or
two limbs;
Or moderate decrease in touch or pain and/or severe proprioceptive decrease in more
than two limbs.
 grade 5 = Loss (essentially) of sensation in one or two limbs;
Or moderate decrease in touch or pain and/or loss of proprioception for most of the body
below the head.
 grade 6 = Sensation essentially lost below the head.
 
Bowel/bladder functions
 grade 0 = 
Normal.
 grade 1 = 
Mild urinary hesitancy, urgency, or retention, and/or constipation.
 grade 2 = 
Moderate urinary hesitancy, urgency, retention, or rare incontinence, and/or severe
constipation.
 grade 3 = 
Frequent urinary incontinence or intermittent self-catheterization, and/or severe bowel
dysfunction.
 grade 4 = 
In need of almost constant catheterization.
 grade 5 = 
Loss of bladder function, external or indwelling catheter.
 grade 6 = 
Loss of bowel and bladder function
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 160/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Neurological examination / Functional Systems (3)
 
Visual (optic) functions
 grade 0 = 
Normal.
 grade 1 = 
Mild scotoma and/or visual acuity of worse eye (corrected) better than 20/30 (0.67).
 grade 2 = 
Worse eye with large scotoma and/or maximal visual acuity (corrected) of 20/30 to
20/59 (0.67-0.34).
 grade 3 = 
Worse eye with large scotoma, or moderate decrease in fields, and/or maximal visual
acuity (corrected) of 20/60 to 20/99 (0.33-0.2).
 grade 4 = 
Worse eye with marked decrease of fields and/or maximal visual acuity (corrected) of
20/100 to 20/200 (0.1-0.2);
Or grade 3 plus maximal acuity of better eye of 20/60 (0.3) or less.
 grade 5 = 
Worse eye with maximal visual acuity (corrected) less than 20/200 (0.1);
Or grade 4 plus maximal acuity of better eye of 20/60 (0.3) or less.
 grade 6 = 
Grade 5 plus maximal acuity of better eye of 20/60 (0.3) or less.
 
Cerebral (or mental) functions
 grade 0 = 
Normal.
 grade 1 = 
Mood alteration only (does not affect EDSS score).
 grade 2 = 
Mild decrease in mentation.
 grade 3 = 
Moderate decrease in mentation.
 grade 4 = 
Marked decrease in mentation.
 grade 5 = 
Dementia.
 
Other function
 None.
 Any other neurological findings attributed to MS
Please specify:
 
                                            
                                              
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 161/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
EDSS score
0 
Normal neurological exam [all Grade 0 in Functional Systems (FS)].
1.0 No disability, minimal signs in one FS (i.e., grade 1).
1.5 No disability, minimal signs in more than one FS (more than one grade 1).
2.0 Minimal disability in one FS (one FS grade 2, others 0 or 1).
2.5 Minimal disability in two FS (two FS grade 2, others 0 or 1).
3.0 Moderate disability in one FS (one FS grade 3, others 0 or 1), or mild disability in three or four FS
(three/four FS grade 2, others 0 or 1) though fully ambulatory.
3.5 Fully ambulatory but with moderate disability in one FS (one grade 3) and one or two FS grade 2;
or two FS grade 3; or five FS grade 2 (others 0 or 1).
4.0 Ambulatory without aid or rest for >500 m, up and about some 12 hours a day despite relatively
severe disability consisting of one FS grade 4 (others 0 or 1), or combination of lesser grades
exceeding limits of previous steps.
4.5 Ambulatory without aid or rest for >300 m, up and about much of the day; characterized by
relatively severe disability usually consisting of one FS grade 4 or combination of lesser grades
exceeding limits of previous steps.
5.0 Ambulatory without aid or rest for >200 m (usual FS equivalents are one grade 5 alone, others 0 or
1, or combination of lesser grades usually exceeding specifications for step 4.5).
5.5 Ambulatory without aid or rest for >100 m.
6.0 Unilateral assistance (cane or crutch) required to walk at least 100 m with or without resting.
6.5 Constant bilateral assistance (canes or crutches) required to walk at least 20 m without resting.
7.0 Unable to walk 5 m even with aid, essentially restricted to wheelchair; wheels self and transfers
alone; up and about in wheelchair some 12 hours a day.
7.5 Unable to take more than a few steps; restricted to wheelchair; may need some help in transfer.
8.0 Essentially restricted to bed or chair or perambulated in wheelchair, but out of the bed most of the
day; retains many self-care functions; generally has effective use of arms.
8.5 Essentially restricted to bed much of the day; has some effective use of arm(s); retains some self-
care functions.
9.0 Helpless bed patient; can communicate and eat.
9.5 Totally helpless bed patient; unable to communicate effectively or eat/swallow.
10.0 Death due to MS.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 162/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 8: Prohibited anti-arrhythmic and HR-lowering therapy
The following anti-arrhythmic drugs are prohibited during the titration (i.e., during the first
14 days after re-initiation of study treatment). [See Section 3.4.4.3 Prohibited concomitant
medications.]
 
Adenosine 
 
Lidocaine
 
Acetobulol 
 
Lorajmine
 
Ajmaline 
 
Lorcainide
 
Amiodarone 
 
Metoprolol
 
Aprinidine 
 
Mexiletine
 
Atenolol 
 
Morcizine
 
Azimilide 
 
Nadolol
 
Bepridil 
 
Phenytoin
 
Betaxolol 
 
Pilocarpine
 
Bisiprolol 
 
Prajmaline
 
Bretylium   
 
Procainamide
 
Bunaftine 
 
Propafenone
 
Carvidiol 
 
Propranolol
 
Cibenzoline 
 
Quinidine
 
Disopyramide 
 
Sotalol
 
Dofetilide 
 
Sparteine
 
Dronedarone 
 
Tedisamil
 
Encainide 
 
Timolol
 
Esmolol 
 
Tocainide
 
Flecainide 
 
Vernakalant
 
Ibutilide
 
Ivabradine
This list is not exhaustive; other anti-arrhythmic or HR-lowering drugs are also prohibited
during uptitration. In case of doubt, please discuss with the sponsor the use of any potential
anti-arrhythmic or HR-lowering drug.
Treatment with any of these therapies is also not recommended during maintenance
treatment with ponesimod (i.e., 20 mg) and should be considered with caution if an
alternative medication cannot be used.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 163/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 9: List of medications with risk of torsades de pointes (TdP)
The use of the following QT-prolonging medications with risk of TdP is prohibited during
the study unless the benefit-risk is acceptable, as judged by the investigator.
 
Amiodarone 
 
Gatifloxacin
 
Anagrelide 
 
Grepafloxacin
 
Arsenic trioxide 
 
Halofantrine
 
Astemizole 
 
Haloperidol
 
Azithromycin  
 
Ibutilide
 
Bepridil 
 
Levofloxacin
 
Chloroquine 
 
Levomethadyl
 
Chlorpromazine 
 
Mesoridazine
 
Cilostazol 
 
Methadone
 
Ciprofloxacin  
 
Moxifloxacin
 
Cisapride 
 
Ondansetron
 
Citalopram  
 
Pentamidine
 
Clarithromycin  
 
Pimozide
 
Cocaine 
 
Probucol
 
Disopyramide 
 
Procainamide
 
Dofetilide 
 
Propofol
 
Domperidone 
 
Quinidine
 
Donepezil 
 
Sevoflurane
 
Dronedarone 
 
Sotalol
 
Droperidol 
 
Sparfloxacin
 
Erythromycin  
 
Sulpiride
 
Escitalopram  
 
Terfenadine
 
Flecainide 
 
Thioridazine
 
Fluconazole 
 
Vandetanib
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 164/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
The above list is based on the one published by AZCERT (October 2015) [AZCERT]. Any
marketed drugs with new reported TdP or new marketed drugs with risk of TdP in their
labels should not be administered unless the benefit-risk is acceptable, as judged by the
investigator.
Reference for Appendix 9
[AZCERT] University of Arizona CERT. List of QT-prolonging medications with risk of
TdP. Available under: www.AZCERT.org; www.QTdrugs.org [Accessed October 2015]
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 165/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 10: Guidance on study conduct during the COVID-19
(coronavirus) pandemic
It is recognized that the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic may have an
impact on the conduct of this clinical study due to, for example, self-isolation/quarantine
by participants and study site personnel; travel restrictions/limited access to public places,
including hospitals; study site personnel being reassigned to critical tasks.
In alignment with recent health authority guidance, the sponsor is providing options for
study-related participant management in the event of disruption to the conduct of the study.
This guidance does not supersede any local or government requirements or the clinical
judgment of the investigator to protect the health and well-being of participants and site
staff. If at any time a participant’s safety is considered to be at risk, study intervention will
be discontinued, and study follow-up will be conducted.
Scheduled visits that cannot be conducted in person at the study site will be performed to
the extent possible remotely/virtually or delayed until such time that on-site visits can be
resumed. At each contact, participants will be interviewed to collect safety data. Key
efficacy endpoint assessments should be performed if required and as feasible. Participants
will also be questioned regarding general health status to fulfill any physical examination
requirement.
Every effort should be made to adhere to protocol-specified assessments for participants
on study intervention, including follow up. Modifications to protocol-required assessments
may be permitted via COVID-19 Appendix after consultation with the participant,
investigator, and the sponsor. Missed assessments/visits will be captured in the clinical trial
management system for protocol deviations. Discontinuations of study interventions and
withdrawal from the study should be documented with the prefix “COVID-19-related” in
the case report form (CRF).
The sponsor will continue to monitor the conduct and progress of the clinical study, and
any changes will be communicated to the sites and to the health authorities according to
local guidance. If a participant has tested positive for COVID-19, the investigator should
contact the sponsor’s responsible medical officer to discuss plans for study intervention
and follow-up. Modifications made to the study conduct as a result of the COVID-19
pandemic should be summarized in the clinical study report.
GUIDANCE SPECIFIC TO THIS PROTOCOL:
Patient Visits and Assessments
Assessments that may be completed over the phone include assessment of relapse, review
of adverse events and concomitant medications. Vital signs can be collected in a remote
setting by the patient, caregiver, delegated site staff/in-home nurse, or general practitioner,
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 166/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
as feasible. Please ensure the remote method you choose is allowable per local regulations
and fully documented in the patient source files.
It is important for safety monitoring of laboratory parameters to continue according to the
protocol schedule. If access to the study site (and therefore the central lab) is not possible,
local laboratories may be used to monitor laboratory parameters. An alternative, if allowed
per local regulations, is to use delegated site staff/in-home nursing to collect blood samples
at the patient’s home and ship to either the central laboratory or an accredited local
laboratory for testing. Where local laboratories are used, it’s important to ensure
appropriate documentation of laboratory reference ranges. If abnormal laboratory values
requiring follow-up in the protocol, or any other abnormality deemed critical by the
investigator, are unable to be followed up, it is recommended to temporarily interrupt (for
a maximum of 12 weeks) until the abnormality can be considered resolved or permanently
discontinue study treatment.
Other protocol-required examinations and assessments not conducive to remote
administration can be conducted as soon as it is feasible for the patient to come to the site
for a visit. As clinically indicated, other local resources such as the patient’s general
practitioner or delegated site staff/in-home nursing can be considered.
Study Drug Dispensation
If a patient is unable to travel to the site for a scheduled visit where study drug would be
dispensed, the following alternate measures should be discussed with the sponsor and may
be considered to ensure continuity of treatment:
 A caregiver or family member may pick up study drug on behalf of the patient if
first discussed and agreed by the patient. The conversation with the patient must be
documented in the source files. The patient must name the individual who will pick
up study drug on their behalf. This is necessary for site staff to confirm the study
drug is provided to the appropriate individual, ensure proper chain of custody of
study drug, and to maintain patient privacy. This must be confirmed and
documented in the patient source file.
 Investigative site staff may deliver study drug directly to the patient’s home. The
chain of custody and transit conditions must be clearly  documented within the
patient source file.
 If no other alternative is feasible, direct-to-patient shipment of study drug from the
site may be considered with prior approval from the sponsor and relevant health
authority, as applicable.
 It is important to remind patients that in case of treatment interruption of 4 or more
consecutive days, they should inform the investigator and/or site staff immediately.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 167/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Ponesimod treatment can only be restarted with uptitration and on-site cardiac
monitoring, as applicable, as described in the protocol.
COVID-19 Infection in MS Patients:
There is currently no available data suggesting that patients treated with ponesimod should
have treatment interrupted during the COVID-19 pandemic. In general, patients receiving
immunomodulators should continue treatment and continue to exercise precautionary
measures to minimize the risk of infection. If a patient develops symptoms associated with
coronavirus infection, it is recommended to confirm the diagnosis using locally approved
laboratory kits and reported to the local health authorities, as required. Patients with
positive test results for coronavirus should have this recorded as an AE, and if hospitalized,
this should be reported as an SAE. It is important to notify the treating physician of the
patient’s participation in this clinical study and details of the study treatment. It is also
recommended to follow local MS Society recommendations.
On-site Monitoring Visits:
In case on-site monitoring visits are not possible, your monitor may arrange remote site
monitoring activities with you until the point at which regular on-site monitoring visits may
resume.
All of the above measures are recommended for consideration on a temporary basis during
the COVID-19 pandemic to enable continuity of treatment and to ensure that patient
assessments, particularly those assessing relapse and safety, continue as outlined in the
protocol without imposing health risk to patients, their families, and site staff. Every effort
should be made to complete all protocol-required assessments. Investigators should use
their clinical judgment and benefit risk assessment in determining if a patient can continue
study treatment in the absence of on-site clinic visits. If remote visits are not possible, or if
in the investigator’s judgment, appropriate safety monitoring is not feasible in a remote
setting, the investigator should consider temporarily interrupting study treatment (for a
maximum of 12 weeks per protocol) or discontinuing study treatment and initiating
treatment with another available disease modifying treatment (DMT).
STUDY CONDUCT RELATED TO COVID-19 VACCINE DEPLOYMENT FOR
NONCOVID-19 CLINICAL TRIALS
Current guidelines from global MS societies recommended that people with MS should be
vaccinated against COVID-19.1,2,3 Having MS does not increase the risk of COVID-19
virus infection or the risk to develop severe forms of the infection more than the general
population and it is important that DMT in MS patients is continued and maintained.4 It is
therefore recommended that people with MS currently taking a DMT, including
ponesimod, continue with their treatment unless advised to stop by their treating physicians
(e.g., MS patients on DMT with risk factors for severe COVID-19 infections).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 168/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
No clinical data are available on the efficacy and safety of vaccinations in patients taking
ponesimod.
Based on preclinical data, vaccinations may be less effective if administered during
treatment.
There are 4 main types of COVID-19 vaccines (all non-live) that are currently available
(see below). For a complete overview of the COVID-19 vaccine landscape, please refer to
the WHO website.5
 mRNA vaccines are based on the SARS-CoV-2 spike glycoprotein antigen
encoded by RNA and formulated in lipid nanoparticles;
 Protein subunit vaccines based on full-length spike protein (S), receptor-binding
domain (RBD), non-RBD S protein fragments, and non-S structural proteins;
 Vector vaccines consisting of a recombinant adenovirus carrying the gene for
SARS-CoV-2 virus spike glycoprotein;
 Inactivated vaccines use viruses whose genetic material has been destroyed so
they cannot replicate, but can still trigger an immune response.
As stated in Section 3.4.4.2, vaccination with non-live vaccines is allowed while on study
treatment if the vaccination is advised by the primary investigator / treating neurologist,
based on her/his clinical assessment of the risk/benefit for the individual patient, and if
supported by guidelines for vaccination relevant to this patient population, as applicable.
Therefore, all above mentioned COVID-19 vaccines may be administered to study patients.
Important notes and reminders:
 Vaccination with live vaccines is prohibited, except if performed during a
temporary treatment interruption period. In this case it must be performed not
earlier than 1 week after the last dose of study treatment, and treatment can be
re-initiated only after at least 4 weeks from completion of vaccination
(see Section 3.4.4.3).
 Patients receiving non-live vaccination against influenza or COVID-19 while on
study treatment will have 5 mL of blood drawn prior to and at least 3 weeks after
vaccination to explore changes in vaccinespecific antibody titers from pre- to post
vaccination. Samples will be analyzed at the end of the study at the latest (see
Section 3.11.2.9).
• In case of a vaccine requiring the administration of multiple doses, the post-
vaccination sample should be collected at least 3 weeks after the
administration of the last dose.
• Every effort should be made to collect these samples for further analysis.
 Please report any administered vaccines on a Concomitant Medication page in the
CRF.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 169/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
If a patient is eligible for COVID-19 vaccination in accordance with their local regulations
their participation in the study should be modified as required.
The reporting of any AEs (including SARS-CoV-2 infection or those associated with
COVID-19 vaccination) should be reported as described in Section 4.
References:
1. 
https://www.multiplesclerosisnewstoday.com/columns/2021/01/12/covid-19-vaccine-
recommendations-ms-society/
2. 
https://www.nationalmssociety.org/coronavirus-covid-19-information/multiple-sclerosis-
and-coronavirus/covid-19-vaccine-guidance#section-1
3. 
https://www.nationalmssociety.org/coronavirus-covid-19-information/multiple-sclerosis-
and-coronavirus/ms-treatment-guidelines-during-coronavirus
4. Zheng, I. Kar, C.K. Chen et al. Multiple Sclerosis Disease-Modifying Therapy and the
COVID-19 Pandemic: Implications on the Risk of Infection and Future Vaccination. CNS
Drugs (2020) 34:879–896
5. https://www.who.int/publications/m/item/draft-landscape-of-covid-19-candidate-vaccines
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 170/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 11: Considerations for Optical Coherence Tomography
assessments
As of the implementation of Global Protocol version 12, regular Optical Coherence
Tomography (OCT) is no longer required.
Unscheduled OCT will only be performed for subjects at risk according to the
ophthalmologist’s decision (with findings suggestive of macular edema, or if active uveitis
is diagnosed during the study).
Unscheduled OCT will be performed for subjects at risk according to the ophthalmologist’s
discretion as described in Sections 3.11.1.4 and 3.11.2.6 at selected centers with adequate
equipment and experience the average retinal nerve fiber layer (RNFL) thickness, central
foveal thickness, and total macular volume will be measured by OCT. If a center was
selected to perform OCT, all efforts should be taken to perform OCT in all eligible subjects
at this center.
In case OCT will be performed, both OCT and the assessment of best corrected visual
acuity will be standardized as described below, and the results of both assessments will be
recorded in the CRF.
Site requirements
Technicians performing OCT must either have been certified in earlier studies or have at
least one year experience in using OCT in subjects.
There is no special storage of the computer files required. Scanning results must be printed
out and filed as source data in the subject’s records.
Scanning Parameters
If a center was selected to perform OCT, the following scans will be performed for subjects
at risk and for both eyes as suggested by the investigator under point W1:
 Fast retinal nerve fiber layer (FRNFL) scan
 Fast macular thickness (FMT) scan
In order to ensure an adequate quality of the scan the signal strength must be ≥ 6.
Fixation
The subject needs to be instructed to look at the green fixation target during the assessment.
This target will be located centrally for the FMT scan, and off center nasally for the FRNFL
scan. If a subject with poor central vision, unable to fixate on the internal fixation target, is
enrolled in the study this subject should not perform the OCT assessment.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 171/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Fast retinal nerve fiber layer thickness scan protocol
The FRNFL thickness scan protocol will be performed using default settings that obtain
three circle scans of 3.4 mm around the optic disc. The scans will be obtained following
the temporal, superior, nasal, inferior, temporal (TSNIT) pattern. Care should be taken to
evenly center the circular scans on the optic nerve. The analysis used on these scans is the
RNFL thickness average analysis. The FRNFL thickness scans must be well centered on
the optic nerve. Off center scans must be repeated.
The following protocol will be applied:
1. Select scan acquisition protocol (FRNFL thickness scan).
2. Move fixation target to move the optic nerve towards the center of the screen.
3. Select “move scan and landmark”.
4. Move the scan and landmark until the scan is exactly encircling the optic nerve.
5. If needed, use the focus knob in order to obtain the highest quality OCT image.
6. Once a high quality circle scan with good signal strength and no blink artefact is
obtained, freeze with flash and save.
7. The scan should be reviewed using the RNFL thickness single eye analysis for each
eye with:
- Very well centered optic nerve.
- Well-defined RNFL and retinal pigment epithelium (RPE).
- Signal strength ≥ 6.
- No blink artefacts or fishtails.
- No algorithm errors.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 172/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Once scans are acceptable, the RNFL thickness (single eye) analysis report will be printed
for documentation, and the treating Neurologist needs to be provided with the results of the
average RNFL thickness from both eyes for recording in the CRF. In addition, a printout
of the results needs to be filed as source data in the subject’s records.
Fast macular thickness scan protocol
The fast macular thickness (FMT) scan protocol will be performed using default settings.
The retinal thickness / volume tabular analysis will be used for the study printouts. Each
assessment will be performed on both eyes. FMT scans will be centered on the fovea.
The following protocol will be applied:
1. Select scan acquisition protocol (FMT Scan).
2. Instruct subject to fixate on the target and perform OCT with fovea centered.
3. With the scan centered on the fovea, select Z-offset optimization setting to show
scan on OCT screen.
4. Select optimize polarization to increase the signal strength.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 173/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
5. Use the focus knob to obtain a highest quality OCT image, focusing for a strong
RNFL.
6. Review scans using retinal map (single eye) analysis with:
- Well centered fovea in the topographical map.
- Well-defined RNFL and RPE.
- Signal strength ≥ 6.
- No blink artefacts or fishtails.
- No algorithm errors.
Once a scan is acceptable, the retinal map (single eye) analysis report will be printed for
documentation, and the treating Neurologist needs to be provided with the results of central
foveal thickness and total macular volume for recording in the CRF. In addition, a printout
of the results needs to be filed as source data in the subject’s records.
Best corrected visual acuity
At centers where unscheduled OCT is performed for subjects with findings suggestive of
macular edema or active uveitis, the assessment of best corrected visual acuity will be
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 174/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
standardized, and the number of correctly identified letters recorded in the CRF for each
eye.
Best corrected visual acuity should be tested with perfect glasses, which provides the
ability of doing a refraction if required. It will be measured by using the early treatment
diabetic retinopathy study (ETDRS) acuity testing. In order to achieve best standardization,
it is recommended to use a device providing self-calibrated test lighting. Calibration must
be done according to the manufacturer's recommendation, as well as the selection of the
testing distance. If no device providing self-calibrated test lighting is available a half-
dimmed light of the room with good illumination of the chart is recommended in order to
enhance contrast and optimize the reading. If this is not feasible the testing should be
performed according to local routine practice and the best possible lighted conditions to
obtain visual acuity data should be chosen in order to avoid any memory effect, different
versions of the ETDRS test chart should be used for each eye if available.
The number of letters correctly identified should be counted as follows (based on the visual
logMAR chart): the subject will be instructed to start on the last row where s/he can read
all of the letters, and then read down until reaching a row where a minimum of three letters
cannot be read. The number of letters can be calculated by assuming that the subject could
have read all of the letters above where s/he started the test. That number of letters should
then be added on to the number of letters actually read by the subject. For each eye the
number of correctly identified letters will be recorded in the subject's records as source data
and in the CRF. Only the number of letters correctly identified by the subject should be
recorded in the CRF, please do not modify the number (e.g. by adding 30 if at 4 m the
total is ≥ 20) to obtain visual score.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 175/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Appendix 12: Considerations for pulmonary function tests
Pulmonary function tests (PFTs) must be conducted according to the American Thoracic
Society/European Respiratory Society guidelines [Miller 2005a, Miller 2005b].
Patient considerations
The subject should be instructed before and during the test course, and a demonstration
provided if necessary.
Prior to performing the test, the subject needs to avoid the following:
 Eating a large meal (for at least 2 hours)
 Smoking (for at least 1 hour)
 Consuming alcohol (for at least 4 hours)
 Performing vigorous exercise (for 30 minutes)
 Wearing restricting clothes
The connection mouth-mouthpiece must be checked to avoid any leak.
The equipment must be adjusted so that the subject can sit comfortably and reach the
mouthpiece without having to flex or extend the neck.
The test is started after the subject has been seated for at least 10 minutes and is as relaxed
as possible. The subject should remain seated throughout the entire testing period.
The same test position has to be used throughout the study, and preferably the test is done
always at approximately the same time and under the same conditions.
Tester considerations
PFTs in this study must be conducted by a PFT technician or expert. The personnel
conducting the PFTs must be well trained according to the requirements outlined in the
American Thoracic Society/European Respiratory Society guidelines.
The level and training of the personnel conducting PFTs must be homogeneous. Ideally,
the person conducting PFTs should remain the same for each subject during the entire
course of the study.
Equipment and quality considerations
Both flow measuring devices and volumic spirometers are accepted. It is highly
recommended to use the same equipment for each subject during the entire course of the
study.
The spirometer must be capable of accumulating volume for ≥ 15 seconds (longer times
are recommended) and measuring volumes of ≥ 8 L (Body temperature and pressure
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 176/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
saturated, BTPS) with an accuracy of at least ± 3 % of reading or ± 0.005 L, whichever is
greater, with flows between 0 and 14 L∙s-1. Total resistance to airflow at 14.0 L∙s 1 must
be < 1.5cm H2O L 1∙s 1 (0.15 kPa∙L 1∙s 1).
Flow measuring devices have to demonstrate their linearity in measuring volume in 3
different ranges of flow. Calibration checks with regards to volume accuracy must be
undertaken at least daily using a 3-L or 2-L syringe. Calibration checks must be undertaken
at least weekly, using a 3-L syringe discharged at least 3 times to give a range of flows
varying between 0.5 and 12 L∙s 1.
The volume accuracy and leaks of volume measuring devices must be checked daily.
The equipment needs to be maintained and calibrated according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and local standard operating procedures (SOPs). A calibration log must
be maintained.
Measuring and reporting
Three well-performed test breaths will be measured; the highest FEV1 and FVC values
from these 3 breath tests will be recorded in the subject's records as source data and in the
CRF (even if they do not come from the same curve).
An individual test breath is considered as well-performed if it meets the following criteria:
 Is free from artifacts (e.g., cough during the first second of exhalation, glottis
closure, early termination of cut off, effort that is not maximal, leaks, obstructed
mouthpiece).
 Have a “good start” with an extrapolated volume <5% of FVC or 0.15 L.
 Have a satisfactory exhalation with a duration of >6 s (or a plateau in the volume-
time curve if the subject cannot or should not continue to exhale).
 For FEV1, start of test is determined by “back extrapolation method”.
 For FEV1 and FVC, three “acceptable” spirograms must be obtained. The two
largest values (among the three acceptable) must be within 0.150 L of each other
for FVC and for FEV1.
 Result must be reported at BTPS conditions and adjusted for altitude (by any
method measuring temperature and barometric pressure proven effective by the
manufacturer).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 177/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
Calculations
Calculate FEV1 % predicted and FVC % predicted according to following formula.
Predicted normal value for FEV1 (liters):
Gender 
Equation
Male 
4.30 H 0.029 A 2.49
Female 
3.95 H 0.025 A 2.60
Between 18 and 25 years, substitute 25 years in the equation
H: standing height (m); A: age (yr).
Predicted normal value for FVC (liters):
Gender 
Equation
Male 
5.76 H 0.026 A 4.34
Female 
4.43 H 0.026 A 2.89
Between 18 and 25 years, substitute 25 years in the equation
H: standing height (m); A: age (yr).
age  (pfdt - brthdtn)/365.25
Ethnic group adjustment:
For patients of ethnic groups other than White/Caucasian the predicted normal value must
be adjusted by a conversion factor of 0.9 prior to calculation of FVC and FEV1 percent of
predicted, i.e.:
FVC predicted normal for patient of ethnic group other than white/Caucasian 
FVC predicted normal x 0.9
FEV1 predicted normal for patient of ethnic group other than white/Caucasian 
FEV1 predicted normal x 0.9
Percent of the predicted normal values for FEV1 and FVC:
For each FEV1 and FVC measured values a percent of the predicted normal value will be
calculated as follows:
Percent of the predicted value (%)  [measured value] x 100 / [predicted normal
value]
The results of these PFTs will be recorded in the subject's records as source data and in the
case report form (CRF).
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 178/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
For these calculations one decimal place must be used (e.g. 79.8 will not be rounded
up to 80).
Hygiene and infection control considerations
Attention must be paid for preventing the transmission of infection to subjects during PFTs.
Particular attention should be paid when using reusable mouthpieces, spacer devices and/or
volume based spirometers with a closed circuit technique.
References
[Miller 2005a] Miller MR, Crapo R, Hankinson J, et al. General considerations for lung
function testing. Eur Respir J 2005a; 26: 153-161.
[Miller 2005b] Miller MR, Crapo R, Hankinson J, et al. Standardization of spirometry. Eur
Respir J 2005b; 26: 319-338.
NCT01093326


Ponesimod / ACT-128800 / JNJ-67896153
Multiple Sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202
Version 12
15 March 2022, page 179/179
Confidential
EudraCT 2009-011470-15
EDMS-ERI-206617631
CONFIDENTIAL - FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
INVESTIGATOR AGREEMENT
I have read this protocol and agree that it contains all necessary details for carrying out this study.
I will conduct the study as outlined herein and will complete the study within the time designated.
I will provide copies of the protocol and all pertinent information to all individuals responsible to
me who assist in the conduct of this study. I will discuss this material with them to ensure that they
are fully informed regarding the study drug, the conduct of the study, and the obligations of
confidentiality.
Coordinating Investigator (where required):
Name (typed or printed):
Institution and Address:
Signature: 
Date:
(Day Month Year)
Principal (Site) Investigator:
Name (typed or printed):
Institution and Address:
Telephone Number:
Signature: 
Date:
(Day Month Year)
Sponsor's Responsible Medical Officer:
Name (typed or printed): 
Institution: 
Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd
Signature: [electronic signature appended at the end of the 
protocol]
Date:
(Day Month Year)
Note: If the address or telephone number of the investigator changes during the course of the study, written
notification will be provided by the investigator to the sponsor, and a protocol amendment will not be
required.
PPD
NCT01093326


Signature
User 
Date 
Reason
 
17-Mar-2022
19:59:27
(GMT)
Document Approval
PPD
NCT01093326

SAP_001.pdf: 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
1
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Janssen Research & Development
Statistical Analysis Plan
for Clinical Study Report
Multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-group extension to 
study AC-058B201 to investigate the long-term safety, tolerability, 
and efficacy of 10, 20, and 40 mg/day ponesimod, an oral S1P1 
receptor agonist, in patients with relapsing remitting multiple 
sclerosis
Protocol AC-058B202 ; Phase [2b]
JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Status:
Approved
Date:
20 September 2023
Prepared by:
Janssen Research & Development, LLC  
Document No.: EDMS-RIM-1139847, 1.0
Compliance: The study described in this report was performed according to the principles of Good Clinical Practice (GCP). 
Confidentiality Statement
The information provided herein contains Company trade secrets, commercial or financial information that the Company 
customarily holds close and treats as confidential.  The information is being provided under the assurance that the recipient
will maintain the confidentiality of the information under applicable statutes, regulations, rules, protective orders or 
otherwise.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
2
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................... 2
VERSION HISTORY..................................................................................................................................... 5
1.
INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................. 6
1.1.
Objectives ........................................................................................................................................ 6
1.2.
Study Design and Flow .................................................................................................................... 7
1.2.1.
AC-058B201 study design (core study)........................................................................................ 7
1.2.2.
AC-058B202 study design (extension study) ............................................................................... 7
1.2.3.
Treatment periods......................................................................................................................... 8
2.
STATISTICAL HYPOTHESES............................................................................................................ 9
3.
SAMPLE SIZE DETERMINATION...................................................................................................... 9
4.
POPULATIONS (ANALYSIS SETS) FOR ANALYSIS.....................................................................10
5.
STATISTICAL ANALYSES............................................................................................................... 11
5.1.
General Considerations ................................................................................................................. 11
5.1.1.
Dates, times and days ................................................................................................................ 11
5.1.2.
Baseline and change from baseline ........................................................................................... 12
5.1.3.
Planned Pregnancy Interruptions ............................................................................................... 12
5.1.4.
Treatment-emergent definition ................................................................................................... 12
5.1.5.
Last on-treatment definition ........................................................................................................ 13
5.1.6.
Post-treatment-emergent definition ............................................................................................ 13
5.1.7.
Coding......................................................................................................................................... 13
5.1.8.
Visit Windows and Analysis Visits .............................................................................................. 13
5.1.9.
Analysis strategy for long-term safety and efficacy – analysis over the whole 
ponesimod period ....................................................................................................................... 15
5.2.
Participant Dispositions.................................................................................................................. 16
5.2.1.
Definitions ................................................................................................................................... 16
5.2.1.2.
Screened subjects / screening failures.................................................................................... 16
5.2.1.3.
Subjects randomized/entered.................................................................................................. 16
5.2.1.4.
Subjects treated....................................................................................................................... 16
5.2.1.5.
Subject treatment completion status ....................................................................................... 17
5.2.1.6.
Subject study completion status.............................................................................................. 19
5.2.1.7.
Time on study .......................................................................................................................... 20
5.2.2.
Display of Subject Disposition .................................................................................................... 21
5.3.
Analysis of Efficacy Variables ........................................................................................................ 23
5.3.1.
Relapse-related variables........................................................................................................... 23
5.3.1.1.
Annualized relapse rate up to end of Analysis Period.............................................................23
5.3.1.2.
ARR up to last treatment in the Analysis Period + 7 days.......................................................23
5.3.1.3.
Time to first confirmed/any relapse up to end of the Analysis Period ..................................... 24
5.3.1.4.
Annualized relapse rate in the Post-treatment-emergent period............................................. 24
5.3.1.5.
Other relapse-related characteristics ...................................................................................... 24
5.3.2.
Analysis of relapse-related variables.......................................................................................... 25
5.3.2.1.
ARR up to end of Analysis Period ........................................................................................... 25
5.3.2.2.
ARR in the Post-treatment-emergent Period........................................................................... 26
5.3.2.3.
ARR by year ............................................................................................................................ 26
5.3.2.4.
Sensitivity analyses of ARR..................................................................................................... 26
5.3.2.5.
Time to first confirmed/any relapse up end of the Analysis Period ......................................... 27
5.3.2.6.
Other relapse-related characteristics ...................................................................................... 27
5.3.3.
MRI-related variables.................................................................................................................. 28
5.3.3.1.
T1 Gd+ lesions ........................................................................................................................ 28
5.3.3.2.
New or enlarging T2 lesions and T2 volume...........................................................................29
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
3
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.3.3.3.
Combined unique active lesions (CUAL)................................................................................. 31
5.3.3.4.
Brain volume............................................................................................................................ 31
5.3.4.
Analysis of MRI-related variables ............................................................................................... 31
5.3.4.1.
T1 Gd + lesions ....................................................................................................................... 31
5.3.4.2.
New or enlarging T2 lesions.................................................................................................... 32
5.3.4.3.
CUAL ....................................................................................................................................... 32
5.3.4.4.
Brain volume............................................................................................................................ 33
5.3.5.
Neurological variables ................................................................................................................ 33
5.3.5.1.
Time to 24-week confirmed disability progression up to end of the Analysis Period .............. 33
5.3.5.2.
Change from baseline in EDSS............................................................................................... 35
5.3.6.
Analysis of Neurological variables.............................................................................................. 35
5.3.6.1.
Time to 24-week CDA ............................................................................................................. 35
5.3.6.2.
Change from baseline in EDSS............................................................................................... 35
5.3.7.
Ophthalmological variables ........................................................................................................ 35
5.3.8.
Analysis of ophthalmological variables....................................................................................... 36
5.4.
Other Safety Analyses ................................................................................................................... 36
5.4.1.
Exposure and Compliance.......................................................................................................... 36
5.4.1.1.
Exposure to study treatment.................................................................................................... 36
5.4.1.2.
Compliance with study treatment ............................................................................................ 38
5.4.1.3.
Study treatment re-initiation..................................................................................................... 38
5.4.2.
Analysis of Exposure .................................................................................................................. 38
5.4.2.1.
Exposure and compliance ....................................................................................................... 38
5.4.2.2.
Study treatment re-initiation..................................................................................................... 39
5.4.2.3.
Study drug batches.................................................................................................................. 39
5.4.3.
Adverse Events........................................................................................................................... 39
5.4.3.1.
Duration of AE (days) is derived as min [AE end date, EOS date] – AE start date + 1 
day. Treatment-emergent adverse events ..............................................................................40
5.4.3.2.
Post-treatment-emergent adverse events ...............................................................................40
5.4.3.3.
Intensity of adverse events...................................................................................................... 40
5.4.3.4.
Relationship of adverse events to treatment...........................................................................40
5.4.3.5.
Outcome of adverse events..................................................................................................... 40
5.4.3.6.
Deaths ..................................................................................................................................... 40
5.4.3.7.
Serious adverse events ........................................................................................................... 40
5.4.3.8.
Adverse events leading to discontinuation of study treatment................................................ 41
5.4.3.9.
Adverse events leading to temporary interruption of study treatment..................................... 41
5.4.3.10.
Adverse events following first administration/re-initiation of ponesimod................................. 41
5.4.3.11.
Adverse events ongoing from the core study..........................................................................41
5.4.3.12.
Major adverse cardiovascular events...................................................................................... 41
5.4.4.
Analyses of Adverse Events....................................................................................................... 42
5.4.4.1.
Adverse events........................................................................................................................ 42
5.4.4.2.
Frequency and AEs per 100 subject-years .............................................................................42
5.4.4.3.
AE displays.............................................................................................................................. 42
5.4.4.3.1.
All adverse events................................................................................................................ 43
5.4.4.3.2.
Treatment-emergent adverse events...................................................................................43
5.4.4.3.3.
Post-treatment-emergent adverse events............................................................................43
5.4.4.3.4.
Adverse events ongoing from the core study.......................................................................44
5.4.4.4.
Deaths, other serious adverse events..................................................................................... 44
5.4.4.4.1.
Death.................................................................................................................................... 44
5.4.4.4.2.
Serious adverse events........................................................................................................ 44
5.4.4.4.3.
Treatment-emergent AEs leading to study treatment discontinuation................................. 44
5.4.4.4.4.
Treatment-emergent AEs leading to temporary interruption of study treatment.................. 44
5.4.4.4.5.
Adverse events of special interest ....................................................................................... 45
5.4.4.4.6.
MACE................................................................................................................................... 45
5.4.5.
Additional Safety Assessments .................................................................................................. 46
5.4.5.1.
Clinical Laboratory Tests......................................................................................................... 46
5.4.5.2.
Vital Signs and Physical Examination Findings.......................................................................48
5.4.5.2.1.
Blood pressure ..................................................................................................................... 48
5.4.5.2.2.
Body weight.......................................................................................................................... 50
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
4
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.4.5.3.
Electrocardiogram ................................................................................................................... 50
5.4.5.3.1.
12-Lead ECG ....................................................................................................................... 50
5.4.5.3.2.
48-hour Holter ECG ............................................................................................................. 54
5.4.5.4.
Echocardiography.................................................................................................................... 54
5.4.5.5.
Pulmonary Function Tests....................................................................................................... 56
5.5.
Other Analyses............................................................................................................................... 60
5.5.1.
Pharmacokinetics ....................................................................................................................... 60
5.5.2.
Pharmacodynamics .................................................................................................................... 61
5.5.3.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Relationships ................................................................... 62
5.5.4.
Biomarkers.................................................................................................................................. 62
5.5.5.
Health Economics....................................................................................................................... 62
5.5.6.
Definition of Subgroups .............................................................................................................. 62
5.5.7.
Immunogenicity Analysis ............................................................................................................ 62
5.5.8.
Covid-19 Impact Analyses.......................................................................................................... 63
5.5.9.
Regional Crisis Impact Analyses ................................................................................................ 63
5.6.
Interim Analyses............................................................................................................................. 63
5.6.1.
Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) or Other Review Board ...................................................... 63
6.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION ..................................................................................................64
6.1.
Appendix 1 List of Abbreviations.................................................................................................... 64
6.2.
Appendix 2 Changes or Clarifications to Protocol-Planned Analyses ........................................... 67
6.2.1.
Changes to the analyses planned in the study protocol.............................................................67
6.2.2.
Changes in the conduct of the study / data collection................................................................70
6.2.3.
Clarifications concerning endpoint definitions and related variables or statistical 
methods ...................................................................................................................................... 70
6.3.
Appendix 3 Demographics and Baseline Characteristics..............................................................76
6.3.1.
Demographics............................................................................................................................. 76
6.3.2.
Baseline disease characteristics ................................................................................................ 76
6.4.
Appendix 4 Protocol Deviations ..................................................................................................... 77
6.5.
Appendix 5 Prior and Concomitant Medications............................................................................77
6.5.1.
Disease modifying therapies for MS........................................................................................... 78
6.6.
Appendix 6 Medical History ........................................................................................................... 79
6.7.
Appendix 7 Laboratory marked abnormalities ............................................................................... 80
6.8.
Appendix 8 Adverse Events of Special Interest.............................................................................81
6.9.
Appendix 9 Medications of Special Interest................................................................................... 83
6.10.
Appendix 10 Covid-19 Analyses .................................................................................................... 83
6.10.1.
Immunogenicity Variables........................................................................................................... 83
6.10.2.
Analysis of Immunogenicity Related to Covid-19 Vaccination: .................................................. 84
6.10.2.1.
Analysis related definitions:..................................................................................................... 84
6.10.2.2.
Analysis of Immunogenicity Related to Covid-19 Vaccination ................................................ 86
6.10.3.
Analysis of Adverse Events Related to Covid-19 Vaccination ................................................... 87
6.11.
Appendix 11 Influenza Analyses.................................................................................................... 88
6.12.
General Statistical Methodology .................................................................................................... 88
6.12.1.
Statistical methodology for count data........................................................................................ 88
6.12.2.
Statistical methods for time-to-event data .................................................................................. 89
6.12.2.1.
Kaplan-Meier and (stratified) log-rank test .............................................................................. 89
6.12.2.2.
Cox proportional hazards model.............................................................................................. 90
6.13.
Study visit and assessment schedule............................................................................................ 91
6.14.
Handling of Missing/Incomplete/Inconsistent Data and Time Fields ............................................. 94
6.14.1.
Medical history and baseline disease characteristics................................................................. 94
6.14.2.
EDSS .......................................................................................................................................... 95
6.14.3.
Relapse....................................................................................................................................... 95
6.14.4.
Adverse event onset and resolution dates ................................................................................. 95
6.14.5.
Handling of missing and partially missing End-of-Treatment Dates........................................... 97
6.14.6.
Missing and/or Unquantifiable Immune Response Data ............................................................97
7.
REFERENCES................................................................................................................................... 98
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
5
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
VERSION HISTORY
Table [i] – SAP Version History Summary
SAP Version
Approval Date
Change
Rationale
1
Not Applicable
Initial release
0.1
Updates made for Final CSR.
Several updates captured in 
Section 6.2
0.2
Final CSR-SAP
1
Final CSR-SAP
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
6
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
1.
INTRODUCTION
This Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) describes the analyses and presentation of all safety, 
tolerability and selected efficacy endpoints for the clinical study report (CSR) of the pooled 
AC-058B201 (core) and AC-058B202 (extension) studies.
For these analyses, the data for subjects in the core study is pooled with all data in the extension 
study. The pooled analyses described in this SAP focus on the period when subjects were treated 
with ponesimod, i.e., excluding the placebo period for those subjects who received placebo in the 
core study. The placebo data, however, includes certain disposition summaries to enable full 
traceability of subjects across the two studies. 
Study data was initially collected in paper Case Report Forms (CRFs) and uploaded to a legacy 
database. Subsequently, on 9th August 2021, an electronic CRF (eCRF) was created and the study 
data was migrated to iMedidata RAVE EDC on 17th Nov. 2021.  
Study Data Tabulation Model (SDTM) datasets are provided for both the core and extension and 
are considered the source data for the analyses. Throughout this SAP, SDTM201.XX refers to the 
SDTM domain XX for the core study, SDTM202.XX refers to the SDTM domain XX for the 
extension study, and SDTM.XX refers to the SDTM domain XX for either/both the core and 
extension studies. 
The database lock date used for analyses described in this SAP will be specified in the Database 
Release Plan (DRP). All data (visits/occurrence dates) are planned to be entered in the database 
prior to this database lock date and will be included in the analyses. 
Datasets and outputs related to the Covid-19 and Influenza Immunogenicity Analysis described in 
Appendices 11 and 12 respectively, as well as the Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics analysis 
described Sections 5.5.1 and 5.5.2, will be developed internally, whereas the rest of the analyses
will be developed by a CRO.
1.1.
Objectives
The objective of the extension study is to investigate the long-term effects of ponesimod, orally 
administered once daily (o.d.) at doses of 10, 20, or 40 mg, on safety, tolerability, and efficacy. 
All objectives are exploratory.  
Specifically, the objectives are:
!
To investigate the long-term safety and tolerability of ponesimod.
!
To investigate the long-term efficacy of ponesimod.
!
To explore the dose response relationship of 10, 20, and 40 mg ponesimod on lymphocyte 
count, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) endpoints, annualized relapse rate (ARR), and 
safety endpoints. This objective was addressed in the Interim Analysis CSR in 2019. 
Furthermore, as stated in Appendix 2, Section 6.2.1, the placebo arm represents only a 
small percentage of the data, and modelling results without placebo data is difficult to 
interpret. Therefore, this objective will not be further addressed in the Final CSR.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
7
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
1.2.
Study Design and Flow
1.2.1.
AC-058B201 study design (core study)
This was a prospective, multicenter, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, dose -finding 
study to evaluate the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of three doses of ponesimod in patients with 
relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis (RRMS). Subjects were randomized (1:1:1:1) to one of four 
treatment groups (placebo, ponesimod 10 mg, ponesimod 20 mg, or ponesimod 40 mg daily) and 
treated for 24 weeks.
1.2.2.
AC-058B202 study design (extension study)
This was designed as a prospective, multicenter, multinational, randomized, double-blind, 
multiple-dose, uncontrolled, parallel group extension study in subjects with RRMS who completed 
their regular Week 24 (End-of-treatment [EOT]) Visit of the core study while still on study 
treatment. Investigators, contract research organizations (CROs), and subjects were blinded to 
previous study treatment assignments during the core and at the time of transition to the extension 
study. The Sponsor was blinded during the core study and has been unblinded to the core dose 
assignments during the extension study follow-up in order to perform the final analyses of the core 
study. The Sponsor was also unblinded to the extension study dose assignments. 
The study was designed to investigate the long-term safety, tolerability, and efficacy of three doses 
of ponesimod. 
This extension study comprises three treatment periods: treatment period 1 (TP1; up to 96 weeks),
and treatment periods 2 and 3 (TP2 and TP3; up to 540 weeks combined).
Per the original design of the extension study, subjects who received treatment with ponesimod 
(10, 20, or 40 mg) during the core study continued their treatment on the same dose during TP1 of 
the extension study. Subjects who received placebo in the core study were re-randomized 1:1:1 to 
10, 20, or 40 mg ponesimod at the start of TP1. 
The Sponsor was unblinded to the core study treatment allocation following the database lock and 
final analysis of the core study. The results of these analyses showed that ponesimod at doses of 
10 and 20 mg were well tolerated. The 40 mg dose was associated with an increased incidence of 
adverse events (AEs) of dyspnea, peripheral edema, cough and, possibly, infection-related AEs,
while no significant efficacy benefit was achieved with this dose as compared to 20 mg.
Consequently, the Sponsor decided to discontinue the 40 mg treatment arm and offer the subjects 
who were randomized to 40 mg to be re-randomized to either ponesimod 10 or 20 mg. This option 
was introduced as TP2 in protocol Amendment 2 (16 February 2012 [D-12.087]).
Subjects who completed at least Visit E9 (Week 48) of TP1 could be enrolled into TP2. In TP2, 
all subjects receiving 40 mg ponesimod in TP1 were re-randomized to 10 or 20 mg ponesimod in 
a 1:1 ratio. Subjects on 10 and 20 mg ponesimod continued with their previously allocated dose.
At the Independent Data Monitoring Committee (IDMC) meeting on 29 June 2016, the committee 
requested Actelion to perform a formal evaluation of the benefit-risk profile of the 10 and 20 mg 
dose arms in the ongoing extension, with the aim to potentially switch all subjects receiving 
ponesimod 10 mg to the 20 mg dose. The Sponsor performed the analyses given the study was 
already unblinded and presented the results without interpretation to the IDMC for the committee 
members to evaluate. Following a review of this analysis, the IDMC recommended on 6 December 
2016 that the 10 mg dose arm should be discontinued and that all subjects should be offered to 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
8
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
continue on 20 mg. This switch from ponesimod 10 mg to the 20 mg dose in TP3 was introduced 
in protocol Amendment 7 (29 March 2017 [D-17.152]). Subjects who received 10 mg ponesimod 
during TP2 were switched to 20 mg ponesimod in TP3 and subjects on 20 mg ponesimod in TP2 
continued with the same dose in TP3.
The changes in the original study design over the course of the study have resulted in significant 
additional complexity (see Figure 1 for a summary) and many possible treatment pathways through 
the study. In addition, at the transitions between core and extension studies and between TP1 and 
TP2, some subjects were allowed treatment interruptions of up to 3 months according to the 
protocol.  
Figure 1:
Study design: Treatments and Periods
EOT = End-of-treatment.
1.2.3.
Treatment periods
The treatment periods defined here include all data, regardless of whether the patient was receiving 
treatment or not. Specific windows are defined later with more specific adherence to the treatment 
and these are analysis dependent. The following treatment periods are defined:
!
Core Treatment Period
The start date of the period is the date of first administration of ponesimod in the core 
study.
For subjects who did not continue into the extension study, the end date of the period is 
last study date [see Section 5.1.1]. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
9
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
For subjects who did continue into the extension study, the end date of the period is the 
date of first administration of ponesimod in the extension study, minus 1 day. 
!
Extension Treatment Period 1 (TP1)
The start date of the period is the date of first administration of ponesimod in TP1 of the 
extension study.
For subjects who did not continue into TP2, the end date of the period is the last study date 
[see Section 5.1.1]. 
For subjects who did continue into TP2, the end date of the period is the date of first 
administration of ponesimod in TP2, minus 1 day. 
!
Extension Treatment Period 2 (TP2) 
The start date of the period is the date of first administration of ponesimod in TP2.
For subjects who did not continue into TP3, the end date of the period is the last study date 
[see Section 5.1.1]. 
For subjects who did continue into TP3, the end date of the period is the date of first 
administration of ponesimod in TP3, minus 1 day.
!
Extension Treatment Period 3 (TP3)
The start date of the period is the date of first administration of ponesimod in TP3.
The end date of the period is the last study date [see Section 5.1.1]
!
Ponesimod Treatment Period
The start date of the period is the date of first administration of ponesimod in either the 
core (for subjects treated with ponesimod in the core study) or in TP1 (for subjects treated 
with placebo in the core study).
The end date of the period is last study date [see Section 5.1.1],
For all treatment periods, any treatment interruptions that occur between the start and end of the 
period are part of the treatment period. 
2.
STATISTICAL HYPOTHESES
All objectives in this SAP are exploratory.
3.
SAMPLE SIZE DETERMINATION
As described in the Section 1.2.2, the sample sizes in the various phases of the study are determined 
by the treatment pathways starting with the core study.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
10
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
4.
POPULATIONS (ANALYSIS SETS) FOR ANALYSIS
Table 1:
Description of Analysis Sets
Analysis Sets
Description
All Randomized Set (RND)
The randomized analysis set includes all participants 
who were randomized in the core study.
Ponesimod Analysis Set (PAS)
This set includes all subjects who received at least one 
dose of ponesimod at any time during the core and/or the 
extension study. 
Echocardiography Analysis Set (ECHO)
This includes all subjects in the PAS who have at least 
one echocardiography assessment after first dose of 
ponesimod.
Optical Coherence Tomography Analysis Set (OCT)
This includes all subjects in the PAS who have at least 
one OCT assessment after first dose of ponesimod.
An overview of the different analysis sets and their usage is given in Table 2 below.
Table 2:
Usage of Analysis Sets
Analyses/Data Displays
RND
PAS
ECHO
OCT
Disposition


Demographic characteristics

Baseline characteristics

Medical history

Previous
and 
concomitant 
medications

Protocol deviations
*
Treatment exposure

Efficacy: Relapse

Efficacy: MRI

Efficacy: Neurological

Efficacy: Ophthalmological

Safety: Holter ECG

NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
11
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Safety: Echocardiography

Safety: All other endpoints

All subject listings

*Subset on subjects entering the extension study.
ECG = electrocardiogram; ECHO = Echocardiography analysis set; OCT = Optical coherence tomography analysis set; 
PAS = Ponesimod analysis set; RND = All-randomized analysis set.
5.
STATISTICAL ANALYSES
5.1.
General Considerations
5.1.1.
Dates, times and days
Core study treatment start date: date of first administration of study drug (ponesimod or 
placebo) in AC-058B201.
Extension study treatment start date: date of first administration of ponesimod in AC-058B202.
Ponesimod start date (PSD): date of first administration of ponesimod:
!
for subjects randomized to ponesimod in the core study, this is the date of the first study 
drug administration in the core study.
!
for subjects randomized to placebo in the core study and enter the extension, this is the 
date of the first study drug administration in the extension study.
Ponesimod EOT / ponesimod end date: defined as the latest study treatment end date as recorded 
on the Study Drug Log (ECENDTC in SDTM.EC where ECCAT = ‘STUDY DRUG LOG’).
Extension End-of-Treatment (eEOT) / extension study treatment end date: equal to the 
Ponesimod EOT / Ponesimod end date as defined above for subjects entering the extension study. 
Missing for subjects not entering the extension study.
Core End-of-Study (cEOS) date: the EOS date in the core study, defined as DSSTDTC in 
SDTM201.DS, where DSSCAT=’STUDY TERMINATION’. If the subject died, then EOS date 
is set to death date, where death date is defined as SDTM201.DD.DDDTC.
Extension End-of-Study (eEOS) date: the EOS date in the extension study, defined as
DSSTDTC in SDTM202.DS, where DSSCAT=’STUDY TERMINATION’. If the subject died, 
then EOS date is set to death date, where death date is defined as SDTM202.DD.DDDTC.  Missing 
for subjects not entering the extension study.
Last study date: defined as core EOS date for subjects who did not enter the extension study, and 
Extension EOS date for subjects who did enter the extension study. 
Ponesimod Study Day: defined as the number of days elapsed since ponesimod start date (PSD)
plus 1 (e.g., Ponesimod Study Day 1 is the day of first administration of ponesimod). For dates 
prior to ponesimod start date (PSD), study day is the negative number of days elapsed between the 
date under consideration and the day of first administration of ponesimod. Therefore, the 
ponesimod study day is always different from 0.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
12
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.1.2.
Baseline and change from baseline
The ponesimod baseline is defined as the last non-missing assessment performed prior to the first 
administration of ponesimod in either the core study (for subjects randomized to ponesimod in 
AC-058B201) or the extension study (for subjects randomized to placebo in AC-058B201 and 
proceeding to the extension study).
Assessments that were taken on the date of the first intake of ponesimod will prioritize scheduled 
visit assessments over unscheduled visit assessments, unless the time is available and it indicates 
the unscheduled visit assessment was performed later than the scheduled assessment, but prior to 
the first administration of ponesimod.
5.1.3.
Planned Pregnancy Interruptions
Planned pregnancy interruptions will be excluded for definition of exposure, treatment-emergent 
adverse events and other safety variables including AEs, laboratory tests, pulmonary function 
tests (PFTs), vital signs and ECGs.
Planned pregnancy interruptions will not be excluded for efficacy analyses or for study duration. 
Interruptions for planned pregnancies are identified in the database as defined in Section 5.2.1.5. 
Determination of the period of planned pregnancy interruption is described in Section 5.1.4.
5.1.4.
Treatment-emergent definition
For the purpose of safety evaluations, the treatment-emergent period is defined as the time from 
first administration of ponesimod up to 15 days (inclusive) after last administration of ponesimod
as study drug. 
Assessments on the date of first intake of ponesimod are considered treatment-emergent, unless 
they are clearly documented to be prior to first intake of ponesimod.
Note that, as per Section 5.1.3, planned pregnancy interruption period is excluded from treatment-
emergent definition and other related variables.
The period of planned pregnancy interruption will be excluded from the treatment-emergent 
period for subjects with planned pregnancy interruption and restart of the treatment prior to the 
EOS date. Therefore, the treatment-emergent period for these subjects will consist of periods:
1. From the first dose on the ponesimod start date up to the last dose prior to the pregnancy 
interruption +15 days, and
2. From the first dose of study drug after the pregnancy interruption up to EOT+ 15 days.
In order to assess events that occur during the pregnancy interruption, a new “pregnancy
interruption emergent period” is defined as from the last dose prior to pregnancy interruption
+ 16 days to the minimum of (first dose after pregnancy interruption – 1 day, EOS date).
Treatment-emergent definitions are applicable to all safety variables, e.g., AEs, laboratory tests, 
pulmonary function tests (PFTs), vital signs and ECGs.
NCT01093326


NCT01093326


NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
15
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.1.9.
Analysis strategy for long-term safety and efficacy – analysis over 
the whole ponesimod period
To investigate the long-term safety and efficacy of ponesimod, analysis is performed over the 
combined core/TP1/TP2/TP3 periods (excluding the placebo period for subjects who received 
placebo in the core study). All data for all subjects who received at least one dose of ponesimod at 
any time are included. Analyses are performed by first randomized dose of ponesimod.
The following analysis periods are defined to support the objectives as defined in Section 1.1 and 
Analysis Strategy as defined above. This SAP focusses on AP3, however AP1 and AP2 are 
described here for historical continuity with previous analyses. See Figure 1 for an illustration of 
the treatment periods.
!
Analysis Period 1 (AP1) (Core - TP1): analyses over core and extension TP1 periods 
combined;
!
Analysis Period 2 (AP2) (Core - TP2): analyses over core, extension TP1 and TP2 periods 
combined;
!
Analysis Period 3 (AP3) (Core - TP3): analyses over all periods combined.  
The placebo period is excluded from all analyses described in this SAP, however the placebo visits 
and events are kept in the pooled B201/B202 analysis data model (ADaM) datasets. All analyses 
are performed by first randomized dose of ponesimod, i.e., ponesimod 10 mg, ponesimod 20 mg 
and ponesimod 40 mg. Additional disposition tables are provided including the placebo arm in 
order to provide a complete overview of the transition of patients through the two studies as shown 
above.
Table 4:
Analysis Periods
Analysis Period
Start Date
End Date
AP1
Ponesimod start date
Minimum of [last study date, date 
of 
first 
administration 
of 
ponesimod in TP2 - 1 day]
AP2
Ponesimod start date
Minimum of [last study date, date 
of 
first 
administration 
of 
ponesimod in TP3 - 1 day]
AP3
Ponesimod start date
Last study date 
Analyses for Analysis Periods 1 and 2 were conducted for the Interim Analysis CSR and are not 
planned to be repeated for the Final CSR. For the Final CSR, only analyses for Analysis Period 3 
will be performed.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
16
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.2.
Participant Dispositions
5.2.1.
Definitions
5.2.1.2.
Screened subjects / screening failures 
Subjects are not screened for entry into the extension study. Screening information for the core 
study is reported in the core study CSR.  
5.2.1.3.
Subjects randomized/entered
The following variables are defined:
!
Randomized in the core study: a subject is considered as randomized in the core study if 
randomization date and number are recorded in the core study. Randomization date is 
stored 
in 
SDTM201.DS.DSSTDTC 
where
DS.DSDECOD='RANDOMIZED', 
randomization number is stored in SDTM201.DS.DSREFID When DS.DSTERM = 
RANDOMIZED. Treatment assignment is stored in SDTM.DM.ARM. Note: 2 subjects in 
the core study were randomized and not treated. These subjects will not be included in any 
analyses described in this SAP.
!
Randomized/entered TP1: a subject is considered as randomized/entered in TP1 if they 
have a randomization/enrollment date entered for TP1. Randomization date is stored in 
SDTM202.DS.DSSTDTC where DS.DSSCAT='ENROLLMENT IN TP1'.
!
Randomized/entered TP2: a subject is considered as randomized/entered in TP2 if they 
have a randomization/enrollment date entered for TP2. Randomization date is stored in 
SDTM202.DS.DSSTDTC where DS.DSSCAT='ENROLLMENT IN TP2'.
!
Entered TP3: a subject is considered to have entered TP3 if they have a record in the study 
drug log (SDTM202.EC and SDTM202.SUPPEC) indicating transition to TP3.
!
Entered Follow-up Phase: a subject is considered to have entered the Follow-up Phase if
they have at least one Follow-up visit after EOT.
5.2.1.4.
Subjects treated 
The following variables are defined:
!
Treated in the core study: a subject is considered to have been treated with ponesimod in 
the core study if they have at least one record in SDTM201.EC with a valid date/time 
(ECSTDTC) 
where 
EC.ECCAT 
= 
'STUDY 
DRUG 
INTAKE', 
and 
with 
SDTM201.DM.ACTARM is 'Ponesimod 10 mg', 'Ponesimod 20 mg' or 'Ponesimod 40 mg'.
!
Treated in TP1: a subject is considered to have been treated in TP1 if they have at least 
one record in SDTM202.EC with a valid date/time (ECSTDTC) where EC.ECCAT = 
'STUDY DRUG INTAKE, which is on or after date randomized/entered into TP1 
(SDTM202.DS.DSSTDTC where DS.DSSCAT = 'ENROLLMENT IN TP1').
!
Treated in TP2: a subject is considered to have been treated in TP2 if they have at least 
one record in SDTM202.EC with a valid date/time (ECSTDTC) where EC.ECCAT = 
'STUDY DRUG INTAKE, which is on or after date randomized/entered into TP2 
(SDTM202.DS.DSSTDTC where DS.DSSCAT = 'ENROLLMENT IN TP2').
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
17
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Treated in TP3: a subject is considered to have been treated in TP3 if they have at least 
one record in SDTM202.EC with a valid date/time (ECSTDTC) where EC.ECCAT = 
'STUDY DRUG INTAKE, which is on or after date entered into TP3.
5.2.1.5.
Subject treatment completion status
A subject is considered to have completed treatment as per protocol in the core study if a treatment 
completion record is documented in SDTM201.DS, i.e., where DSSCAT = 'TREATMENT 
TERMINATION' and DSDECOD is equal to 'COMPLETED'. Date of completion is the date in 
DSSTDTC for this record. 
A subject is considered to have prematurely discontinued from study treatment in the core study if 
a reason for premature treatment discontinuation or date of treatment discontinuation is 
documented in SDTM201.DS, i.e., where DSSCAT = 'TREATMENT TERMINATION' and 
DSDECOD is not equal to 'COMPLETED'. Date of discontinuation is the date in DSSTDTC for 
this record and reason for discontinuation is stored in DSDECOD. 
Possible primary reasons for premature discontinuation of study treatment in the core study are 
‘Death’, ‘Adverse Event’ and ‘Other’. If the primary reason is 'Other', the specific reason is 
captured in DSTERM as free text.
A subject is considered to have completed treatment as per protocol in the extension study if a 
study completion record is documented in SDTM202.DS, i.e., where DSSCAT = 'TREATMENT 
TERMINATION' and DSDECOD is equal to 'COMPLETED'. Date of completion is the date in 
DSSTDTC for this record. 
A subject who transitions to commercial study drug is considered to have completed study 
treatment as per protocol if DSSCAT = 'TREATMENT TERMINATION' and DSDECOD is equal 
to ‘APPROVED DRUG AVAILABLE FOR INDICATION’ in SDTM202.DS. Date of 
completion is the date in DSSTDTC for this record. 
A subject is considered to have prematurely discontinued from study treatment in the extension 
study if:
!
A permanent reason for discontinuation or date of discontinuation is documented in 
SDTM202.DS, i.e., where DSSCAT = 'TREATMENT TERMINATION' and DSDECOD 
is not equal to 'COMPLETED'
or ‘APPROVED DRUG AVAILABLE FOR 
INDICATION’. Date of discontinuation is the date in DSSTDTC for this record and the 
reason for discontinuation is stored in DSDECOD. 
Possible primary reasons for premature discontinuation of study treatment in the extension study 
are 'Death', 'Lost to follow-up', ‘Protocol specified withdrawal criterion met', ‘Withdrawal by 
Subject’, 'Physician decision' and 'Sponsor decision'. ‘Withdrawal by Subject’ is further 
categorized into: 'Tolerability related', 'Efficacy related', 'Other', and 'Not known'. Physician 
decision is further categorized into: 'Adverse event', 'Lack of efficacy/Treatment failure', and 
'Other'. Sponsor decision is further categorized into 'Study terminated', and ‘Other'.  
If the subject or investigator decision reason is 'Other', the specific reason is captured in DSTERM 
as free text.
!
A reason for premature treatment discontinuation is documented in the extension study, 
where subjects are considered to have prematurely discontinued if the last chronological 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
18
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
interval has in SDTM202.SUPPEC.QLABEL = 'Reason for treatment end' and 
SUPPEC.QVAL is 'Death', 'Adverse Event' or 'Other'.
If a subject has discontinued treatment but reason is missing, then this is coded to 'Reason not 
provided'.
Subjects who enter TP2 are considered to have completed treatment in TP1, and subjects who enter 
TP3 are considered to have completed treatment in TP2. However, subjects may complete 
treatment as per protocol in a given treatment period and elect not to proceed to the following 
treatment period. Such subjects have a record in the study drug log (EX/SUPPEX) where QLABEL 
= “Reason for treatment end” and QVAL = “END OF TREATMENT”, and do not have a 
corresponding premature treatment discontinuation record in DS as defined above. 
A subject is considered to have interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy if they have a record 
in SDTM.SUPPEX where QNAM = “REASTEND” and QVAL = “PLANNED PREGNANCY 
PER PROTOCOL”.
All subjects who interrupted treatment for a planned pregnancy and have not yet restarted study 
treatment will have treatment status “Interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy”. However, if a 
subject has restarted the treatment after the planned pregnancy interruption, they will be counted 
under 
their 
current 
treatment 
status 
either 
under 
“Prematurely 
Discontinued”
or 
“Completed/Approved drug available”.
An additional parameter “Restarted treatment after planned pregnancy interruption” will
be summarized and will present all subjects interrupting the treatment due to planned pregnancy 
and restarting the treatment before the EOS date. 
Interruptions for planned pregnancy are identified in the database as follows: Drug administration 
end date recorded on study drug log with reason for treatment end “PLANNED PREGNANCY 
PER PROTOCOL”.
Restart of treatment after pregnancy are identified as follows: in the SV data set, the day of re-
initiation is SVSTDTC for the record with SVUPDES = “RE-INITIATION OF STUDY DRUG 
X”. This record should follow records with SVUPDES = “POST-PLANNED PREGNANCY”.
The following variables are derived for treatment completion/discontinuation:
!
Treatment completed in the core study;
!
Treatment prematurely discontinued in the core study;
!
Reason for premature treatment discontinuation in the core study;
!
Treatment completed in TP1;
!
Treatment prematurely discontinued in TP1;
!
Reason for premature treatment discontinuation in TP1;
!
Treatment completed in TP2;
!
Treatment prematurely discontinued in TP2;
!
Reason for premature treatment discontinuation in TP2;
!
Interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy in TP2;
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
19
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Re-started treatment after planned pregnancy interruption in TP2;
!
Treatment completed in TP3;
!
Availability of commercial ponesimod in TP3 (as a subcategory of “Treatment completed 
in TP3”)
!
Treatment prematurely discontinued in TP3;
!
Reason for premature treatment discontinuation in TP3;
!
Interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy in TP3;
!
Re-started treatment after planned pregnancy interruption in TP3;
For subjects who discontinued from study treatment, the time of treatment discontinuation (in 
days) is defined as:
!
(Date of treatment discontinuation (in either the core or extension study) - date of first 
ponesimod administration + 1 day) - (End date of pregnancy interruption - Start date of 
pregnancy interruption + 1 day), for subjects with planned pregnancy interruption and 
restart of the treatment,
!
(Date of treatment discontinuation (in either the core or extension study) - date of first 
ponesimod administration - ponesimod start date + 1 day), for all other subjects.
5.2.1.6.
Subject study completion status
A subject is considered to have completed study in either the core or the extension if they 
completed the EOS Visit as per protocol. This definition is independent of treatment completion, 
i.e., a subject can prematurely discontinue from treatment but complete the study. 
A subject is considered to have completed the core study as per protocol if a study completion 
record is documented in SDTM202.DS, i.e., where DSSCAT='STUDY TERMINATION' and 
DSDECOD is equal to 'COMPLETED'. Date of completion is the date in DSSTDTC for this 
record. 
A subject is considered to have prematurely discontinued from the core study if a permanent reason 
for study discontinuation or date of study discontinuation is documented in SDTM201.DS, i.e., 
where DSSCAT = 'STUDY TERMINATION' and DSDECOD is not equal to 'COMPLETED'. 
Date of core study discontinuation is the date in DSSTDTC for this record and reason for 
discontinuation is stored in DSDECOD. 
Possible main reasons for premature discontinuation in the core study are 'Death', 'Withdrawal of 
subject’s consent', 'Lost to follow-up' and 'Administrative reason'.  
A subject is considered to have completed the extension study as per protocol if a study completion 
record is documented in SDTM202.DS, i.e., where DSSCAT = 'STUDY TERMINATION' and 
DSDECOD is equal to 'COMPLETED'. Date of completion is the date in DSSTDTC for this 
record. A subject is considered to have completed study per protocol in a given period if they 
entered the period and completed the extension study whilst in that period.
A subject who transitions to commercial study drug is considered to have completed the extension 
study as per protocol and if DSSCAT = 'STUDY TERMINATION' and DSDECOD is equal to 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
20
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
‘APPROVED DRUG AVAILABLE FOR INDICATION’ in SDTM202.DS. Date of completion 
is the date in DSSTDTC for this record.
A subject is considered to have prematurely discontinued from the extension study if a reason for 
premature study discontinuation or date of study discontinuation is documented in SDTM202.DS, 
i.e., where DSSCAT = 'STUDY TERMINATION' and DSDECOD is not equal to 'COMPLETED'
or ‘APPROVED DRUG AVAILABLE FOR INDICATION’. Date of extension study 
discontinuation is the date in DSSTDTC for this record and reason for discontinuation is stored in 
DSDECOD. 
Possible main reasons for premature discontinuation from the extension study are 'Death', 'Lost to 
follow-up', ‘Withdrawal by Subject’, 'Physician decision', 'Sponsor decision'. ‘Withdrawal by 
Subject’ is further categorized into: 'Tolerability related', 'Efficacy related', 'Other' and ‘Not 
Known’. Physician decision is further categorized into: 'Adverse event', 'Lack of 
efficacy/Treatment failure', and 'Other'. Sponsor decision is further categorized into 'Study 
terminated', and 'Other'. 
If the subject, investigator or sponsor decision reason is 'Other', the specific reason is captured in 
DS.DSTERM as free-text. 
The following variables are defined for study completion/discontinuation:
!
Completed the core study as per protocol;
!
Prematurely discontinued study in the core;
!
Reason for premature discontinuation in the core study;
!
Completed the core study as per protocol and not entered in the extension;
!
Completed TP1 as per protocol;
!
Prematurely discontinued study in TP1;
!
Reason for premature study discontinuation in TP1;
!
Completed TP1 as per protocol and not entered in TP2;
!
Completed TP2 as per protocol;
!
Prematurely discontinued study in TP2;
!
Reason for premature study discontinuation in TP2;
!
Completed TP2 as per protocol and not entered in TP3;
!
Completed TP3 as per protocol;
!
Availability of commercial ponesimod in TP3*
!
Prematurely discontinued study in TP3;
!
Reason for premature study discontinuation in TP3;
*This will not be listed as a reason for premature study discontinuation as this is considered study 
completion as per protocol provided the subject had an EOS2 or EOS3 assessment.
5.2.1.7.
Time on study 
Time on study (years) is derived for the ponesimod period of the core and extension studies 
combined (i.e., excluding placebo period) as (last study date – [date randomized in core study (if 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
21
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
randomized to ponesimod in the core study) or date randomized/entered in TP1 (if randomized to 
placebo in the core study and continuing to the extension study)] + 1 day)/365.25. 
Time on study is categorized into the following intervals: ≤ 6 months, > 6 months and ≤ 1 year, > 
1 year and ≤ 2 years, > 2 years and ≤ 3 years, > 3 years and ≤ 4 years, > 4 years and ≤ 5 years, > 5 
years and ≤ 6 years, > 6 years and ≤ 7 years, > 7 years and ≤ 8 years, > 8 years and ≤ 9 years, 
> 9 years and ≤ 10 years, > 10 years and ≤ 11 years,  > 11 years and ≤ 12 years, > 12 years 
5.2.2.
Display of Subject Disposition
The following subject disposition tables are created to summarize the treatment disposition across 
the different treatment periods: 
!
Subject disposition during the core study, by randomized treatment in the core study
(RND);
!
Subject disposition during TP3, by randomized treatment pathway in core/TP1/TP2 (PAS).
For each of these tables, the number of subjects randomized/enrolled, treated, completed treatment,  
interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy (TP2/TP3 only), restarted treatment after planned 
pregnancy
(TP2/TP3
only),
prematurely discontinued treatment, reason for premature 
discontinuation of treatment, completed study as per protocol, prematurely discontinued study, 
reason for premature study discontinuation, completed study in the treatment period as per protocol 
and did not enter the following treatment period (Core, TP1 and TP2 only) are summarized. 
Percentages are based on the number of subjects who were randomized in the treatment period. 
All tables include a total column. Percentages for treatment completion/discontinuation variables 
are based on the number of subjects treated in the treatment period; percentages for study 
completion/discontinuation variables are based on the number of subjects randomized in the 
treatment period. Study and treatment completion due to “Approved Drug Available for 
Indication” will be a subcategory of study/treatment completion in the tables under “Availability 
of commercial ponesimod”.
An additional disposition table is created to summarize treatment disposition in AP3 on the PAS, 
by treatment period and treatment group and overall. For each treatment period (Core, TP1, TP2,
TP3), the number of subjects randomized/enrolled, treated, completed treatment, prematurely 
discontinued treatment, completed study as per protocol, prematurely discontinued study, 
completed study in the treatment period as per protocol and did not enter the following treatment 
period (Core, TP1 and TP2 only), interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy (TP2 and TP3 only), 
restarted treatment after planned pregnancy (TP2 and TP3 only) are summarized. Study and 
treatment completion due to “Approved Drug Available for Indication” will be a subcategory of 
study/treatment completion in the tables under “Availability of commercial ponesimod”.
A further overview summary of disposition pooled across treatment periods is created for AP3 on 
the PAS, by treatment group and overall, to summarize the number of subjects randomized to 
ponesimod at any time, treated, completed treatment, prematurely discontinued treatment, 
interrupted treatment for planned pregnancy, restarted treatment after planned pregnancy, , 
completed study as per protocol, prematurely discontinued from study, completed study during a 
treatment period and not continuing to the next treatment period. Study and treatment completion 
due to “Approved Drug Available for Indication” will be a subcategory of study/treatment 
completion in the tables under “Availability of commercial ponesimod”.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
22
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
An overall summary of condensed reasons for premature treatment discontinuation is created for 
AP3 on the PAS, by treatment group and overall, with condensed reasons for discontinuation 
categorized as described in Table 5 below.
A Kaplan-Meier plot for time to premature treatment discontinuation is produced for AP3 on the 
PAS. 
Reasons for treatment discontinuation and reasons for study discontinuation are presented in 
separate listings. 
A listing of start and end dates of each treatment period, together with treatment group and actual 
treatment in each period, is provided.
Table 5:
Condensed reasons for treatment discontinuation
Collected Reason/Sub-reason
Displayed Reason
Death
Death
Lost to follow-up
Lost to follow-up
Protocol-specified withdrawal 
criterion met
Protocol-specified withdrawal criterion met
Subject decision – tolerability related
Tolerability related/adverse event
Subject decision – efficacy related
Efficacy related
Subject decision – other
Withdrawal by subject (other/unknown)
Subject decision – not known
Withdrawal by subject (other/unknown)
Withdrawal by subject – tolerability 
related
Tolerability related/adverse event
Withdrawal by subject – efficacy 
related
Efficacy related
Withdrawal by subject – other
Withdrawal by subject (other/unknown)
Withdrawal by subject – not known
Withdrawal by subject (other/unknown)
Physician decision – adverse event
Tolerability related/adverse event
Physician decision – lack of 
efficacy/treatment failure
Efficacy related
Physician decision – other
Investigator decision (other/unknown)
Physician decision – not known
Investigator decision (other/unknown)
Sponsor decision
Sponsor decision
Administrative reason
Administrative/other/unknown
Adverse event
Tolerability related/adverse event
Withdrawal of subject’s consent
Withdrawal of consent
Protocol violation
Protocol violation
Administrative/other
Administrative/other/unknown
Investigator’s decision
Investigator decision (other/unknown)
Withdrawal of consent
Approved drug available for 
indication *
Withdrawal of consent
Availability of commercial ponesimod
Other/not known
Administrative/other/unknown
*In compliance with the protocol, this will not be presented as one of the reasons for treatment 
discontinuation but will be listed as a sub-category under Treatment completion.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
23
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.3.
Analysis of Efficacy Variables
5.3.1.
Relapse-related variables
Relapse data as assessed by the investigator are stored in SDTM.CE, SDTM.SUPPCE, SDTM.CM 
and SDTM.FA. The two corresponding SDTM datasets for each study are concatenated for the 
purposes of this analysis.
For each relapse the corresponding start and stop date/time of symptoms are stored in CE.
Whether the relapse meets the criteria for a confirmed relapse is stored in FA.FAORRES (as 
"Y", "N"), where FATEST = "Relapse Criteria Met".
5.3.1.1.
Annualized relapse rate up to end of Analysis Period
The annualized relapse rate (ARR) is defined as the number of relapses per subject-year. 
The following variables are derived for the analysis of ARR: 
!
Number of confirmed/all relapses with start date in the Analysis Period;
!
Length of observation for Analysis Period AP3 expressed in years, defined as: [Analysis 
Period end date ∀Analysis Period start date # 1] in days, divided by 365.25.
These variables are derived for each subject for the Analysis Period AP3 as defined in 
Section 5.1.9.
In addition, the number of confirmed relapses in each year in AP3 is derived for each subject (i.e., 
number of confirmed relapses in first year of ponesimod treatment, number of confirmed relapses 
in second year of ponesimod treatment, etc.). A year is defined as 365 days for this calculation 
with only the remaining days counted in the last year, e.g., if a subject has 900 days of follow-up, 
year 3 for that subject will only have 170 days. A similar analysis for the number of unconfirmed 
and confirmed (all) relapses will be provided.
For the statistical analysis of ARR, the corresponding logarithm of the length of observation is 
also derived. 
For each Analysis Period, relapses are only considered if the start date of the symptoms ≥date of 
first intake of ponesimod in that analysis period and ≤ end date of that analysis period.
5.3.1.2.
ARR up to last treatment in the Analysis Period + 7 days
This endpoint was analyzed for the Interim Analysis and is not planned to be analyzed for the Final 
CSR, as noted below, in Section 5.3.2.4.
For subjects who completed the study at the end of an Analysis Period, who discontinued during 
an Analysis Period, or who had a treatment interruption between treatment periods, the Analysis 
Period end date may be up to 90 days after last intake of ponesimod in the Analysis Period.  
To consider the on-treatment ARR, ARR up to last treatment date in the Analysis Period + 7 days 
is also derived.
The number of confirmed relapses and length of observation are derived as defined in 
Section 5.3.1.1 above, where end of the Analysis Period is capped at the minimum of [last 
treatment in the Analysis Period + 7 days, end of the Analysis Period] and only relapses with onset 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
24
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
in this period are included. The number of unconfirmed and confirmed (all) relapses is similarly 
derived.
ARR up to last treatment in the Analysis Period + 7 days is derived for AP3.
5.3.1.3.
Time to first confirmed/any relapse up to end of the Analysis Period
Time to first confirmed release is derived for AP3 as follows:
The time to first confirmed relapse (in days) is defined as [Date of first confirmed relapse -
ponesimod start date + 1] in days.
Subjects without any confirmed relapses during the Analysis Period are censored, and censored 
time is defined as the Analysis Period end date - ponesimod start date + 1, in days. In the listings 
censoring is displayed as ‘End of Analysis Period’ for subjects who did not have a relapse by the 
end of the Analysis Period. Relapses are labelled as either ‘Confirmed Relapses’ or ‘Unconfirmed 
Relapses’.
The definition above is also applied for the derivation of time to first ‘any’ relapse for AP3, i.e., 
including confirmed and unconfirmed relapses. 
5.3.1.4.
Annualized relapse rate in the Post-treatment-emergent period
The following variables are derived for the analysis of ARR in the post-treatment-emergent period: 
!
Number of confirmed/all relapses with start date in the post-treatment emergent period; i.e.
date of last administration of ponesimod plus 16 days, as defined in Section 5.1.6;
!
Length of observation for the post-treatment-emergent period as defined in Section 5.1.6, 
expressed in years.
5.3.1.5.
Other relapse-related characteristics
Relapses requiring hospitalization and relapses requiring treatment with corticosteroids are flagged 
in the ADaM dataset. 
The need for hospitalization and treatment with corticosteroids is stored in SUPPCE. Any 
corresponding medications administered
are recorded
in SDTM.CM with CMCAT = 
"CORTICOSTEROIDS (IV) FOR TREATMENT OF RELAPSE". 
In the legacy paper CRF, the question related to hospitalization for relapse was 'Relapse lead to 
hospitalization of patient?' with responses “Yes” or “No”. The reason for hospitalization was
captured as a query response in free text. In RAVE, the question was amended to 'Relapse led to 
hospitalization of patient (for reasons other than administration of IV corticosteroids (e.g.,
relapse severity or medical complications due to relapse)' with responses “Yes” or “No”. There 
is a potential discrepancy between the response “Yes” to the question in the legacy CRF and the 
question in RAVE, since hospitalizations recorded in the legacy CRF would also include patients 
admitted only for the administration of corticosteroids.
Given this limitation, relapses requiring hospitalization will not be included in the summary tables
due to the inconsistencies between the legacy CRF and RAVE described above, i.e.,
hospitalizations recorded originally in the legacy CRF also include patients admitted only for the 
administration of corticosteroids”. However, the full characterization, including hospitalization,
will be included in the listings.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
25
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Relapse severity is derived for each relapse according to the algorithm defined in Table 6.
Table 6:
Severity of relapse
Mild relapse
Moderate relapse
Severe relapse
EDSS increase of 0.5 point
or
1-point increase in 1 to 3 FS*
EDSS increase of 1 to 2 points
or
2-point increase in 1 or 2 FS*
or
1-point increase in 4 or more FS*
Exceeding moderate relapse 
criteria:
EDSS increase of ≥ 2.5 points
or
2-point increase in 3 FS*
or
3-point increase in 1 FS*
or
2-point increase in more than 
2 FS*
* excluding the bowel and bladder, and mental FS
FS = functional system.
The algorithm is applied by considering the EDSS assessment associated with the relapse (as 
linked in SDTM) relative to the last EDSS assessment that was performed prior to this linked 
relapse EDSS assessment and prior to the relapse. The change in EDSS score and corresponding 
FS scores between these two EDSS assessments is used to define the severity as classified in 
Table 6 above. If either EDSS assessment is missing, relapse severity is missing. 
Duration of relapse (days) is derived as relapse end date – relapse start date + 1 days. Relapses 
with missing or partially missing end dates are not included.
5.3.2.
Analysis of relapse-related variables
Full details of all relapses are presented in a listing for AP3 on the PAS.
5.3.2.1.
ARR up to end of Analysis Period
ARR for confirmed relapses up to the end of the Analysis Period is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS 
according to the NB model described in Section 6.12.1. 
The model includes the number of confirmed relapses in the Analysis Period for each subject as 
the response variable, treatment as a factor and the logarithm of time in the Analysis Period (years)
as an offset variable.
Mean model-based estimates of the ARR by treatment, as well corresponding 95% CIs are derived. 
In addition, rate ratios together with corresponding 95% CIs are derived for the following 
comparisons:
!
ponesimod 20 mg vs. Ponesimod 10 mg;
!
ponesimod 40 mg vs. Ponesimod 10 mg;
!
ponesimod 40 mg vs. Ponesimod 20 mg.
The analysis of ARR for confirmed relapses is summarized in a table by treatment:
!
Number of confirmed relapses per subject: descriptive statistics;
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
26
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Number of confirmed relapses per subject: frequency counts and percentages for categories 
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5+;
!
Total number of confirmed relapses: sum;
!
Total time in Analysis Period (subject years): sum;
!
Raw ARR: total number of confirmed relapses/total time in Analysis Period;
!
ARR estimate and 95% CI from a NB model, together with the dispersion parameter from 
the model;
!
Rate ratios and 95% CIs for the comparisons listed.
ARR for all relapses is analyzed as described above for confirmed relapses
5.3.2.2.
ARR in the Post-treatment-emergent Period
Summary statistics are presented for ARR in the post-treatment-emergent period, as defined in 
Section 5.3.1.4.
The following summary is presented for the Post-Treatment DMT subgroup (Any DMT, including 
ponesimod), No DMT)), where the Post-Treatment DMT subgroup is defined in Section 5.5.6 and 
the list of DMTs is provided in Table 11 in Section 6.5.1.
!
Number of confirmed relapses per subject: descriptive statistics;
!
Number of confirmed relapses per subject: frequency counts and percentages for categories 
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5+;
!
Total number of confirmed relapses: sum;
!
Total time in Analysis Period (subject years): sum;
!
Raw ARR: total number of confirmed relapses/total time in Analysis Period;
This table is also presented for all relapses.
A listing of confirmed/all relapses in this period is also presented.
5.3.2.3.
ARR by year
ARR by year for confirmed relapses is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS, as described for ARR up to 
the end of the analysis period in Section 5.3.2.1 above. A similar analysis for the number of 
unconfirmed and confirmed (all) relapses will be provided. Mean model-based estimates of the 
ARR by year and by treatment, as well corresponding 95% CIs are derived. A summary table and 
a bar chart are produced to present the ARR by year. 
5.3.2.4.
Sensitivity analyses of ARR
ARR up to last treatment in the Analysis Period +7
ARR for confirmed relapses up to last treatment in the Analysis Period + 7 days is analyzed 
separately for AP3 on the PAS, in the same way as described for ARR up to end of the Analysis 
Period in Section 5.3.2.1 above. 
This sensitivity analysis was conducted for the Interim Analysis CSR and will not be conducted 
for the Final CSR.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
27
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
ARR adjusted for additional baseline covariates
ARR for confirmed relapses up to end of the analysis period is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS using 
the same model as described in Section 5.3.2.1 above, adjusted by treatment, number of 
documented relapses (≤1 and ≥2) in the past 24 months prior to core1 baseline, EDSS at 
ponesimod baseline (≤ 3.5 and > 3.5). A similar analysis for the number of unconfirmed and 
confirmed (all) relapses will be provided.
1 Although the model considers relapses over the ponesimod period, the number of documented 
relapses in the past 24 months prior to extension baseline is not available, and so the value collected 
at the start of the core study is used as a proxy. 
This sensitivity analysis was conducted for the Interim Analysis CSR and will not be conducted 
for the Final CSR.
5.3.2.5.
Time to first confirmed/any relapse up end of the Analysis Period
Time to first confirmed relapse is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS, using the Kaplan-Meier method
and Cox proportional hazards model, as described in Section 6.12.2.1 and 6.12.2.2.
The reference time is the study day, i.e., days elapsed since start of treatment with ponesimod. 
The results of the Kaplan-Meier analysis are summarized in a table including:
!
Number of subjects at risk, with an event and censored, KM estimates (unstratified) and 
corresponding CI, at intervals of 48 weeks;
!
Median, 25th and 75th percentiles of the survival function together with corresponding CIs. 
The hazard ratio and corresponding 95% CI based on a Cox proportional hazards model including 
treatment as a factor are presented in a separate table for the following comparisons:
!
ponesimod 20 mg vs. Ponesimod 10 mg;
!
ponesimod 40 mg vs. Ponesimod 10 mg;
!
ponesimod 40 mg vs. Ponesimod 20 mg.
The results of Kaplan-Meier analysis are also presented graphically, including the KM estimates 
and corresponding CIs at the time points specified above up to the timepoint where at least 10% 
of subjects in each group are still at risk, as well as the hazard ratios and CIs from the Cox 
proportional hazards model. 
Time to first ‘any’ relapse (all relapses) is analyzed as described above for confirmed relapses.
As a sensitivity analysis, time to first confirmed relapse is analyzed as described above, with a 
stratified log-rank test as described in Section 6.12.2.1 to include the additional baseline 
covariates: number of documented relapses (≤1 and ≥ 2) in the past 24 months prior to core 
baseline, EDSS at ponesimod baseline (≤3.5 and > 3.5). This sensitivity analysis was conducted 
for the Interim Analysis CSR and will not be conducted for the Final CSR.
5.3.2.6.
Other relapse-related characteristics
Other relapse-related characteristics are summarized by treatment group separately for AP3 on the 
PAS. This includes the following: 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
28
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Number (%) of subjects with at least one: relapse, , relapse treated with corticosteroids; for 
all relapses up to end of the Analysis Period, confirmed relapses up to end of the Analysis 
Period. 
!
Number (%) of subjects without any (confirmed or total) relapse.
!
Number (%) of relapses (out of total number of relapses) treated with corticosteroids and 
descriptive statistics for continuous data for relapse duration (days); for all relapses up to 
end of the Analysis Period as well as for confirmed relapses up to end of the Analysis 
Period. 
!
Number (%) of relapses classified as mild/moderate/severe; for all relapses up to end of 
the Analysis Period as well as for confirmed relapses up to end of the Analysis Period.
!
Number of confirmed relapses, number of all relapses, ratio of confirmed vs. all relapses; 
for relapses up to end of the Analysis Period for all relapses up to end of the Analysis 
Period as well as for confirmed relapses up to end of the Analysis Period
As described in Section 5.3.1.5, relapses requiring hospitalization will not be included in the 
summaries.
A listing of all relapses including hospitalizations, administration of corticosteroids, severity of 
relapse will be presented.
5.3.3.
MRI-related variables
MRI data are provided from a central reader (MIAC). The following parameters are evaluated by 
MIAC:
Table 7:
MRI parameters 
Name of MRI test
MRI test code
Unit of MRI test
Total number of T1 Gd+ lesions
T1Gd_R
Total volume of T1 Gd+ lesions
T1Gd_Vol
mm3
Number of new or enlarging T2 lesions (without 
gadolinium-enhancement)
T2New_R
Total volume of T2 lesions
T2_Vol
mm3
Percentage brain volume change since Visit 2 
(AC-058B201)
PBVC_V2
%
Percentage brain volume change since Visit 11 
(AC-058B201)
PBVC_V11
%
All available MRI data are considered valid.
5.3.3.1.
T1 Gd+ lesions
For summaries of total number of T1 Gd+ lesions (T1Gd_R) and T1 Gd+ lesion volume 
(T1Gd_Vol) over time, MRI scans are remapped to the nearest timepoint via a windowing 
approach. If a subject has more than one assessment within a given window, the nearest 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
29
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
assessments to the (target) MRI timepoint within the window is taken. Only scheduled scans are 
remapped.  
Time windows are derived from time since first administration of ponesimod according to the 
schedule defined in Table 8 below.  
Table 8:
MRI timepoint definition: scan mapping 
Target timepoint displayed
Time window (weeks)
Baseline
Last non-missing prior or on day of 1st
ponesimod dose
Week 24
1 (Day 2) - < 32
Week 48
32 - < 60
Week 72
60 - < 96
Week 120
96 - < 144
Week 168
144 - < 192
Week 216
192 - < 240
Week 264
240 - < 288
Week 312
288 - < 336
Week 360
336 - < 384
Week 408
384 - < 432
Week 456
432 - < 480
Week 504
480 - < 528
Week 552
528 - < 576
Week 600
576 - < 624
Week 648
624 - < 672
Week 696
672 - < 720
The following variables are derived for T1 Gd+ lesions per subject:
!
Total number of T1 Gd+ lesions (T1Gd_R) per MRI timepoint (as defined in Table 8
above) in AP3, and corresponding number categorized (0, 1, 2, 3, 4+);
!
Cumulative total number of T1 Gd+ lesions over the Analysis Period, for AP3, defined as 
the sum of the total number of T1 Gd+ lesions at each derived MRI (mapped) timepoint;
!
Number of derived MRI (mapped) timepoints in the Analysis Period, for AP3;
!
Absence of T1 Gd+ lesions (lesion-free) per MRI timepoint in AP3 (only mapped scans
are considered);
!
Total volume of T1 Gd+ lesions per MRI timepoint in AP3.
5.3.3.2.
New or enlarging T2 lesions and T2 volume
For summaries of new or enlarging T2 lesions (T2New_R) over time, the number of lesions is
assigned to the timepoint in which they fall, as defined in Table 9 below. As the number of new or 
enlarging lesions is always relative to the previous assessment, if the observation period for the 
scan crosses the boundary of a time window, the lesions are allotted proportionally to the time
windows which they cross. For example, if a subject has a scan at Week 24, and the next scheduled 
scan occurs at Week 72, the Week 72 scan will count the number (“x”) of new or enlarging T2 
lesions since Week 24. In this case x/2 lesions would be allocated to the Week 0-48 window, and 
x/2 lesions would be allocated to the Week 48-96 window. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
30
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Time windows are derived from time since first administration of ponesimod according to the 
schedule defined in Table 9 below.  
Table 9:
MRI time window definition: scan mapping for new or enlarging T2 lesions
Time window displayed
Time window (weeks)
Week 0-48
0 - <48
Week 48-96
48 - <96
Week 96-144
96 - <144
Week 144-192
144 - <192
Week 192-240
192 - <240
Week 240-288
240 - <288
Week 288-336
288 - <336
Week 336-384
336 - <384
Week 384-432
384 - <432
Week 432-480
432 - <480
Week 480-528
480 - < 528
Week 528-576
528 - < 576
Week 576-624
576 - < 624
Week 624-672
624 - < 672
Week 672-720
672 - < 720
The following variables are derived for T2 lesions per subject using the above time windows:
!
Number of new or enlarging T2 lesions (T2New_R) per MRI time window (as derived in 
Table 9 above) in AP3;
!
No new or enlarging T2 lesions during each MRI time window in AP3.
The following additional variables are derived for T2 lesions per subject: Only scheduled scans 
are considered, however premature EOT scans are included.
!
Cumulative number of new or enlarging T2 lesions over Analysis Period (for AP3), derived 
as the sum of the number of new or enlarging T2 lesions at each scheduled scan during the 
Analysis Period;
!
Absence of new or enlarging T2 lesions over the Analysis Period (for AP3), derived where 
the sum of the number of new or enlarging T2 lesions at each scheduled scan during the 
Analysis Period is zero;
!
Time (years) from first administration of ponesimod to last MRI scan at which T2 was 
measured in the Analysis Period (for AP3). Only scheduled scans are used for this 
derivation.
!
T2 volume (T2_Vol) per MRI timepoint (as defined in Table 9 above) in AP3;
!
Change from ponesimod baseline in total T2 lesion volume per MRI timepoint (as defined 
in Table 9 above) in AP3.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
31
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.3.3.3.
Combined unique active lesions (CUAL)
The following variables are derived per subject for CUAL:
!
Total number of CUAL derived as the number of new or enlarging T2 lesions at each 
scheduled scan* within the Analysis Period, plus the number of T1 Gd + lesions at each 
corresponding scheduled scan within the Analysis Period where new or enlarging T2 
lesions were measured (AP3), and corresponding number categorized (0, >0** – 5, >5 –
10, >10 -15, >15 --20, >20 -25, >25)
!
Cumulative number of CUAL over the Analysis Period, derived as the sum of all new or 
enlarging T2 lesions at each scheduled scan* within the Analysis Period, plus the number 
of T1 Gd + lesions at each corresponding scheduled scan within the Analysis Period where 
new or enlarging T2 lesions were measured (AP3);
!
Cumulative number of CUAL over the Analysis Period as derived above, categorized into 
the following categories: 0, 1-5, 6-10, 11-15, 16-20, 21-25, 26-30, 31-35, 36-40 and 41+
(AP3).
* Excluding T1 Gd+ lesions measured at the core scheduled visits at Week 4, 8, 16 and 20. This 
restriction is necessary to avoid double-counting lesions when the MRI scans are less than 12 
weeks apart, as only total (new + persisting) T1 Gd+ lesions are collected, but the derivation of 
CUAL should consider only new T1 Gd+ lesions. As T1 Gd+ lesions are assumed not to enhance 
for more than 12 weeks, it is assumed that the number of T1 Gd+ lesions counted when the scans 
are at least 12 weeks apart is equivalent to the number of new T1 Gd+ lesions. 
** Fractional values are possible and reflect allocation of T2 lesions proportionally to adjacent 
time-windows.
5.3.3.4.
Brain volume
The following variables are derived per subject brain volume:
!
Percentage change from ponesimod baseline* in brain volume per MRI timepoint (as 
defined in Table 8 above) in AP3.
* Percentage change in brain volume from Visit 2 of the core study, and percentage change in
brain volume from Visit 11 of the core study are derived by MIAC and provided in SDTM. 
Percentage change from ponesimod baseline per scan is derived in the ADaM dataset as follows:
!
For subjects randomized to ponesimod in the core study, percentage change in brain 
volume from ponesimod baseline is equal to percentage change in brain volume from Visit 
2 of the core study (PBVC in the core study SDTM, PBVC_V2 in the extension study 
SDTM).
!
For subjects randomized to placebo in the core study and continuing to the extension study, 
percentage change in brain volume from ponesimod baseline is equal to percentage change 
in brain volume from Visit 11 of the core study (PBVC_V11).
5.3.4.
Analysis of MRI-related variables
5.3.4.1.
T1 Gd + lesions
The cumulative total number of T1 Gd+ lesions is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS, according to the 
NB model described in Section 6.12.1. The model includes the cumulative total number of T1 Gd+ 
lesions in the Analysis Period for each subject as the response variable (as defined in 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
32
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Section 5.3.3.1), treatment as a factor and the logarithm of the number of MRI timepoints in the 
Analysis Period (years) (as defined in Section 5.3.3.1) as an offset variable. This analysis was 
conducted for the Interim Analysis CSR and is not planned to be conducted for the Final CSR.
Mean model-based estimates of the total number of T1 Gd+ lesions by treatment, as well 
corresponding 95% CIs are presented, as well as rate ratios and 95% CIs for the comparisons 
between doses. This sensitivity analysis was conducted for the Interim Analysis CSR and is not 
planned to be conducted for the Final CSR.
As a sensitivity analysis, the cumulative total number of T1 Gd+ lesions is analyzed as described 
above, also including the additional baseline covariates included for the sensitivity analysis of 
ARR as described in Section 5.3.2.3. This sensitivity analysis was conducted for the Interim 
Analysis CSR and is not planned to be conducted for the Final CSR.
The total number of T1 Gd + lesions per MRI timepoint and the total volume of T1 Gd+ lesions at 
each MRI timepoint (as defined in Section 5.3.3.1) are summarized descriptively by treatment 
group for AP3 on the PAS. These data are presented in both a table and a figure. 
The number of subjects with no T1 Gd+ lesions (lesion-free) at each MRI timepoint is summarized 
by treatment group for AP3 on the PAS: frequency counts and percentages. The denominator for 
percentages is the number of subjects with an MRI scan at the timepoint. 
All T1 Gd+ lesion and volume data are presented in a listing for AP3 on the PAS.
5.3.4.2.
New or enlarging T2 lesions
The cumulative number of new or enlarging T2 lesions (as defined in Section 5.3.3.2) is analyzed 
separately for AP3 on the PAS, as described in Section 5.3.4.1 for the cumulative total number of 
T1 Gd+ lesions. The logarithm of the time up to the last MRI scan at which T2 was measured in 
the Analysis Period (years) is used as an offset variable. This analysis was conducted for the 
Interim CSR and is not planned to be conducted for the Final CSR.
The number of new or enlarging T2 lesions per MRI time window (as defined in Section 5.3.3.2) 
is summarized descriptively by treatment group as described in Section 5.3.4.1 for the cumulative 
number of T1 Gd+ lesions, and is presented in both a table and a figure for AP3 on the PAS.   
The total T2 lesion volume per MRI timepoint and corresponding change from ponesimod baseline 
in total T2 lesion volume per MRI timepoint are summarized descriptively in the same way. 
The number of subjects with no new or enlarging T2 lesions (lesion-free) in the Analysis Period 
is summarized by treatment group separately for AP3 on the PAS: frequency counts and 
percentages. The denominator for percentages is the number of subjects with at least one MRI scan 
at which T2 was measured during the Analysis Period.
All T2 lesion and volume data are presented in a listing for AP3 on the PAS.
5.3.4.3.
CUAL
The cumulative number of CUAL (as defined in Section 5.3.3.3) is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS, 
as described in Section 5.3.4.1 for the cumulative total number of T1 Gd+ lesions. The logarithm 
of the time up to the last MRI scan at which T2 was measured in the Analysis Period (years) is 
used as an offset variable.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
33
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
The number of CUAL per MRI time window (as defined in Section 5.3.3.2) is summarized 
descriptively by treatment group, as described in Section 5.3.4.2 for the cumulative number of new 
or enlarging T2 lesions, and is presented in both a table and a figure for AP3 on the PAS.   
Frequency counts and percentages for the categorical number of CUAL in the Analysis Period are 
presented by treatment group for AP3 on the PAS. The denominator for percentages is the number 
of subjects with at least one MRI scan at which T2 was measured during the Analysis Period.
All CUAL data is presented in a listing for AP3 on the PAS.
5.3.4.4.
Brain volume
Descriptive statistics for percentage change from ponesimod baseline in brain volume by MRI 
timepoint are presented for AP3 on the PAS. Additionally, a line graph of percent change from 
baseline by MRI timepoint is presented.
All brain volume data is presented in a listing for AP3 on the PAS.
5.3.5.
Neurological variables
EDSS and FS scores as assessed by the investigator are stored in SDTM.QS. The two QS datasets 
are concatenated for the purposes of this analysis.
5.3.5.1.
Time to 24-week confirmed disability progression up to end of the 
Analysis Period
Time to 24-week confirmed disability accumulation from baseline is derived for AP3 using the 
ponesimod baseline. 
Time to 24-week confirmed disability accumulation from baseline (the last non-missing 
measurement taken prior to first dose of ponesimod) up to end of the Analysis Period is derived 
based on the EDSS scores. Disability accumulation is defined as an increase of at least 1 point in 
the EDSS score if baseline EDSS was between 1 and 5.0, an increase of at least 1.5 points if 
baseline EDSS was 0, or an increase of at least 0.5 points if the baseline EDSS was equal or greater 
than 5.5. 
A 24-week confirmed disability accumulation is defined as a 24-week sustained increase from 
baseline in the EDSS scores. i.e., every EDSS score (scheduled or unscheduled, with or without 
relapse) within a 24-week duration after the first accumulation should meet the accumulation 
criteria as specified above.
Data derivation for time to event analysis includes derivation of the event status and the time to 
event variables.
The steps to determine whether a subject has a 24-week confirmed disability accumulation or not 
(i.e., event status) and how the time to event variable is calculated are summarized in the numbered 
points below:
1. Detection of a disability accumulation onset:
All available post-baseline EDSS assessments (scheduled or unscheduled, with or without 
relapse) are compared to the baseline EDSS to assess if the change from baseline meets the 
disability accumulation criteria as described above. The disability accumulation onset date is 
the date of the first EDSS meeting the disability accumulation criteria.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
34
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
2. Confirmation of a disability accumulation:
As a general rule, disability accumulation can only be confirmed at a scheduled visit and in the 
absence of a relapse. Note that the EOS/early discontinuation visit and the follow-up visit (in 
core, TP1, TP2, and TP3) are protocol specified visits and are treated as scheduled visits and 
thus can be used to confirm a disability accumulation if applicable. Specifically, the 
confirmation visit is the first scheduled visit meeting the following conditions.
!
This visit is ≥ 24 weeks (140* days) from the potential onset date;
!
The EDSS assessment is NOT performed during a relapse (between start and end date of a 
relapse, or if relapse end date is missing, then until start date of relapse + 90 days);
!
All available EDSS scores (scheduled or unscheduled, with or without relapse) between 
the disability accumulation onset and this visit meet the disability accumulation criteria;
!
The EDSS confirmation visit may be beyond the end of the Analysis Period, as long as the 
onset is prior to the end of the Analysis Period.
* Note: In the extension study, visits are scheduled with a time window of +/- 14 days for 
conducting the EDSS assessment, the minimum per-protocol allowed time difference between 
two EDSS assessments scheduled 24 weeks apart is 140 days (24 weeks = 168 days minus a 
14-day visit time window for each of the 2 visits, i.e., 168 days - 28 days = 140 days).
If an EDSS increase cannot be confirmed due to no available EDSS assessment, but the subject 
dies due to MS (death with reason 'Multiple sclerosis') the CDA is also considered confirmed, 
with confirmation date being the death date and onset date of the initial EDSS increase. 
3. If a confirmation visit cannot be found in step 2, then steps 1 and 2 are repeated to look for the 
next disability accumulation onset and its confirmation visit. If a confirmation visit is found in 
step 2, then the algorithm stops for this subject, otherwise steps 1 and 2 are repeated until the 
last disability accumulation onset is assessed.
4. If at none of the assessments a 24-week CDA is identified, but the subject dies due to MS 
(experiences a relapse with outcome death) the subject is considered to have a 24-week CDA 
with onset date being the death date. 
5. Event status and time to event variables for time to event analyses:
After steps 1, 2, 3 and 4 are performed, a subject is considered to have a 24-week confirmed 
disability accumulation if an accumulation onset with a confirmation visit is found. 
Otherwise, the subject is considered not to have a 24-week confirmed disability 
accumulation and is referred to as a censored subject.
For subjects with a 24-week confirmed disability accumulation, the time to event variable 
(days) is calculated as (onset date – date of first treatment with ponesimod + 1). The onset 
date is based on the EDSS assessment date rather than the associated nominal visit date. 
For subjects without a 24-week confirmed disability accumulation, their time to event 
variable is calculated as (censoring date – date of first treatment with ponesimod + 1). 
Censoring
The censoring date is defined as: Date of last EDSS assessment without an EDSS increase. 
Subjects without post baseline assessment (without EDSS increase) are censored on ponesimod
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
35
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
start date. Time to censoring is defined as censoring date minus date of date of first treatment with 
ponesimod # 1.
For handling of missing dates see Section 6.14.
5.3.5.2.
Change from baseline in EDSS 
The ponesimod baseline value is flagged in the ADaM dataset. 
Absolute and percentage change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-(applicable) 
baseline EDSS assessments. All nominal visits are re-windowed based on the visit schedule in 
Section 5.1.7. See footnote on table, Weeks 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16 and 20 are not defined for EDSS. No 
last-on-treatment visit, follow-up visits or last follow-up visit are defined for EDSS as an intent-
to-treat approach is used for efficacy. 
5.3.6.
Analysis of Neurological variables
5.3.6.1.
Time to 24-week CDA
Time to 24-week CDA is analyzed for AP3 on the PAS, using the Kaplan-Meier method and Cox 
proportional hazards model as described for time to first relapse in Section 5.3.4.1.
5.3.6.2.
Change from baseline in EDSS 
The absolute EDSS score and change from ponesimod baseline in EDSS score by analysis visit 
and treatment group are summarized using descriptive statistics for AP3 on the PASA 
corresponding listing of EDSS / functional system (FS) scores and indicating start date of a CDA 
/ confirmation of a CDA is produced for AP3 on the PAS.
5.3.7.
Ophthalmological variables
Ophthalmological variables as assessed by the investigator are stored in SDTM.OE. The two OE 
datasets are concatenated for the purposes of this analysis.
The following ophthalmological variables are collected at selected centers only:
!
Retinal nerve fiber layer (RNFL) thickness;
!
Central foveal thickness;
!
Total macular volume;
!
Number of letters correctly read.
The ponesimod baseline value is flagged in the ADaM dataset. 
Absolute and percentage change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-baseline 
assessments. All nominal visits are re-windowed based on the visit schedule in Section 5.1.7.
In addition, absolute change from baseline in central foveal thickness is categorized as follows:
!
< - 40 μm;
!
≥ - 40 and < - 20 μm;
!
≥ - 20 and ≤ 20 μm;
!
> 20 and ≤ 40 μm;
!
> 40 μm.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
36
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.3.8.
Analysis of ophthalmological variables
Absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values by analysis visit and 
treatment group are summarized using descriptive statistics for AP3 on the OCT for retinal nerve 
fiber layer (RNFL) thickness, central foveal thickness, total macular volume and number of letters 
correctly read. 
Absolute change from ponesimod baseline in central foveal thickness by analysis visit is 
summarized using descriptive statistics and frequency counts and percentages for the categorical 
change, for AP3 on the OCT.
A listing of all ophthalmological variables is produced for AP3 on the OCT. 
5.4.
Other Safety Analyses
All safety analyses will be based on the PAS based on actual intervention received, unless 
otherwise specified.
For all continuous safety variables, descriptive statistics by intervention group will include the N, 
mean, standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum. Categorical variables will be 
summarized by intervention group using frequency counts and percentages.
Unscheduled visits are not presented in summary tables or figures by visit unless mapped to a 
windowed analysis visit [see Section 5.1.8]. Any unscheduled assessments that meet the pre-
defined high/low criteria are flagged and may be included in the corresponding incidence tables.
The outputs summarizing abnormalities only use treatment-emergent data. 
Summaries of safety assessments over time are presented by analysis visit (see Section 5.1.9 for 
derivation of analysis visit). In these summary tables by analysis visit, except for values at baseline 
and follow-up visits, only treatment-emergent values are displayed.
5.4.1.
Exposure and Compliance
5.4.1.1.
Exposure to study treatment
All ponesimod drug administration data is taken from the study drug log and stored in SDTM.EC.
ECSTDTC where EC.ECCAT = 'STUDY DRUG INTAKE'. The two EC datasets are concatenated 
for the purposes of this analysis.
Ponesimod exposure (years) for any given exposure period is derived as:
– [(Treatment end date - ponesimod start date + 1 day) - (End date of pregnancy interruption - Start 
date of pregnancy interruption + 1 day)] / 365.25, for subjects with planned pregnancy interruption 
and restart of the treatment,
– (Treatment end date - ponesimod start date + 1 day) / 365.25, regardless of interruptions, for all 
other subjects.
Duration of planned pregnancy study drug interruption (days) is defined as:
min (EOS date, end date of pregnancy interruption) – Start date of pregnancy interruption + 1 day
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
37
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
In case of multiple planned pregnancies, all intervals between start date and end date of each 
pregnancy interruption will be subtracted from exposure.
Duration of planned pregnancy is excluded from all definitions of exposure duration and
compliance with study treatment.
The following variables are derived for ponesimod exposure:
Table 10: Ponesimod exposure variables
Exposure period
Start date
End date
Ponesimod exposure 
during the core study 
(years)
First administration of 
ponesimod in the core study
Last administration of ponesimod in the 
core study
Ponesimod exposure 
during TP1 (years)
First administration of 
ponesimod TP1
Last administration of ponesimod in TP1
Ponesimod exposure 
during TP2 (years)
First administration of 
ponesimod TP2
Last administration of ponesimod in TP2
Ponesimod exposure 
during TP3 (years)
First administration of 
ponesimod TP3
Last administration of ponesimod in TP3
Ponesimod exposure 
during AP3 (years)
First administration of 
ponesimod (in core or TP1)
Max of [last administration of ponesimod 
in the core study, last administration of 
ponesimod in TP1, last administration of 
ponesimod in TP2, last administration of 
ponesimod in TP3]
AP = Analysis Period; TP = Treatment Period.
If end date is missing on last record in EC (e.g., if a subject is lost to follow-up), then date of last 
administration is taken as DS.DSSDTC when DSSCAT = ‘Study termination’. 
For each of the variables defined in Table 10 above, the following corresponding exposure 
variables are derived:
!
Ponesimod exposure over defined exposure period, categorized into the following 
intervals: ≤ 6 months, > 6 months and ≤1 year, > 1 year and ≤ 2 years, > 2 years and ≤ 3 
years, > 3 years and ≤ 4 years, > 4 years and ≤ 5 years, > 5 years and ≤ 6 years, > 6 years 
and ≤ 7 years, > 7 years and ≤ 8 years, > 8 years and ≤ 9 years, > 9 years and ≤ 10 years, 
> 10 years and ≤ 11 years, > 11 years and ≤ 12 years, > 12 years .
!
Cumulative duration of interruptions during the defined exposure period (days): the
cumulative duration of interruptions is the sum of all interruptions during the period up to 
the date of last administration of ponesimod within the period (i.e., interruptions before the 
start of the next period are not included). Treatment interruption refers to any period during 
which the subject did not receive study treatment, i.e., one or more day without documented 
treatment intake (per the CRF Study Drug Log page). Each interruption is calculated as:
            Re-start date of ponesimod treatment - end date of previous ponesimod treatment - 1;
!
Ponesimod treatment exposure during the defined exposure period with interruptions 
excluded (years): ponesimod exposure over the defined exposure period - (cumulative 
duration of corresponding interruptions)/365.25).
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
38
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Number of treatment interruptions (> 3 days) during the defined exposure period: an 
interruption with a duration is > 3 days.
!
Cumulative duration of interruptions during the defined exposure period (days): the
cumulative duration of interruptions is the sum of all interruptions (of any duration 
duration) during the period. 
5.4.1.2.
Compliance with study treatment
Data on capsules/tablets dispensed/returned are not collected on the CRF, and so compliance 
cannot be assessed in this way. As a proxy, compliance is assessed as a percentage, calculated as:
(Cumulative exposure over defined exposure period with interruptions excluded / 
Cumulative exposure over defined exposure period with interruptions included) *100.
Corresponding categorical variables are derived for compliance in the categories: < 80%, ≥ 80 - < 
90%, ≥ 90 - < 95%, ≥ 95 - <= 100%, =100%.
Compliance with study treatment is derived as:
– [duration of exposure with all interruptions excluded / duration of exposure with
interruptions included (except interruption for planned pregnancy)] × 100.
All other exposure and compliance variables will be defined in the same way,
i.e., excluding the planned pregnancy interruption periods. In addition, the planned
pregnancy interruptions will not be counted/considered an interruption for the variables:
number of subjects with at least an interruption, number of treatment interruptions
(> 3 days) or cumulative duration of interruptions.
5.4.1.3.
Study treatment re-initiation
A subject is considered to have a re-initiation of study treatment if they have a record in the study 
drug log where:
!
There is a record in EX indicating ‘Up-titration’, ‘Re-initiation’, or ‘Transition’ with an 
associated administered dose of ponesimod 10 mg;
!
This record follows a period of > 3 days where study drug was interrupted (either within a 
treatment period, or between two treatment periods). 
The number of re-initiations per subject in AP3 is counted. 
For subjects initially on placebo who had a treatment interruption before starting ponesimod 
treatment, the re-start of treatment after the interruption will not be considered as a re-initiation.
5.4.2.
Analysis of Exposure
5.4.2.1.
Exposure and compliance
Separate exposure tables are created for the AP3 exposure period as defined in Table 10 in 
Section 5.4.1.1 and for the corresponding compliance variables defined in Section 5.4.1.2 to 
present:
!
Ponesimod exposure (years): descriptive statistics;
!
Overall subject years exposure (sum over all subjects’ exposure);
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
39
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Ponesimod exposure by category (cumulative) (years): frequency counts and percentages;
!
Ponesimod exposure with interruptions excluded (years): descriptive statistics;
!
Ponesimod exposure by category with interruptions excluded (cumulative) (years):
frequency counts and percentages;
!
Number of treatment interruptions > 3 days: frequency counts and percentages;
!
Number of subjects with at least 1 treatment interruption > 3 days: frequency counts and 
percentages;
!
Cumulative duration (days) of interruptions > 3 days: descriptive statistics;
!
Compliance (%): descriptive statistics (AP3 only);
!
Compliance by category (%): frequency counts and percentages (AP3 only).
Corresponding listings of all exposure and compliance variables as defined in Sections 5.4.1.1 and 
5.4.1.2 are provided separately for each defined exposure period.
All outputs for ponesimod exposure are based on the PAS. 
5.4.2.2.
Study treatment re-initiation
The following variables for treatment re-initiation are summarized for AP3 on the PAS:
!
Number of subjects with at least 1 re-initiation during the Analysis Period: frequency 
counts and percentages;
!
Number of re- initiations per subject during the analysis period; descriptive statistics. 
5.4.2.3.
Study drug batches
A listing of study drug batches received by each subject, including lot numbers and date dispensed, 
will be created for AP3 on the PAS. 
5.4.3.
Adverse Events
An AE is any event reported by the investigator on the CRF. All adverse events are stored in the 
appropriate SDTM.AE domain.
AEs collected in the core study are stored in SDTM201.AE. New AEs collected in the extension 
study are stored in SDTM202.AE, together with follow-up of AEs that were ongoing at the end of 
the core study. The two AE datasets are concatenated for the purposes of this analysis, and the 
additional follow-up details collected for AEs that were ongoing at the time of the end of the core 
study are merged onto the original records to create a single record for each such AE.
All AEs reported in both SDTM201.AE and SDTM201.AE are coded to the MedDRA version 
26.0.
Adverse events with a missing end date are considered as ongoing, i.e., the end date is set to 
missing.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
40
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.4.3.1.
Duration of AE (days) is derived as min [AE end date, EOS date] – AE
start date + 1 day. Treatment-emergent adverse events
Treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) are defined according to the general definition of 
treatment-emergent for safety variables as described in Section 5.1.4.
AEs with completely missing start date will be considered as treatment-emergent unless it is 
otherwise clear (e.g., by end date) that the event occurred pre-treatment. If it is not clear whether 
the event is treatment-emergent or not (in case of partial dates), the event will be considered a 
TEAE if the AE start date is potentially on or after treatment start date. For example, an AE with 
partial date of “May 2016” and a treatment start date of “23 May 2016” is considered treatment-
emergent. For imputation of partial dates see definition in Section 6.14.4.
AEs with an onset date during treatment interruptions (including periods between studies and 
study-periods) except the period of planned pregnancy interruptions (see Section 5.1.4) are 
considered treatment-emergent.
AEs considered treatment-emergent are flagged in the AdaM dataset. 
5.4.3.2.
Post-treatment-emergent adverse events
Post-treatment-emergent adverse events are defined as those AEs occurring from 16 days after last
administration of ponesimod until last study date, i.e., AEs occurring during the post-treatment-
emergent period (Section 5.1.6)
5.4.3.3.
Intensity of adverse events
The maximum intensity of an AE is stored in SDTM.AE.AESEV, as ‘Mild’, ‘Moderate’, ‘Severe’ 
or ‘Not applicable’. Adverse events with missing intensity are considered in any analysis as 
‘Severe’.
5.4.3.4.
Relationship of adverse events to treatment
The possible relationship of an AE to study treatment is stored in SDTM.AE.AEREL, as ‘Related’
or ‘Not Related’. If the relationship is missing for an AE, then it is considered to be related.
5.4.3.5.
Outcome of adverse events 
The outcome of an AE is stored in SDTM.AE.AEOUT, as ‘Recovered/resolved’, 
‘Recovered/resolved with sequelae’, ‘Not recovered/not resolved’, ‘Fatal’, or ‘Unknown’. 
5.4.3.6.
Deaths
Death information (date of death and cause of death) is stored in SDTM.DD. Date of death is in 
DDDTC and cause of death is in DDSTRESC.
5.4.3.7.
Serious adverse events
The seriousness of an adverse events is stored in SDTM.AE.AESER as ‘Y’ or ‘N’. If missing, the 
AE is considered to be serious.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
41
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.4.3.8.
Adverse events leading to discontinuation of study treatment
The action taken for an adverse event is stored in SDTM.AE.AEACN. An AE is considered to be 
an AE leading to discontinuation if AEACN = ‘Drug withdrawn’.
5.4.3.9.
Adverse events leading to temporary interruption of study treatment
The action taken for an adverse event is stored in SDTM.AE.AEACN. An AE is considered to be 
an AE leading to discontinuation if AEACN = ‘Drug interrupted’.
5.4.3.10.
Adverse events following first administration/re-initiation of 
ponesimod 
The following TEAEs are flagged for their time of onset: 
!
TEAEs with onset on Day 1 following first ponesimod administration, i.e., those AEs that 
start on or after first ponesimod administration start date (on Day 1), by time and date, and 
before the following calendar date;
!
TEAEs with onset on Days 2-7 following first ponesimod administration;
!
TEAEs with onset on Days 8-14 following first ponesimod administration;
!
TEAEs with onset on Days 15-21 following first ponesimod administration;
!
TEAEs with onset on Day 1 following any re-initiation of ponesimod (for definition of a 
re-initiation, see Section 5.4.1.3).
5.4.3.11.
Adverse events ongoing from the core study
Ongoing AEs are those in SDTM202.AE where AECAT = “ONGOING AE FROM 
AC-058B201”. 
5.4.3.12.
Major adverse cardiovascular events
Based on a pre-defined list of preferred terms belonging to relevant Standardized Medical 
Dictionary for Regulatory Activities Queries (SMQs), AEs are selected for the major adverse 
cardiovascular events (MACE) adjudication board evaluation. For each case sent for MACE 
adjudication, the board members individually assess whether the case is a myocardial infarction, a 
stroke, or another adverse event. For fatal cases, each member determines whether the death is 
considered of cardiovascular, non-cardiovascular, or undetermined cause. If not all individual 
assessments concur, the case is classified into the above listed categories based on a consensus 
meeting. For data analysis, each case is assigned to one of the following categories:  
!
cardiovascular death (if a death case is classified as cardiovascular)
!
non-fatal myocardial infarction (if the case is classified as myocardial infarction but not as 
cardiovascular death)
!
non-fatal stroke (if the case is classified as stroke but not as cardiovascular death)
!
no MACE (if the case is classified as other adverse event, but not as cardiovascular death)
The onset date and treatment-emergent status of a MACE is determined by the onset date and 
treatment-emergent status of the corresponding AE. In case more than one AE is linked to the same 
MACE case, the earliest treatment-emergent AE onset date determines the MACE onset date; if 
none of the linked AE is considered treatment-emergent, the earliest AE onset date determines the 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
42
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
MACE onset date. This may lead to cardiovascular death MACE with an onset date prior to the 
date of death. 
5.4.4.
Analyses of Adverse Events
5.4.4.1.
Adverse events
All AEs captured from signature of informed consent up to EOS are reported in the subject listings.
!
Unless otherwise specified, all summaries of adverse events are created separately for 
analysis period AP3, based on the PAS.
Summaries of AEs with onset on Day 1 of ponesimod administration are summarized on the PAS, 
and with a single column for ponesimod 10 mg (due to the up-titration scheme, all subjects receive 
ponesimod 10 mg on Day 1 regardless of randomized dose). 
Summaries of AEs with onset on Day 1 were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and are not 
planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
All summaries of AEs are presented by treatment group, and additionally overall for tables on 
AP3. 
5.4.4.2.
Frequency and AEs per 100 subject-years
AEs are summarized according to both frequency (number of subjects and percentage) and AEs 
per 100 subject-years (number of events and rate) and based on various grouping terms (for 
example MedDRA preferred term, or MedDRA primary system organ class).  
For frequency of subjects experiencing an AE, AEs reported more than once for a subject with the 
Analysis Period (based on grouping term) are counted only once per subject. 
AEs per 100 subject-years is calculated as (Total cumulative number of events during the Analysis 
Period / Cumulative observation time over all subjects (years) during the Analysis Period) × 100, 
per grouping term. Pregnancy interruptions and events during pregnancy interruptions should be 
excluded from this calculation.
For total cumulative number of events, multiple records of the same MedDRA preferred term in 
the AE dataset for the same subject count as individual events (episodes of the same type of event) 
unless they have the same start date. 
The observation time (in days) per subject for summaries of treatment-emergent AEs is calculated 
as: minimum (date of last administration of ponesimod within the Analysis Period +15, EOS date) 
– ponesimod start date + 1. Pregnancy interruptions should be excluded from this calculation.
5.4.4.3.
AE displays
The following types of summary display are used:
!
Overview of AEs;
!
AEs by primary system organ class (SOC) and preferred term (PT);
!
AEs by preferred term (PT);
!
AEs by AESI category and PT;
!
AEs by maximum intensity and PT.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
43
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Overview of AE summaries display subjects having any AE, any severe AE, any drug-related AE, 
any AE leading to study drug discontinuation, any serious AE, any drug-related serious AE, or any 
fatal serious AE.
AE summaries by grouping term(s) (e.g., SOC, PT, AESI category, maximum intensity) display 
the number and percentage of subjects having any AE and having an AE in each grouping term. 
They are sorted by descending frequency of grouping term in the ponesimod 40 mg arm, then the 
ponesimod 20 mg arm, and finally the ponesimod 10 mg arm. If the frequencies in any grouping 
term are still the same, alphabetical order is used. Maximum intensity order is fixed as mild, 
moderate, severe. 
5.4.4.3.1.
All adverse events
The following summaries are presented:
!
Overview of all AEs (frequency) (AP3 only); 
!
All AEs by SOC and PT (frequency) (AP3 only);
5.4.4.3.2.
Treatment-emergent adverse events
The following summaries are presented:
!
Overview of TEAEs (frequency); 
!
Overview of TEAEs (AEs per 100 subject-years); 
!
Treatment-emergent AEs by SOC and PT (frequency);
!
Treatment-emergent AEs with onset on Day 1 of first ponesimod administration, by SOC 
and PT (frequency) – single table with a column for ponesimod 10 mg only;
!
Treatment-emergent AEs with onset on Day 1 of any re-initiation by SOC and PT 
(frequency) (AP3 only, subjects with at least one re-initiation only);
!
Treatment-emergent AEs by PT (frequency);
!
Treatment-emergent AEs by PT (frequency): PTs occurring only in ≥5% subjects in at 
least one treatment group;
!
Treatment-emergent AEs by PT and maximum intensity (frequency);
!
Treatment-emergent AEs by SOC and PT (AEs per 100 subject-years);
!
Treatment-emergent AEs by PT (AEs per 100 subject-years).
Treatment emergent AEs with onset of Day 1 of first ponesimod or Day 1 of any re-initiation by 
SOC and PT (frequency) were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR. This was presented in the 
Interim Analysis CSR and therefore, is not planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
A listing of all AEs is provided for AP3 based on the PAS.
5.4.4.3.3.
Post-treatment-emergent adverse events
The following summaries are presented:
!
Post-treatment-emergent AEs by SOC and PT (frequency; AP3 only, 
completed/discontinued subjects only).
!
Post-treatment-emergent AEs by SOC and PT (frequency; AP3 only, 
completed/discontinued subjects only) by Treated (DMTs, including ponesimod), Not 
treated and Total.
A listing of all post-treatment AEs is provided based on the PAS.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
44
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.4.4.3.4.
Adverse events ongoing from the core study
A listing of all AEs ongoing from the core study is provided based on the PAS.
This listing was presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and is not planned to be presented in the 
Final CSR. 
5.4.4.4.
Deaths, other serious adverse events
5.4.4.4.1.
Death
The number and percentage of subjects who died are summarized by treatment group, including
the reported primary cause of death, for AP3 on the PAS.
All deaths during AP3 are listed on the PAS.
5.4.4.4.2.
Serious adverse events
The following summaries are presented:
!
Treatment-emergent SAEs by SOC and PT (frequency);
!
Treatment-emergent SAEs with onset on Day 1 of first ponesimod administration, by 
SOC and PT (frequency) – single table with a column for ponesimod 10 mg only;
!
All SAEs by SOC and PT (frequency);
!
Treatment-emergent SAEs by SOC and PT (AEs per 100 subject-years).
Separate listings including all SAEs are provided for AP3 on the PAS. 
Treatment emergent SAEs with onset of Day 1 of first ponesimod administration, by SOC and 
PT (frequency) was presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and is not planned to be presented in 
the Final CSR.
5.4.4.4.3.
Treatment-emergent AEs leading to study treatment discontinuation
The following summaries are presented:
!
TEAEs leading to study treatment discontinuation by SOC and PT (frequency);
!
TEAEs with onset on Day 1 of first ponesimod administration leading to study treatment 
discontinuation, by SOC and PT (frequency) – single table with a column for ponesimod 
10 mg only.
A separate listing including all AEs leading to study treatment discontinuation is provided for AP3 
on the PAS. 
Treatment emergent SAEs with onset of Day 1 of first ponesimod administration leading to study 
treatment discontinuation, by SOC and PT (frequency) was presented in the Interim Analysis 
CSR and is not planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.4.4.4.
Treatment-emergent AEs leading to temporary interruption of study 
treatment 
A listing including all AEs leading to temporary interruption of study treatment is provided for 
AP3 on the PAS. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
45
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.4.4.4.5.
Adverse events of special interest
The following summaries are presented:
!
Treatment-emergent AESIs by AESI category and PT (frequency);
!
Treatment-emergent AESIs by AESI category and PT (AEs per 100 subject-years).
The following additional (frequency) summaries are presented for the AESI category “Effect on 
heart rate and rhythm AESI (including hypotension)”, for AEs relative to first administration of 
ponesimod:
!
AEs by Day and PT, for Days 1-21;
!
AEs on Days 1-7 (overall) by PT;
!
AEs on Days 8-14 (overall) by PT;
!
AEs on Days 15-21 (overall) by PT.
For summaries by Day following first ponesimod administration, subjects are summarized as 
follows: 
!
For Days 1-7 all subjects are summarized under ponesimod 10 mg; 
!
For Days 8-14 subjects randomized to ponesimod 10 mg are summarized under ponesimod 
10 mg, whilst subjects randomized to ponesimod 20 mg or ponesimod 40 mg are 
summarized under ponesimod 20 mg;
!
For Day 15-21 all subjects are summarized under their randomized dose.
This reflects the up-titration scheme and the doses that subjects were receiving at the time. 
Time to first treatment-emergent AESI is analyzed separately for each AESI category for AP3 on 
the PAS using the Kaplan-Meier method, as described in for time to first relapse in 
Section 6.12.2. 
A separate listing including all AESIs is provided based for AP3 on the PAS. 
The above summary tables for Days 1-7, 8-14 and 15-21 for the AESI category “Effect on heart 
rate and rhythm AESI (including hypotension)”, for AEs relative to first administration of 
ponesimod were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR. As no new data are expected, this is not 
planned to be presented in the Final CSR. 
Additionally, Time to first treatment-emergent AESI for each AESI category for AP3, using the 
Kaplan-Meier method, was presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and is not planned to be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.4.4.6.
MACE 
Based on the PAS, treatment emergent MACEs are summarized by presenting, per treatment 
group, the number and percentage of subjects having any MACE, and having an event of the 
MACE subcategories (cardiovascular death, non-fatal myocardial infarction, non-fatal stroke. A 
listing of all events referred to the MACE adjudication committee (whether adjudicated to be 
MACE or not) is prepared for AP3 on the PAS. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
46
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.4.5.
Additional Safety Assessments 
5.4.5.1.
Clinical Laboratory Tests
Safety laboratory samples for hematology, blood chemistry, and urinalysis are taken at all 
scheduled visits. The samples are centrally analyzed by ACM or by local laboratories when 
necessary, and the results are electronically transferred to Actelion. The following parameters are 
planned to be collected as per protocol:
!
Hematology: red blood cell count, total and differential white blood cell counts (basophils, 
eosinophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, neutrophils, band forms), platelet count, 
hemoglobin, hematocrit, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, mean corpuscular volume.
!
Blood chemistry: Glucose (preferably under fasting conditions), alanine and aspartate 
aminotransferase (ALT, AST), alkaline phosphatase, total bilirubin, lactate dehydrogenase, 
creatinine, urea, cholesterol, triglycerides, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, total 
protein, albumin, C-reactive protein.
!
Urine/serum pregnancy test (from visits E4 to EOT2 or EOT3 and at Follow-up visit E2 
or Follow-up visit 2 [FU2], as applicable).
All laboratory results are stored in SDTM201.LB/SDTM202.LB together with nominal visit and 
timepoint information. The two LB datasets are concatenated for the purposes of derivations and 
analysis.
As per study protocol, urinalysis results were to be collected and recorded only if an 
abnormality/ finding would constitute an (S)AE. The limited number of available data does not 
allow for performing the planned analyses (i.e., change in urinalysis parameters) as described in 
Section 3.10.2 of the protocol, and therefore will not be presented in the final CSR. 
This approach would also apply to pregnancy test results not collected in CRF.
Numerical results are converted into both conventional and SI units as per Quality system 
document OTH-000005 (Definition of Marked Abnormalities in Laboratory Data). Results 
reported as below the lower limit of quantification (LLOQ) are set to the LLOQ value. Results 
reported as > XX are set to XX for calculation of summary statistics.
All analyses are based on the standardized SI values.
The ponesimod baseline value (as described in Section 5.1.2) is flagged in the AdaM dataset. 
Absolute and percentage change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-baseline 
assessments.  
All nominal visits are re-windowed based on the visit schedule in Section 5.1.7. 
Flags are derived according to project specific ranges for marked laboratory abnormalities as 
described in Section 6.7 (Appendix 8). Marked laboratory abnormalities are flagged to indicate the 
increasing severity of abnormally low (“LL”, “LLL”), or high values (“HH”, and “HHH”) for each 
of the laboratory parameters listed.
In addition, the following abnormality flags are derived for ALT, AST, total bilirubin (TBIL), and 
alkaline phosphatase (ALP):
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
47
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
ALT: ≥ 1 × upper limit of normal range (ULN), ≥ 3 × ULN, ≥ 5 × ULN, ≥8 × ULN, 
≥10*ULN, ≥ 20*ULN;
!
AST: ≥ 1 × ULN, ≥ 3 × ULN, ≥ 5 × ULN, ≥ 8 × ULN, ≥ 10 × ULN, ≥ 20 × ULN;
!
ALT or AST: ≥ 3 × ULN, ≥ 5 × ULN, ≥ 8 × ULN, ≥ 10 × ULN, ≥ 20 × ULN;
!
TBIL ≥ 2 × ULN;
!
ALT or AST ≥ 3 × ULN and TBIL ≥ 2 × ULN (at the same sample date);      
!
ALT or AST ≥ 3 × ULN and TBIL ≥ 2 × ULN + AP < 2 × ULN (at the same sample date).
The following summaries will be produced for quantitative laboratory results by treatment group:
!
Summary of absolute values for laboratory parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis 
visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for 
laboratory parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values for ALT, AST, bilirubin and ALP: descriptive statistics by 
analysis visit (AP3on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values for lymphocytes: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3
on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for ALT, 
AST, bilirubin and ALP: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for 
lymphocytes: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline values for lymphocytes: descriptive 
statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values at ponesimod baseline, at last on-treatment and at each follow-
up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for lymphocytes (completed/discontinued 
subjects with at least one follow-up value only): descriptive statistics (AP3 on the PAS);
by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and to each 
follow-up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for lymphocytes (completed/discontinued 
subjects with at least one follow-up value only): descriptive statistics (AP3 on the PAS);
by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent marked laboratory abnormalities (LL, LLL, HH, HHH)
as defined in Section 6.8 (Appendix 8): frequency counts and percentages, where 
percentages are based on the number of subjects with at least one treatment-emergent post-
baseline value for the specific parameter during the analysis period (i.e., number of subjects 
at risk; AP3 on the PAS);
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent special laboratory abnormalities for ALT, AST, Bilirubin 
and ALP: frequency counts and percentages, where percentages are based on the number 
of subjects with at least one treatment-emergent post-baseline value during the analysis 
period (i.e., number of subjects at risk; AP3 on the PAS).
The following plots are produced for quantitative laboratory results by treatment group:
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
48
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Plot of percent change from ponesimod baseline values for lymphocytes: mean ± SE by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS).
!
Plot of absolute values at ponesimod baseline, at last on-treatment and at each follow-up 
visits (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for lymphocytes (completed/discontinued subjects 
with at least one follow-up value only): mean ± SE (AP3 on the PAS by Post-Treatment 
DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
Plot of percent change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and follow-up visits
(FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for lymphocytes (completed/discontinued subjects with 
at least one follow-up value only): mean ± SE (AP3 on the PAS), by Post-Treatment DMT 
subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
A plot to evaluate Drug-Induced Serious Hepatotoxicity (eDISH plot) based on the highest 
observed treatment-emergent ALT and total bilirubin values. Individual subject’s values 
expressed as × ULN are plotted on a log-log scatter plot (ALT on the horizontal axis, total 
bilirubin on the vertical axis); reference lines are drawn at Hy’s law thresholds, i.e., at 3 ×
ULN for ALT and at 2 × ULN for total bilirubin. Footnote presented which provides, for 
each treatment group, the number and percentage of subjects falling in each of the 4 
quadrants defined by these reference lines (AP3 on the PAS).
The following listings are produced for laboratory results by treatment group and visit for AP3
on the PAS: Listings will only be produced for abnormal values for a patient for a given 
parameter.
!
Listing of specified abnormalities for ECG and Blood Pressure.
!
Listing of specified liver function test abnormalities;
!
Listing of marked laboratory abnormalities as specified in Appendix 8.
In addition, a listing of all lymphocyte values will also be provided.
5.4.5.2.
Vital Signs and Physical Examination Findings
All vital signs results are stored in SDTM201.VS/SDTM202.VS together with nominal visit and 
timepoint information. The two VS datasets are concatenated for the purposes of derivations and 
analysis.  
5.4.5.2.1.
Blood pressure
Measurements of systolic (SBP) and diastolic (DBP) blood pressure (mmHg) are collected pre-
dose at all scheduled study visits. In addition, pre-dose and post-dose (1h, 2h, 3h, 4h, 5h, 6h) 
measurements are collected on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 of ponesimod administration, at re-
initiation visits, and at the visit for the transition from TP2 to TP3. 
The ponesimod baseline value (as described in Section 5.1.2) is flagged in the AdaM dataset. 
Absolute change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-baseline assessments. All 
nominal visits (excluding post-dose assessments collected on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 of 
ponesimod administration and at re-initiation visits) are re-windowed based on the visit schedule 
in Section 5.1.7. All assessments, including post-dose assessments, are used for the derivation of 
“Last on treatment” and “Last follow-up” values.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
49
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
For by-visit and by-hour tables presenting summary statistics of SBP and DBP results, the latest 
(by datetime) transmitted measurement per nominal subject-visit/timepoint is used in case of 
multiple data available at that visit or visit/timepoint.
Assessments meeting the following conditions are flagged in the AdaM dataset for all assessments 
(whether scheduled or unscheduled, and whether windowed or not):
Low blood pressure
!
SBP ≤ 90 mmHg or ≥ 20 mmHg decrease from ponesimod baseline;
!
SBP ≤ 90 mmHg;
!
≥ 20 mmHg decrease in SBP from ponesimod baseline;
!
DBP ≤50 mmHg or ≥ 15 mmHg decrease from ponesimod baseline;
!
DBP ≤50 mmHg;
!
≥ 15 mmHg decrease in DBP from ponesimod baseline.
High blood pressure
!
SBP ≥ 160 mmHg or ≥ 20 mmHg increase from ponesimod baseline;   
!
SBP ≥160 mmHg;
!
SBP ≥ 140 mmHg;
!
≥ 20 mmHg increase in SBP from ponesimod baseline;
!
DBP ≥ 100 mmHg or ≥ 15 mmHg increase from ponesimod baseline;
!
DBP ≥ 100 mmHg;
!
DBP ≥ 90 mmHg;
!
≥15 mmHg increase in DBP from ponesimod baseline.
Each condition listed above is flagged separately. 
Pre-dose values on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 following first ponesimod administration and on Day 
1 of a re-initiation are flagged, and absolute and percent change from pre-dose on each day are 
calculated for the hourly post-dose assessments. 
For all hourly post-dose assessments on Day 1, 8 and 15 following first ponesimod administration
and on Day 1 of a re-initiation, flags are set for the following conditions:
!
SBP ≤ 90 mmHg or ≥ 20 mmHg decrease from pre-dose;
!
≥ 20 mmHg decrease from pre-dose in SBP;
!
DBP ≤ 50 mmHg or ≥ 15 mmHg decrease from pre-dose;
!
≥ 15 mmHg decrease from pre-dose in DBP.
Pre-dose values on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 following first ponesimod administration and on Day 
1 of re-initiation were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR. It was determined that this was no 
longer required and istherefore not planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
The following summary will be produced for blood pressure abnormalities, as defined above, by 
treatment group:
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
50
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent blood pressure abnormalities for SBP and DBP:
frequency counts and percentages, where percentages are based on the number of 
subjects with at least one treatment-emergent post-baseline value during the analysis 
period (i.e., number of subjects at risk; AP3 on the PAS).
All abnormal blood pressure results are listed by treatment group and visit for AP3 on the PAS.    
5.4.5.2.2.
Body weight
Body weight (kg) is collected at selected scheduled visits. 
The ponesimod baseline value (as described in Section 5.1.2) is flagged in the AdaM dataset. 
Absolute change from ponesimod baseline is calculated for all post-baseline assessments. All 
nominal visits are re-windowed based on the visit schedule in Section 5.1.7.
5.4.5.3.
Electrocardiogram
It is noted that the criteria to define abnormality in ECG findings has changed during the course 
of the study, subsequent to the Interim Analysis conducted in 2019, as reflected in the SDTM data.
5.4.5.3.1.
12-Lead ECG 
A 12-lead ECG is performed pre-dose at all scheduled visits. In addition, ECGs are pre-dose and 
hourly post-dose (1h, 2h, 3h, 4h, 5h, 6h) on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 of ponesimod intake, at re-
initiation visits, and at the visit for the transition from TP2 to TP3. In the event of a clinically 
relevant change from baseline in HR or other ECG parameters persisting after the 6-hour post-
dose monitoring, additional ECGs are performed every 2 hours after 6 hours. 
All 12-lead ECG results are stored in SDTM201.EG/SDTM202.EG together with nominal visit 
and timepoint information. The two EG datasets are concatenated for the purposes of derivations 
and analysis.
All nominal visits (excluding post-dose assessments collected on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 of 
ponesimod administration and at re-initiation visits) are re-windowed based on the visit schedule 
in Section 5.1.8. All assessments, including post-dose assessments, are used for the derivation of 
“Last on treatment” and “Last follow-up” values.
For by-visit and by-hour tables presenting summary statistics of quantitative ECG results, the latest 
(by datetime) transmitted measurement per nominal subject-visit/timepoint is used in case of 
multiple data available at that visit or visit/timepoint.
ECG parameter measurements
The following parameters are transferred by the central vendor (eRT): heart rate, RR, PR, QRS, 
QT, and are used as derived by eRT and are not re-calculated.
Corrected QT values QTcF and QTcB are available in SDTM.EG. The derivation based on
Fridericia’s and Bazett’s formulae is as follows:
!
QTcB (ms) = QT (ms)/RR (sec)^0.5 
!
QTcF (ms) = QT (ms)/RR (sec) ^1/3 
These values are then rounded.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
51
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
The ponesimod baseline values (as described in Section 5.1.2) are flagged in the AdaM dataset. 
Absolute and percentage change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-baseline 
assessments.  
All nominal visits (excluding post-dose assessments collected on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 of 
ponesimod administration and at re-initiation visits) are re-windowed based on the visit schedule 
in Section 5.1.8. 
All nominal assessments meeting the following conditions are flagged in the AdaM dataset:
!
Heart rate ≥ 100 bpm;
!
Heart rate ≤ 50 bpm;
!
Heart rate ≤ 45 bpm;
!
Heart rate ≤ 40 bpm;
!
PR interval > 200 ms and increase of > 20 ms from to ponesimod baseline assessment;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 500 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 480 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 450 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB increase from ponesimod baseline of > 30 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB increase from ponesimod baseline of > 60 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 500 ms and increase from ponesimod baseline > 30 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 500 ms and increase from ponesimod baseline > 60 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 450 ms and increase from ponesimod baseline > 30 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB prolongation of > 450 ms and increase from ponesimod baseline > 60 ms.
Pre-dose values on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 following first ponesimod administration and on Day 
1 of a re-initiation are flagged, and absolute and percent change from pre-dose on each day are 
calculated for the hourly post-dose assessments. 
Post-dose assessments on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 following first ponesimod administration and 
on Day 1 of a re-initiation meeting the following conditions are flagged in the AdaM dataset:
!
PR interval > 200 ms and increase of > 20 ms compared to pre-dose assessment;
!
QTcF/QTcB increase from pre-dose assessment of > 30 ms;
!
QTcF/QTcB increase from pre-dose assessment of > 60 ms.
Clinically relevant morphological ECG findings
Morphological ECG findings are reported by the eRT and are mapped to Clinical Data Interchange 
Standards Consortium (CDISC) standard (code list C71150, with high level categories from code 
list C71152) in the SDTM. 
For analyses in tables the following categories are anticipated: 
!
Atrioventricular Conduction
!
Axis and Voltage
!
Chamber Hypertrophy or Enlargement
!
Conduction
!
Ectopy
!
Intraventricular-Intratrial Conduction
!
Rhythm Not Otherwise Specified
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
52
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
ST Segment, T wave, and U wave
!
Sinus Node Rhythms and Arrhythmias
!
Supraventricular Arrhythmias
!
Supraventricular Tachyarrhythmias
!
Ventricular Arrhythmias
Findings related to interpretation or technical issues are only included in listings. 
Morphological ECG findings are flagged as ‘New’ if not present at any assessment prior to intake 
of ponesimod (including assessments taken during the placebo period) or ‘Pre-existing’ if present 
at any assessment prior to intake of ponesimod. If a subject has no evaluable ECG assessment prior 
to first dose of ponesimod, it is conservatively assumed that any treatment-emergent 
morphological ECG finding is ‘New’.
Quantitative ECG parameter measurements
The following summaries are produced for quantitative ECG parameters (heart rate, PR, QRS, QT 
and QTcF / QTcB) by treatment group:
!
Summary of absolute values for ECG parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit 
(AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for ECG 
parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of pre- and post-dose absolute values for ECG parameters on nominal Day 1, 8 
and 15 relative to first ponesimod administration: descriptive statistics by nominal day and 
nominal timepoint (PAS)*;
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from pre-dose values for ECG parameters 
on nominal Day 1, 8 and 15 relative to first ponesimod administration: descriptive statistics
by nominal day and nominal timepoint (PAS)*;
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent abnormalities [as defined above]: frequency counts, 
percentages, where percentages are based on the number of subjects with at least one post-
baseline value during the analysis period (i.e., number of subjects at risk) (AP3 on the 
PAS);
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent abnormalities [as defined above] on nominal Day 1 
relative to first ponesimod administration: frequency counts, percentages, where 
percentages are based on the number absolute of subjects with at least one post-dose value 
on Day 1 (i.e., number of subjects at risk) (PAS)*.
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent PR and QTc prolongations (including increase from pre-
dose) and HR outliers on Day 1 of treatment re-initiation after treatment interruption
The following plots are produced for ECG parameters (HR, PR, QRS, QT and QTcF / QTcB) by 
treatment group:
!
Plot of pre- and post-dose absolute values for ECG parameters on nominal Day 1, 8 and 15 
relative to first ponesimod administration: mean ± SE by nominal day and nominal 
timepoint (PAS)*;
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
53
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Plot of absolute change from pre-dose values for ECG parameters on nominal Day 1, 8 and 
15 relative to first ponesimod administration: mean ± SE by nominal day and nominal 
timepoint (PAS)*.
!
Plot of absolute values for heart rate: mean ± SE by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Plot of absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for heart rate: mean ± SE by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS).
All abnormal ECG parameter results are listed by treatment group and visit based on the PAS. 
Summary tables and plots of ECG parameters on nominal Day 1, 8 and 15 relative to first 
ponesimod administration were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and are not planned to be 
presented in the Final CSR.
Incidence of treatment-emergent abnormalities on nominal Day 1 relative to first ponesimod 
administration were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and are not planned to be presented in 
the Final CSR. 
Incidence of treatment-emergent PR and QTc prolongations (including increase from pre-dose) 
and HR outliers on Day 1 of treatment re-initiation after treatment interruption were presented in 
the Interim Analysis CSR and are not planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
Clinically relevant morphological ECG findings
The following summaries are produced for morphological ECG findings by treatment group:
!
Incidence of clinically relevant morphological ECG findings [as defined above], by 
preferred term: frequency counts and percentages (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Incidence of clinically relevant morphological ECG findings on nominal Day 1, Day 8 and 
Day 15 relative to first ponesimod administration, by nominal day and preferred term: 
frequency counts and percentages (PAS)*.
*For summaries/plots on nominal Days 1, 8 and 15 following first ponesimod administration, 
subjects are summarized as follows: 
!
For nominal Day 1 all subjects are summarized under ponesimod 10 mg; 
!
For nominal Day 8 subjects randomized to ponesimod 10 mg are summarized under 
ponesimod 10 mg, whilst subjects randomized to ponesimod 20 mg or ponesimod 40 mg 
are summarized under ponesimod 20 mg;
!
For nominal Day 15 all subjects are summarized under their randomized dose.
This reflects the up-titration scheme and the doses that subjects were receiving at the time. 
Post-dose hourly assessments are not included in summaries/plots by visit.
For tables reporting treatment-emergent abnormalities/findings, all assessments are considered, 
whether scheduled or unscheduled, pre-or post-dose. 
All ECG morphological abnormalities are listed by treatment group and visit based on the PAS. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
54
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Summary tables and plots of incidence of clinically relevant morphological ECG findings on 
nominal Day 1, Day 8 and Day 15 relative to first ponesimod administration were presented in the 
Interim Analysis CSR and are not planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.5.3.2.
48-hour Holter ECG 
Holter ECG is reported in SDTM202.XH. This data is not combined with that of the core, as Holter 
ECG monitoring is performed only for 4 subjects in Germany during the extension study.  
Holter ECG monitoring is performed at Visit E1 (Day 1), Visit E2, Visit E3, Visit E7 (Week 24) 
and Visit E9 (Week 48) of TP1. For subjects enrolled into TP2, a 48-hour Holter ECG monitoring 
is performed in case of study drug re-initiation (followed by dose up-titration) on the day of re-
initiation and of dose up-titration. Holter ECG monitoring is also performed at the visit for the 
transition from TP2 to TP3.
The Holter ECG is assessed by eRT as ‘Normal’ or ‘Abnormal’. If ‘Abnormal’, the specific 
abnormalities are captured as free-text. 
A listing of all Holter ECG data collected during the extension study is provided based on the 
Holter analysis set. 
Holter ECG data was presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and as no new data is expected, is not 
planned to be presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.5.4.
Echocardiography
Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography is performed at a subset of centers. Echocardiography 
assessments in AC-058B202 are only conducted in subjects who were assessed during the core 
study.
All echocardiography results are stored in SDTM201.MO/SDTM202.MO together with nominal 
visit and timepoint information. The two MO datasets are concatenated for the purposes of 
derivations and analysis. The corresponding coded preferred terms are stored in 
SDTM201.SUPPMO/SDTM202.SUPPMO where QNAM is MODECOD.
Echocardiography parameters
The following quantitative echocardiography parameters are evaluated by the central reader 
(Methodist): left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) diameters (%), left ventricular (LV) diastolic 
dimension (cm), LV mean thickness (cm), LV posterior wall (LVPW) diastolic thickness (cm), 
IVS (cm), left atrial single plane area (cm2), left atrial single plane volume (mL), aortic root 
diastolic diameter (cm). 
The ponesimod baseline value (as described in Section 5.1.2) is flagged in the AdaM dataset. 
Absolute and percentage change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-baseline 
assessments.  
All nominal visits are re-windowed based on the visit schedule in Section 5.1.7.
Echocardiography findings
Echocardiography findings are evaluated centrally and coded using MedDRA version 26. 
Treatment-emergent findings are flagged in the AdaM dataset. Treatment-emergent findings are 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
55
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
any findings that were reported after first dose of ponesimod and within 15 days of last dose of 
ponesimod, and that either were not present at any assessment prior to first dose of ponesimod, or 
worsened from an assessment observed prior to first dose of ponesimod (per the rules described 
below).  
Echocardiography findings include the following: 
!
All coded findings that were not present at any assessment prior to first dose of ponesimod. 
!
Cardiac Valves Regurgitation findings defined as:
No regurgitation finding at any assessment prior to first dose of ponesimod and present as 
‘Trace’, ‘Mild’, ‘Moderate’ or Severe’ at any assessment after first dose of ponesimod.
Regurgitation finding present at one or more assessments prior to first dose of ponesimod
and worsening after first dose of ponesimod, e.g., ticked ‘Trace’ at the screening and ‘Mild’ 
at any post-baseline visit.
The following summaries are produced for quantitative echocardiography parameters (LVEF 
diameters, LV diastolic dimension, LV mean thickness, LVPW diastolic thickness, IVS, left atrial 
single plane area, left atrial single plane volume, aortic root diastolic diameter) by treatment group:
!
Summary of absolute values for echocardiography parameters: descriptive statistics by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the echocardiography analysis set);
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for 
echocardiography parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the 
echocardiography analysis set);
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline values for echocardiography 
parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the echocardiography analysis 
set);
The following summaries are produced for echocardiography findings by treatment group:
!
Incidence of new treatment-emergent MedDRA (i.e. not present at ponesimod baseline) 
coded echocardiography findings [as defined above], by preferred term: frequency counts 
and percentages (AP3 on the echocardiography analysis set);
!
Treatment-emergent Cardiac Valves Regurgitation findings are summarized as follows 
(examples) percentages (AP3 on the echocardiography analysis set):
-
Aortic Valve Regurgitation: Mild;
-
Aortic Valve Regurgitation: Moderate;
-
Mitral Valve Regurgitation: Trace;
-
Mitral Valve Regurgitation: Moderate.
Each abnormal finding is only counted once. The worst outcome reported post-baseline is 
considered.  Tables present the number and percentage of subjects having any new abnormality 
and having each specific new abnormality.
A full listing of all echocardiography data is provided based on the echocardiography analysis 
set. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
56
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Note that the core study B201 used a different dictionary (PSID) than that being used for the 
current study for Echocardiography findings. As certain terms may differ between the two 
dictionaries, and since a finding is defined relative to the first dose of ponesimod, this has an 
impact on what is identified as an Echocardiography finding. A footnote will be added to the 
echocardiography outputs to indicate that not all identified findings may indeed be findings (i.e. 
appearing for the first time).
5.4.5.5.
Pulmonary Function Tests
All pulmonary function test (PFT) results are stored in SDTM201.RE/SDTM202.RE together with 
nominal visit and timepoint information. The two RE datasets are concatenated for the purposes 
of derivations and analysis.
Note that, as of the implementation of Global Protocol version 12, the bronchodilator assessment 
is no longer required.
PFTs are performed pre-dose at the following assessments, and the parameters forced expiratory 
volume in 1 second (FEV1; L) and forced vital capacity (FVC; L) are collected at the following 
visits in the extension study:
!
TP1: at Visits E2 and E3 (Days 8 and 15), Visits E4 to E7, E9, E11 and E13;
!
TP2 and TP3: at every other visit (from P1 to EOT3);
!
Follow-up: at Visits E1 and E2 or FU1, FU2 and FU3 (EOS3).
At selected visits a bronchodilator assessment is performed (required yearly from Visit P1 during 
TP2 and recommended yearly during TP3). At such visits, two pre-dose PFT assessments are 
performed:
!
One PFT assessment prior to administration of the bronchodilator (“Pre-bronchodilator”);
!
A second PFT assessment 30 minutes (∃15 minutes) after administration of the 
bronchodilator (“Post-bronchodilator”).
The following additional PFT parameters variables are derived in the AdaM dataset:
!
FEV1/FVC(%)
The ratio (in %) between FEV1 and FVC is calculated as:
FEV1/FVC (%)=
FVC
FEV1 * 100
!
Predicted normal values for FEV1 and FVC
Predicted normal values for FEV1 and FVC are calculated based on the following formulas
[Quanjer 1993], where height and race are used as recorded at screening of the core study.
Age is re-calculated at each assessment, by adding the time since the assessment where age 
was originally recorded to the original age value.
Predicted normal value for FEV1 (L); H: standing height (m); A: age (years):
Sex
Equation
Male
4.30 H – 0.029 A* – 2.49
Female
3.95 H – 0.025 A* – 2.60
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
57
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Predicted normal value for FVC (L); H: standing height (m); A: age (yr):
Sex
Equation
Male
5.76 H – 0.026 A* – 4.34
Female
4.43 H – 0.026 A* – 2.89
*If age is between 18 and 25 (limits included), substitute with 25.
For patients of ethnic groups (race) other than ‘Caucasian/White’ the above predicted 
normal value must be multiplied by a conversion factor of 0.9 [Quanjer 1993].
!
Percent of the predicted normal values for FEV1 and FVC
Percent of the corresponding predicted normal value is calculated for FEV1 and FVC as 
follows:
o
Percent of the predicted value (%) = [measured value] × 100 / [predicted normal 
value].
For all collected and derived PFT parameters, the following variables are derived:
The ponesimod baseline values (as described in Section 5.1.2) are flagged in the AdaM dataset. At 
visits where both pre- and post- bronchodilator assessments are taken, only the pre-bronchodilator 
assessment is considered for baseline. 
Absolute and percentage change from ponesimod baseline are derived for all post-baseline 
assessments (except post-bronchodilator assessments). 
At assessments where the bronchodilator is administered, absolute and percentage change from 
pre-bronchodilator to post-bronchodilator value is derived.
All nominal visits are re-windowed based on the visit schedule in Section 5.1.7.
Nominal assessments meeting the following conditions are flagged in the AdaM dataset:
Outliers:
!
Percent change from ponesimod baseline in FEV1: < -20 %, < -30%;
!
Percent change from ponesimod baseline in FVC: < -20 %, < -30%;
!
Absolute change from ponesimod baseline in % predicted FEV1: < -20 %, < -30%;
!
Absolute change from ponesimod baseline in % predicted FVC: < -20 %, < -30%;
!
FEV1/FVC < 70%.
Positive test for bronchodilator:
!
Absolute change from pre- to post-bronchodilator in FEV1 > 200 mL and percent change 
from pre to post-bronchodilator in FEV1 > 12 %;
!
Absolute change from pre- to post-bronchodilator in FVC > 200 mL and percent change 
from pre to post-bronchodilator in FVC > 12 %.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
58
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
By Treatment group
The following summaries are produced for PFT parameters (FEV1, FVC, FEV1/FVC, %pred 
FEV1, %pred FVC) by treatment group (post-bronchodilator assessments are not included):
!
Summary of absolute values for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit 
(AP3 on the PAS) by treatment group;
!
Summary of absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for PFT parameters: 
descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS) by treatment group;
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline values for PFT parameters: 
descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS) by treatment group;
!
Incidence of treatment-emergent PFT outliers [as defined above
frequency counts, 
percentages, where percentages are based on the number of subjects at risk, i.e. number of 
subjects with at least 1 post-baseline value in that category during the analysis period (AP3 
on the PAS) by treatment group.
The following plot is produced:
A plot of %pred FEV1 values over time (including FU visits), by analysis visit (AP3 on the
PAS) by treatment group;
By Post-Treatment DMT Subgroup
The following summaries are produced for PFT parameters by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup, as 
defined in Section 5.5.6 (pooling across all treatment groups):
!
Summary of absolute values at ponesimod baseline, at last on-treatment and at each follow-
up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by Post-Treatment DMT subgroups ((Any DMT, 
including ponesimod), No DMT). 
!
Summary of absolute change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and each 
follow-up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics
by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, 
including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and each follow-
up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including 
ponesimod), No DMT).
The following plots are produced:
!
A plot of ponesimod baseline, last-on-treatment and follow-up values for %pred FEV1, by
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including 
ponesimod), No DMT).
!
A plot of absolute change from ponesimod baseline to last-on-treatment and follow-up 
values for %pred FEV1, by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by Post-Treatment DMT 
subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
59
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
By Total Exposure Duration Subgroup:
The following summaries are produced for PFT parameters by the Total Exposure Duration 
subgroup, as defined in Section 5.5.6 (pooling all treatment groups).
!
Summary of absolute values at ponesimod baseline, at last on-treatment and at each follow-
up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by the Total Exposure Duration subgroup. 
!
Summary of absolute change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and each 
follow-up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics
by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by the Total Exposure Duration subgroup.
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and each follow-
up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) for PFT parameters: descriptive statistics by 
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by the Total Exposure Duration subgroup.
The following plots are produced:
!
A plot of ponesimod baseline, last-on-treatment and follow-up values for %pred FEV1, by
analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by the Total Exposure Duration subgroup.
!
A plot of absolute change from ponesimod baseline to last-on-treatment and follow up
values for %pred FEV1, by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS), by the Total Exposure Duration 
subgroup.
The following summaries are produced for PFT parameters (FEV1, FVC, FEV1/FVC, %pred 
FEV1, %pred FVC) for pre-/post-bronchodilator assessments by treatment group:
!
Summary of absolute values for PFT parameters at pre- and post-bronchodilator 
assessments: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of absolute change from pre- to post-bronchodilator assessment for PFT 
parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of percent change from pre- to post-bronchodilator assessment values for PFT
parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Incidence of positive test for bronchodilator [as defined above]: frequency counts, 
percentages, where percentages are based on the number of subjects at risk, i.e., number of 
subjects with at least 1 bronchodilator administration with pre and post PFT performed 
during the analysis period (AP3 on the PAS).
The following plots are produced for pre-/post-bronchodilator assessments of PFT parameters by 
treatment group:
!
A plot of all pre/post-bronchodilator %FEV1 values over time, by analysis visit (AP3 on 
the PAS).
A listing of outliers and positive tests for bronchodilators for PFT data is provided for AP3 on the 
PAS.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
60
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.5.
Other Analyses
5.5.1.
Pharmacokinetics
Blood samples were collected in order to provide information about study drug exposure in the 
target population, at various time points during the study as specified in the protocol schedule,
and summarized below, for pharmacokinetic (PK) and pharmacokinetic /pharmacodynamic 
(PK/PD) evaluations.
Plasma concentrations of ponesimod are determined at trough (pre-dose):
!
TP1: on Days 8 and 15 (Visits E2 and E3) and at Visits E4 (Week 4), E7 (Week 24), E9
(Week 48), and E13 (EOT2)
!
TP2 and TP3: P2 (Week 12), P7 (Week 72), P14 (Week 156) and P22 (Week 252), as 
applicable
Although plasma concentration results were intended to be collected at the visits mentioned above, 
the study design evolved to allow participants to transition from TP1 anytime after Week 48 up to
90 days after EOT2, and be enrolled into TP2 starting with Visit P1. Thus, not all participants had 
blood samples collected at all visits.
In addition, some participants also had plasma concentration samples collected at visits not 
assigned in the protocol. 
To address the variability of transition from TP1 to TP2, the following rules will be instituted to 
map the plasma collection dates for a participant to the planned plasma collection timepoints in 
the protocol. 
Based on the protocol the following windows are allowed at the different timepoints: Days 8, 15: 
+-1 day, Week 4: +- 2days, further Weeks: +- 14 days:
!
If TP1start date ≤Plasma collection date < start of TP2 start date or TP1 start date ≤plasma 
collection date (for subjects who did not enter TP2):
Let the time difference be denoted Diff = Plasma collection date – TP1 start date +1
Day 8 (Visit E2): (7 ≤Diff ≤9); Day 15 (Visit E3): (14 ≤Diff ≤16); 
Week 4 (Visit E4): (26 ≤Diff ≤30); Week 24 (Visit E7): (154 ≤Diff ≤182);
Week 48 (Visit E9): (322 ≤Diff ≤ 350); Week 96 (Visit E13 EOT2): 658 ≤ Diff ≤ 686)
!
If TP2 start date <= Plasma collection date:
Let the time difference, denoted Diff = Plasma collection date – TP2 start date +1
Week 12 (Visit P2): (70 ≤Diff ≤98); Week 72 (Visit P7): (490 ≤ Diff ≤518); 
Week 156 (Visit P14): (1078 ≤Diff ≤ 1106); Week 252 (Visit P22): (1750 ≤ Diff ≤
1778); 
Descriptive statistics by treatment period and by dose for the following pre-dose samples will be 
presented:
!
TP1: Days 8 and 15, and Weeks 4, 24, 48, and 96
!
TP2 and TP3: Weeks12, 72, 156, and 252
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
61
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
The following summaries are produced for trough level plasma concentrations at each time point 
of measurement by treatment group:
!
Summary of absolute values of PK parameters: descriptive statistics by analysis visit 
5.5.2.
Pharmacodynamics
The pharmacodynamic (PD) marker evaluated in this study is Total lymphocyte counts, which 
were measured as part of the clinical laboratory hematology tests. 
The following parameters are collected:
!
Absolute count in peripheral blood lymphocyte counts as a function of ponesimod dose 
and plasma concentrations at trough level (pre-dose) on Days 8 and15 (Visits E2 and E3) 
and at Visits E4, E7, E9, E13 (EOT2), P2, P7, P14, P22, P30 and EOT3, as applicable.
!
Post-treatment lymphocyte recovery 8, 30, and 90 days (only at 90 days for patients
performing TP2 and TP3, if applicable) after study drug discontinuation.
The following summaries for peripheral blood lymphocyte counts as a function of ponesimod 
dose, as described in Section 5.4.5.1, will be produced:
!
Summary of absolute values and absolute change from ponesimod baseline values for 
lymphocyte counts: descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline values for lymphocyte counts: 
descriptive statistics by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
In addition, the following plot, as described in Section 5.4.5.1 will be produced:
!
Plot of percent change from ponesimod baseline values for lymphocyte counts: mean ± SE 
by analysis visit (AP3 on the PAS);
The following summaries for post-treatment lymphocyte count recovery, as described in 
Section 5.4.5.1, will be produced:
!
Summary of absolute values at ponesimod baseline, at last on-treatment and at each follow-
up visits (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) ) for lymphocyte counts (completed/discontinued 
subjects with at least one follow-up value only): descriptive statistics (AP3 on the PAS);
by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
Summary of percent change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and to each 
follow-up visit (FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) ) for lymphocyte
counts 
(completed/discontinued subjects with at least one follow-up value only): descriptive 
statistics (AP3 on the PAS); by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup ((Any DMT, including 
ponesimod), No DMT).
       
In addition, the following plots, as described in Section 5.4.5.1, will be produced:
!
Plot of absolute values at ponesimod baseline, at last on-treatment and at each follow-up 
(FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) ) for lymphocytes (completed/discontinued subjects with 
at least one follow-up value only): mean ± SE (AP3 on the PAS); by Post-Treatment DMT 
subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
!
Plot of percent change from ponesimod baseline to last on-treatment and follow-up visits 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
62
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
(FU7, FU30, FU90 and Last FU) ) for lymphocytes (completed/discontinued subjects with 
at least one follow-up value only): mean ± SE (AP3 on the PAS); by Post-Treatment DMT 
subgroup ((Any DMT, including ponesimod), No DMT).
5.5.3.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Relationships
The following endpoint, “Efficacy and safety parameters will be correlated with absolute 
lymphocyte counts and magnitude of reduction of lymphocyte counts on an exploratory basis.” 
was added to explore the objective: dose response relationship of 10, 20, and 40 mg ponesimod 
on lymphocyte count, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) endpoints, annualized relapse rate 
(ARR), and safety endpoints.
Analyses to address dose decisions were presented in the Interim Analysis CSR and are not 
planned to be addressed in the Final CSR.
5.5.4.
Biomarkers
Not applicable
5.5.5.
Health Economics
Not applicable
5.5.6.
Definition of Subgroups
The following subgroups are defined for the Follow-up Phase:
(i)
Post-treatment DMT: A patient in the Follow-up Phase is assigned to the “Any DMT,
including ponesimod” category if there is a record in CMDECOD in SDTM.CM for 
any of the therapies listed in Table 11 in Section 6.5.1 and the corresponding 
CMENDTC in SDTM.CM is on or after the ponesimod EOT date or ongoing at EOS 
date. In cases where CMENDTC is missing and CM is not ongoing, it should be 
checked whether CMSTDTC is on or after the ponesimod EOT date. Otherwise, the 
patient is assigned to the “No DMT” category.
(ii)
Total Exposure Duration: A patient in the Follow-up Phase is assigned to one of the 
following categories “Less than or equal to 4 years”, “Greater than 4 and Less than or 
equal to 8 years”, “Greater than 8 years”, based on their Ponesimod exposure duration
during AP3 (years), as defined in Table 10 in Section 5.4.1.1. This subgroup will be 
considered only for PFT.
5.5.7.
Immunogenicity Analysis
Details of immunogenicity analyses conducted in this study are presented in Sections 6.10 for 
Covid-19 and in Section 6.11 for Influenza.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
63
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.5.8.
Covid-19 Impact Analyses
In order to assess the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the ongoing study, the following 
additional outputs will be presented: the frequency of major PDs related to the pandemic and study 
drug compliance pre- and post-pandemic.
(i)
A table of frequencies for major PDs related to the Covid-19 pandemic. This can be 
identified in SDTM.DV dataset by DVTERM which includes the prefix “Covid-19-
related” and DVSCAT= “Major”. 
(ii)
A listing of major PDs related to the Covid-19 pandemic will be presented.
(iii)
A table for Total Compliance for the periods pre-Covid-19 and post-Covid-19 will be 
presented, where pre/post-Covid-19 is defined as pre/post-January 1, 2020.
Interruptions spanning across these two periods will be assigned to the pre-Covid-19 
period.
(iv)
The number of events of Covid-19 related discontinuations will be presented.
5.5.9.
Regional Crisis Impact Analyses
In order to assess the impact of the regional crisis in Ukraine and Russia on the ongoing study, the 
following additional output will be presented:
(i)
A listing of all major PDs related to the regional crisis.
5.6.
Interim Analyses
An iCSR SAP AC-058B202_SAP_V3_2307_EDMS-ERI-197686018_3.0 was prepared, 
describing the analyses and presentation of all safety, tolerability and selected efficacy endpoints, 
for the interim clinical study report (iCSR) (EDMS-ERI-181610698, 1.0) of the pooled 
AC-058B201 (core) and AC-058B202 (extension) studies, to support the ponesimod New Drug 
Application (NDA) / Marketing Authorization Application (MAA)
5.6.1.
Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) or Other Review Board
A DMC convened for the ponesimod program was disbanded on 30th Sept. 2021.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
64
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
6.1.
Appendix 1 List of Abbreviations
%pred FEV1
FEV1 expressed as % of predicted normal value
%pred FVC
FVC expressed as % of predicted normal value
ADaM
Analysis data model
AE
Adverse event
AESI
Adverse event of special interest
ALP
Alkaline phosphatase 
ALT
Alanine aminotransferase 
AP1
Analysis period 1
AP2
Analysis period 2
AP3
Analysis period 3
ARR
Annualized relapse rate
AST
Aspartate aminotransferase
ATC
Anatomic therapeutic chemical
BP
Blood pressure
bpm
Beats per minute
CDA
Confirmed disability accumulation
CDISC
Clinical Data Interchange Standards Consortium
CFR
(US) Code of Federal Regulations
CI
Confidence interval
CL
Confidence limit(s)
CRF
Case report form
CRO
Contract research organization
CSR
Clinical study report
CUAL
Cumulative unique active lesions
DBP
Diastolic blood pressure
DMTs
Disease modifying therapies for MS
ECG
Electrocardiograph
EDSS
Expanded Disability Status Scale
ELISA
EMA
Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
European Medicines Agency
EOS
End-of-study
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
65
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
EOT
End-of-treatment
FAS
Full analysis set
FDA
(US) Food and Drug Administration
FEV1
Forced expiratory volume in 1 second
FS
Functional system
FU
Follow-up
FVC
Forced vital capacity
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
Gd+
Gadolinium enhancing
ICF
Informed Consent Form
ICH
International Conference on Harmonisation
IDMC
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
KM
Kaplan-Meier
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MRI
Magnetic resonance imaging
MS
Multiple Sclerosis
OCT
Optical coherence tomography
PAS
Ponesimod analysis set
PD
Pharmacodynamic
PK
Pharmacokinetic
PPS
Per-protocol analysis set
PT
Preferred term
QTC
Corrected QT interval
QTCB
QT interval corrected for heart rate using Bazett’s formula
QTCF
QT interval corrected for heart rate using Fridericia’s formula
RMS
Relapsing multiple sclerosis
RNFL
Retinal nerve fiber layer
RRMS
Relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis
SAE
Serious adverse event
SAF
Safety analysis set
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SAS
Statistical analysis system
SBP
Systolic blood pressure
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
66
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
SBP
Systolic blood pressure
SCR
Screened analysis set
SD
Standard deviation
SDTM
Study Data Tabulation Model 
SE
Standard error
SI
Standard International
SOC
System organ class
SOP
Standard operating procedure
SPMS
Secondary progressive multiple sclerosis with superimposed relapses 
TBIL
Total bilirubin
TEAE
Treatment-emergent adverse event
TP1
Treatment Period 1
TP2
Treatment Period 2
TP3
Treatment Period 3
ULN
Upper limit of the normal range
WHO
World Health Organization
WHODRUG
WHO drug dictionary
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
67
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.2.
Appendix 2 Changes or Clarifications to Protocol-Planned Analyses
6.2.1.
Changes to the analyses planned in the study protocol
Protocol 
section
Change
Rationale
5.2
It is stated that “Baseline is defined 
as the last assessment performed 
prior to the first administration of 
study treatment in AC-058B201 for 
the analyses comparing treatment 
groups as randomized in 
AC-058B201 including the placebo 
treatment period”, however, no 
analyses including the placebo 
period are performed as part of this 
SAP. 
An analysis by treatment groups as 
randomized in AC-058B201 would 
analyze subjects who have been 
receiving ponesimod for 8+ years as 
placebo, although they received 
placebo only for the first 6 months. 
Therefore, the placebo period is 
excluded. It is also considered 
important from a safety perspective 
that baseline is defined immediately 
prior to the initiation of ponesimod.   
5.2
The following populations are 
defined: 
“Modified intent-to-treat set 
(mITT) – extension population”: 
This analysis set includes all 
randomized patients who received at 
least once ponesimod dose in the 
combined studies AC-058B201 and 
AC-058B202 and had at least one 
post-baseline MRI examination.
Per-protocol (MRI) – extension 
population “The Per-protocol 
(MRI) – extension population 
includes all patients of the 
Per-protocol (MRI) set for AC-
058B201 who completed at least 
Visit E7 of AC-058B202 and did not 
have any major protocol violation in 
AC-058B202”. 
These are not used for any analyses 
in this SAP. 
These populations were not deemed 
necessary as the objectives of the 
analysis are exploratory in nature. 
5.3
It is stated that "The treatment 
groups will be analyzed as 
randomized in AC-058B201, by 
pooled dose groups and by treatment 
pathway across the combined core 
study and extension study and by 
individual treatment periods in the 
extension study.”  
No analyses by treatment pathway 
or as randomized by AC-058B201 
An analysis by treatment groups as 
randomized in AC-058B201 would 
analyze subjects who have been 
receiving ponesimod for 8+ years as 
placebo, although they received 
placebo only for the first 6 months.  
There are 8 different treatment 
pathways across the core and 
extension studies combined. This 
was not foreseen at the time of 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
68
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
are planned as part of this SAP. 
Subjects are summarized by pooled 
dose groups (based on first 
randomized dose of ponesimod) 
only. 
protocol writing. Such an analysis 
would not be interpretable. 
5.3
For ARR, it is stated that “In 
addition, the treatment effect on 
aggregate ARR will be tested by 
means of negative binomial 
regression adjusted by treatment, 
region, number of documented 
relapses (≤2 and > 2) past 24 
months prior to screening, EDSS
[Expanded Disability Status Scale]
at baseline (CRF Visit 2) and total 
number of T1 Gd+ [gadolinium-
enhancing] lesions at baseline.” This 
is similarly applied for the Cox 
proportional-hazard regression 
model for time to first relapse, and 
negative binomial model for MRI 
endpoints.  
Only two covariates will be included 
in the adjusted models: EDSS score 
category (≤ 3.5 and > 3.5) based on 
extension baseline, and relapses in 
the 2 years prior to screening in the 
core study (≤ 1 and ≥ 2).
EDSS is defined as a categorical 
variable. Number of documented 
relapses categorization is modified 
from “≤2 and > 2” to “≤ 1 and ≥ 2”.
“Number of documented relapses in 
a fixed 24-month period cannot be 
determined for ponesimod baseline 
(of placebo switchers) and so the 
value prior to start of the core is 
used.  The categories are modified 
as only a very small proportion of 
subjects would fall into a > 2 
category.  
EDSS is categorized as the log-rank 
test (which is displayed alongside 
the Cox regression results) can only 
take categorical variables as 
covariates.  Given the small sample 
size only the two more important 
covariates are selected.
The same two covariates are used 
for all adjusted analyses (i.e., also 
for the negative binomial model for 
ARR and MRI) for consistency.     
5.3
It is stated that “Different methods 
will be applied to handle missing 
data and to perform sensitivity 
analyses to address potential bias as 
a result of missing information. The 
methods will include an analysis 
which treats missing values as a 
success, and an analysis which treats 
missing values as a failure.”.
These sensitivity analyses are not 
planned in this SAP for some of the 
endpoints.
The interim analysis covers a period 
of almost 9 years and higher drop-
outs are not unexpected over such a 
long period. Imputation of missing 
data over this long of a period would 
be difficult to interpret.
5.4
The dose response relationship will 
be explored for lymphocyte count, 
MRI related endpoints (number of 
total T1 Gd+ lesions, number of 
Without a placebo arm only 
represents less than 10% of the 
follow-up for patients originally 
randomized to placebo so for reason 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
69
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
combined unique active lesions, 
number of new or enlarging T2 
lesions) and ARR using modeling 
techniques as described by Bretz et 
al [Bretz 2005].
This modeling is not planned in this 
SAP.
previously discussed placebo is 
being excluded from the analysis. 
MCP-Mod without a placebo (0 
dose) makes the analysis difficult to 
interpret. Dose response was instead 
summarized in a more descriptive 
manner.
5.6
It is stated that “AEs, SAEs, and 
abnormalities are defined as 
treatment-emergent when occurring 
during study drug administration 
plus 7 days after study drug 
discontinuation.”. 
The definition of treatment-
emergent is updated to 15 days after 
last study drug administration in this 
SAP.
15 days is consistent with the Phase 
3 program.
5.6
It is stated that “In addition, AEs of 
clinical interest will be summarized 
by the dose the patient received as 
per-protocol at time of onset.”. 
This summary is not planned in this 
SAP.
Due to the potential carry over 
effect when subjects switch from 
one ponesimod dose to another, AEs 
will not be summarized by dose at 
onset. 
3.10.1
Appendix 11: Planned Covid-19 
analyses
Added to address efficacy endpoint 
No. 8 related to Covid-19 vaccine in 
Protocol Amendment 11.
2
Section 1.1: Objective: To explore 
the dose response relationship of 10, 
20, and 40 mg ponesimod on 
lymphocyte count, magnetic 
resonance imaging (MRI) endpoints, 
annualized relapse rate (ARR), and 
safety endpoints
This objective was addressed in the 
Interim Analysis CSR in 2019 and 
will not be further addressed in the 
Final CSR.
5.1.9
Section 5.1.9 Analysis Strategy for 
long term efficacy and safety
Only AP3 will be considered for the 
Final CSR as it encompasses the 
entire ponesimod treatment period.
Further, AP1 and AP2 were 
addressed in the Interim Analysis 
CSR in 2019.
3.10.1
Appendix 12: Influenza Analyses
Added to address efficacy endpoint 
No. 8 related to influenza vaccine in 
Protocol Amendment 11. 
Section 5.5.8. Added Covid-19 
Impact Analyses in SAP.
This analysis was deemed important 
to assess due to the pandemic that 
occurred while the study was 
ongoing.
Section 5.5.9 Added Regional Crisis 
Impact Analyses in SAP.
This was deemed important to 
assess due to the regional crisis that 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
70
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
occurred while the study was 
ongoing.
6.2.2.
Changes in the conduct of the study / data collection
None.
6.2.3.
Clarifications concerning endpoint definitions and related variables 
or statistical methods
Protocol 
section
Change
Rationale
3.10.2.5
Regarding the bronchodilator assessment, 
it is stated that “This assessment is 
mandatory and will be performed at Visit 
P1 and on a yearly basis during TP1 and 
TP2. During TP3 bronchodilator test is 
recommended to be continued on a yearly 
basis (as deemed necessary by the 
investigator).” In fact, the bronchodilator 
assessment was not performed in TP1 at 
all and was only introduced at the start of 
TP2 (Visit P1). 
Clarification. 
3.9.1
It is stated that the endpoint “Time to 12-
week confirmed disability progression up 
to end of the study” will be evaluated. This 
will not be done. 
As EDSS is only scheduled every 
24 weeks in TP1, it is not possible to 
determine time of 12-week CDA 
[Confirmed 
disability 
accumulation] during this period. 
Therefore only "Time to 24-week 
confirmed disability accumulation" 
was evaluated. 
3.9.1
It is stated that the endpoint “Categorical 
change from baseline to all assessments in 
EDSS and FS [functional system] scores” 
will be evaluated. This will not be done.
This endpoint was evaluated in the 
core study as categorical change 
from baseline to Week 24, where 
categorical change is classed as 
stable, improved or worsening at 
Week 24 as compared to baseline.  
Due to the long running nature of the 
extension study and lack of defined 
endpoint, this endpoint will not be 
defined in the extension study. 
3.9.1
It is stated that the safety and tolerability 
endpoints “Change in ophthalmological 
exam (best corrected visual acuity, low 
contrast visual acuity, visual fields, dilated 
These safety ophthalmological data 
are assessed at site but not collected 
on the CRF.  
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
71
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
ophthalmoscopy, and at selected centers, 
OCT [optical coherence tomography]) 
from baseline to all assessments” will be 
derived. This will not be done. 
3.9.1
It is stated that the endpoints “Change in 
laboratory parameters (hematology, blood 
chemistry, and urinalysis) from baseline to
all assessments” will be derived. This will 
be done for
hematology and blood 
chemistry
parameters, 
but 
not 
for 
urinalysis.
Urinalysis is performed locally, and 
results are not collected on the CRF. 
AC-
058B201 
CSR 
SAP 
section 
6.4.3.1
The 
EDSS 
assessment 
used 
for 
confirmation of disability accumulation 
must not be during a relapse. In the event 
of a missing relapse end date, the core 
study report considered relapse start date + 
30 days. This SAP uses relapse start date 
+ 90 days. 
This derivation is updated to be 
in-line with the deviation as used in 
the Phase 3 program. 
Section 
5.1.3
Definition of Treatment emergent adverse 
events and other safety variables.
Definition 
updated 
to 
exclude 
pregnancy interruption period(s).
Various 
Sections
Disposition will include a new category 
corresponding
to 
“Approved 
drug 
available for indication”. 
New reason in aCRF p.9 (Trial 
disposition) 
and 
p. 
11 
(Discontinuation 
of 
Study 
Treatment): 
“Approved 
drug 
available for indication”.
Section 
5.4.5.4
Echocardiogram: 
Criteria 
for 
defining abnormality have changed 
subsequent to 2019 IA and are 
reflected in the SDTM data.
Section 
5.1.7
Coding Dictionaries: MedDRA Version 
26.0 and WHO-Drug Dictionary version 
March 2023 B3G will be used.
Up-versioning 
to 
current 
dictionaries.
Section 
5.1.3
Added Planned Pregnancy Interruptions: 
- excluded for definition of exposure, 
treatment-emergent adverse events and 
other safety variables. 
- not excluded for efficacy analyses or for 
study duration.
This rule was adopted for the 
Snapshot Analysis in 2022 and will 
be retained for the Final CSR.
Section 
5.1.6
Added Definition: The post-treatment-
emergent period.
This period was added to address 
analyses pertaining to relapses in 
Section 5.3.1.4 and for AEs in 
Section 5.4.4.3.3.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
72
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Section 
5.1.8
Added additional Visit Windows
Added to cover the entire study 
period.
Section 
5.2.1.3
Added Definition: Entered Follow-up 
Phase.
This definition is required for the 
identification of patients in the DMT 
subgroups.
5.2.2
Display of Subject Disposition:  Kaplan-
Meier plot for time to premature treatment 
discontinuation will not be presented.
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.3.1.2
Removed Analyses for the endpoint: ARR 
up to last treatment in the Analysis Period 
+ 7 days will not be performed.
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.3.1.4
Added endpoint in Section 5.3.1.4: 
Annualized relapse rate in the Post-
treatment-emergent 
period. 
Added
planned analyses for this endpoint in 
Section 5.3.2.2.
This was added to assess disease 
reactivation. 
5.3.1.5
Explanation added regarding the response 
to the question about relapse requiring 
hospitalization.
To address the discrepancy between 
the response “Yes” to the question 
in the legacy CRF and the question 
in RAVE.
5.3.2.1
Removed the presentation of p-values in 
this section; and elsewhere in the SAP.
All exploratory analyses.
5.3.2.4
Removed Sensitivity analyses for ARR
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.3.2.5
Removed Sensitivity analyses for Time to 
first confirmed relapse
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.3.3.3
Added 
endpoint definition: 
Combined 
unique active lesions (CUAL) at each 
timepoint
This was deemed important to 
assess.
5.3.4.1
Removed Analyses for the cumulative 
total number of T1 Gd+ lesions
This was deemed not important to 
address in the Final CSR. Instead 
this analysis will be conducted for 
CUALs.
5.3.4.1
Removed Sensitivity analyses for T1 Gd+ 
lesions.
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
73
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
5.3.4.2
Removed Analyses for the cumulative 
total number of T2 lesions
This was deemed not important to 
address in the Final CSR. Instead 
this analysis will be conducted for 
CUALs.
5.3.4.2
Removed Sensitivity analyses for T2 
lesions.
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be
presented in the Final CSR.
5.3.4.3
Added analyses for the number of CUALs
per MRI time window
This was deemed important to 
assess.
5.4.3.2
Added 
definition 
for 
Post-treatment 
adverse events 
Definition required for table of post-
treatment AEs.
5.4.4.1
Removed Summaries of AEs with onset 
on Day 1
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.4.4
Removed outputs related to Treatment 
emergent AEs with onset of Day 1 of first 
ponesimod or Day 1 of any re-initiation
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
Removed 
Time 
to 
first 
treatment-
emergent AESI for each AESI category 
for AP3, using the Kaplan-Meier method
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.5
Only marked Laboratory abnormalities as 
defined in Appendix 8, and specified 
ECG, BP and liver function abnormalities 
will be presented in listings. However all 
lymphocyte values will be presented.
Given the long duration of the study, 
this was considered a reasonable 
approach As lymphocyte counts are 
a PD marker, all values will be 
presented.
5.4.5.1
Modified 
analyses 
for 
lymphocytes 
outputs related to ponesimod baseline, at 
last on-treatment and at each follow-up 
visit by Post-Treatment DMT subgroup.
This was deemed important to 
assess.
5.4.5.1
Added plot to evaluate Drug-Induced 
Serious Hepatotoxicity (eDISH plot)
This was deemed important to 
assess.
5.4.5.1
Urinalysis results were to be collected and 
recorded only if an abnormality/ finding 
would constitute an (S)AE. 
The limited number of available 
data does not allow for performing 
the planned analyses
5.4.5.2.1
Removed outputs for Blood Pressure: 
Pre-dose values on Day 1, Day 8 and Day 
15 following first ponesimod 
administration and on Day 1 of re-
initiation.
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
This was deemed important to 
assess.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
74
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Added: Summary for blood pressure 
abnormalities
5.4.5.1
Modified: Lab Listings will only be 
produced for abnormal values
Given the long duration of the study, 
lab listings will be restricted to 
abnormal values only.
5.4.5.3
Electrocardiogram: Removed outputs 
related to ECG parameters on nominal 
Day 1, 8 and 15 relative to first 
ponesimod administration.
Removed outputs related to incidence of 
treatment-emergent abnormalities, as well 
as PR and QTc prolongations.
This was presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
presented in the Final CSR.
5.4.5.5
Modified analyses for PFT outputs 
related to ponesimod baseline, at last on-
treatment and at each follow-up visit by 
Post-Treatment DMT subgroup.
Added outputs based on Total Exposure
Duration Subgroup.
This was deemed important to 
assess.
5.5.1
Added 
outputs 
related 
to 
Pharmacokinetics
This section was added to analyze 
the 
plasma 
concentration 
data 
collected in the study.
5.5.2
Link to outputs for lymphocytes that 
addressed the pharmacodynamic marker 
in the study.
The pharmacodynamic marker in 
the study was lymphocytes.
5.5.3
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic 
Relationships
Analyses to address dose decisions 
were presented in the Interim 
Analysis CSR and will not be 
addressed in the Final CSR
5.5.6
Added definitions of subgroups Post-
treatment DMT and Total Exposure 
Duration.
These subgroups were added to 
address the need for outputs based 
on the subgroups in the post-
treatment-emergent period.
6.4
Only major PDs will be presented
Given the duration of the study. 
Also 
important 
PDs 
were 
a 
definition used in the legacy CRF 
and have been mapped to eCRF.
6.5
Definition 
of 
Treatment-concomitant 
therapies modified from “….that were 
initiated up to 15 days after the end of 
ponesimod treatment to “… that were 
To ensure consistency with the 
definition of Post-treatment DMT 
subgroup. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
75
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
initiated upto the end of ponesimod
treatment”.
6.5.1
Table 11 includes some medications that 
are not DMTs (etrasimod, sekukinumab), 
but will be retained for consistency with 
IA outputs.
6.5
CMCLASS for Covid Vaccines updated
Updated 
based 
on 
current 
dictionaries.
6.8
Appendix 9 AESIs
Updated AESIs based on current 
coding dictionaries.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
76
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.3.
Appendix 3 Demographics and Baseline Characteristics
6.3.1.
Demographics
Demographic data are collected at entry into the core study only. Demographic data include 
country, age, sex, race, weight and height. Date of birth is not available, and as the core study 
duration was only 6 months, age at start of extension is assumed to be the same as age at the start 
of the core. All demographic variables are stored in SDTM201.DM. 
Age categories are derived from the above as follows: <18, 18-30, 31-40, 41-55, ≥56 years. Age 
high-level categories: <40, ≥ 40. Age categories as per EudraCT requirement: < 12 years, 12 - 17, 
18 - 64, 65 - 84, ≥85.
Two categorizations are derived for region. The first categorization reflects the regions as they 
were defined in the core study report, with the following regions defined:
!
Northern/Western Europe: Finland, Sweden, Belgium, Netherlands, Germany, UK, and
Poland;
!
South/Central Europe: Austria, France, Italy, Spain, Switzerland, Hungary, and Czech 
Republic;
!
Eastern Europe / Israel: Bulgaria, Israel, Romania, Serbia, Russian Federation, and
Ukraine;
!
North America / Australia: USA, Canada, and Australia.
The second categorization is consistent with the Phase 3 program. The following regions are 
defined:
!
European Union (EU) + UK + Switzerland: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, 
Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Spain, Sweden, 
Switzerland, and United Kingdom;
!
Europe Non-EU + Russia: Russian Federation, Serbia, and Ukraine;
!
North America: Canada, and United States;
!
Rest of World: Australia, and Israel.
Region categorizations are based on the region of the site the subject was in at the start of the core 
study. Site changes that result in region changes are not considered. 
Demographic characteristics are summarized using descriptive statistics for continuous and 
categorical data, by treatment group and overall for the PAS. 
6.3.2.
Baseline disease characteristics
The following baseline disease characteristics are collected at entry into the core study and 
analyzed as part of this SAP:
!
Number of documented relapses within 12 months and within 24 months prior to screening 
in core study.
This variable cannot be determined prior to start of the extension study as not all the dates of pre-
core relapses were collected (only the most recent). 
The following baseline disease characteristics are derived relative to ponesimod baseline:
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
77
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
!
Time (years) since first Multiple Sclerosis (MS) symptoms defined as ponesimod start date
– date of first MS symptom;
!
Time (years) since MS diagnosis defined as ponesimod start date – date of MS diagnosis;
!
Time (months) since the most recent documented relapse prior to first dose of ponesimod 
defined as ponesimod start date – date of most recent documented relapse prior to 
ponesimod start date (including relapses in the core study for subjects randomized to 
placebo);
!
Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) score at ponesimod baseline, continuous and 
categorical (0, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, > 5.5);
!
Number of T1 Gadolinium-enhancing (Gd+) lesions at ponesimod baseline;
!
Proportion of subjects with at least one T1 Gd+ lesion at ponesimod baseline;
!
Total volume of T2 lesions at ponesimod baseline.
!
Number of documented relapses within 12 months and within 24 months prior to screening 
in the core study. A footnote in the tables should be added explaining that these are pre-
screening rates.
See Section 5.1.1 for definition of ponesimod start date and Section 5.1.2 for definition of 
ponesimod baseline.
Baseline disease characteristics relative to ponesimod baseline are summarized using descriptive 
statistics for continuous and categorical data, by treatment group and overall for the PAS. 
6.4.
Appendix 4 Protocol Deviations
Protocol deviations are all those recorded in the database following the specifications provided in 
the protocol deviation code list. No major deviations are defined and no deviations lead to 
exclusion from the analysis sets.
All major protocol deviations recorded during the extension study are summarized by category, by 
treatment group and overall. 
A listing of major protocol deviations (coded term, reported term) recorded during the extension 
study is provided.
Protocol deviations are summarized and listed for the PAS, subset on those subjects who entered 
the extension study only.
6.5.
Appendix 5 Prior and Concomitant Medications
Previous and concomitant medications/therapies are stored in the SDTM.CM datasets. The two 
CM datasets SDTM201.CM and SDTM202.CM are concatenated for the purposes of this analysis.
Terms are coded using the World Health Organization (WHO) drug code dictionary and the 
anatomic therapeutic chemical (ATC) class code (version dated September 2021 B3G).
A previous therapy is any treatment for which the end date of treatment is prior to the first dose of 
ponesimod (including medications with an end date in the core study for patients originally 
randomized to placebo). 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
78
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Treatment-concomitant therapies are all treatments that are ongoing or initiated after first dose of 
ponesimod, or that were initiated up to the end of ponesimod treatment. 
Post-treatment therapies are those which were initiated after the end of ponesimod treatment, i.e 
after the ponesimod EOT date as described in Section 5.1.1
Where start date of medication/therapy is missing or partial, the following medications/therapies 
are considered to be previous therapies:
-
Medication end date is not missing and is < ponesimod treatment start date;
-
If day is missing and the month/year of the medication end date is < month/year of the 
ponesimod treatment start date;
-
If day and month are missing and the year of the concomitant medication end date is < year 
of treatment start date.
Otherwise, the medications/therapies with missing or partial start date are considered as treatment-
concomitant. Medications considered treatment-concomitant where there is a possibility that they 
are previous will be flagged in listings, for example, if day is missing and month and year are same 
as month and year of ponesimod start date.    
Beta blocking therapies will be listed for the pooled B201/B202 studies. Beta blocking agents are 
defined as medications with WHO-Drug anatomic therapeutic chemical (ATC) class level 2 code 
C07: BETA BLOCKING AGENTS”. This is a sub-class of ATC class C “Cardiovascular system”.
Steroids 
used 
for 
the 
treatment 
of 
relapses 
are 
selected 
in 
SDTM.CM 
using 
CMCAT="CORTICOSTEROIDS (IV) FOR TREATMENT OF RELAPSE".
Covid-19 vaccines are selected in SDTM.CM using CMCLASS = “COVID-19 VACCINES” .
Assignment as prior, treatment-concomitant, and post-treatment therapy is derived using the 
definitions above. 
An additional flag for therapies taken during planned pregnancy interruption will be derived and 
will include all therapies that started after last intake prior to pregnancy interruption + 15 days and 
stopped prior to the re-initiation date of study treatment after planned pregnancy.
A therapy with missing or partial start date will not be flagged as taken during planned
pregnancy interruption.
6.5.1.
Disease modifying therapies for MS 
Disease modifying therapies (DMTs) are defined as therapies which can favorably alter the course 
of the disease by reducing the rate and severity of relapses or delaying disease progression by 
preventing accumulation of disability. Previously, DMTs were identified on an ingredient level,
using CM.CMINGL (Ingredients List) in SUPPCM. In the current SDTM, ingredients are listed 
under CM.CMDECOD and selected if they contain any of the text indicated in Table 11 below. 
Medications in ATC class S (sensory organs, i.e., ophthalmologicals and / or otologicals) will not 
be considered. The list in Table 11 will be updated periodically as new DMTs become available.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
79
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Table 11: Disease-modifying therapies for MS
ALEMTUZUMAB
MITOXANTRONE
AZATHIOPRINE
MYCOPHENOLIC ACID
CERALIFIMOD
NATALIZUMAB
CICLOSPORIN
OCRELIZUMAB
CLADRIBINE
OFATUMUMAB
CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE
OZANIMOD
DACLIZUMAB
PEGINTERFERON BETA-1A
DIMETHYL FUMARATE
PLOVAMER
FINGOLIMOD
PLOVAMER ACETATE
GLATIRAMER ACETATE
RITUXIMAB
INTERFERON BETA-1A
SECUKINUMAB
INTERFERON BETA-1B
TERIFLUNOMIDE
LAQUINIMOD
SIPONIMOD
METHOTREXATE
IMMUNOGLOBULINS NOS
INTERFERON ALFA
ETRASIMOD
VUMERITY
BAFIERTAM
PONESIMOD
DIROXIMEL FUMARATE 
DMTs will be classified as previous or concomitant as defined in Section 6.5.
Previous and concomitant therapies (relative to first dose of ponesimod) are summarized for the 
PAS, by therapeutic organ class and preferred term.
For study reporting purposes, all previous and concomitant therapies are reported in the subject 
listings for AP3 on the PAS. Therapies are flagged to indicate whether they are previous, 
concomitant, or post-treatment. 
Previous and concomitant DMTs are reported separately and summarized by therapeutic organ 
class and preferred term as described above for previous and concomitant therapies. 
6.6.
Appendix 6 Medical History
Medical history was primarily collected and reported in the core study and is therefore stored in 
SDTM201.MH. Additional medical history collected that was collected during the extension study 
is stored in SDTM202.MH.  
Additional medical history collected in the extension study is listed on the PAS. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
80
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.7.
Appendix 7 Laboratory marked abnormalities
Table 12: Thresholds for marked laboratory abnormalities
Parameter (SI unit)
LL
LLL
HH
HHH
Hemoglobin (g/L)
< 100
< 80
Increase in > 20 g/L 
above ULN or above 
baseline (if baseline is 
above ULN)
Increase in > 40 g/L above 
ULN or above baseline (if 
baseline is above ULN)
Hematocrit (L/L)
< 0.28 (female)
< 0.32 (male)
< 0.20
> 0.55 (female)
> 0.60 (male)
> 0.65
Platelet count (109 /L)
< 75 
< 50
> 600
> 999
WBC count (109 /L)
NA
< 1.9
> 20.0
> 100.0
Lymphocyte (109 /L)
ND
< 0.2
> 4.0
> 8.0
Neutrophils (109 /L) 
< 1.5 
< 1.0
ND
ND
Eosinophils (109 /L) 
ND
ND
> 5.0
ND
Polymorphonuclear 
leucocyte/Band cells (%)
ND
ND
> 90%
> 95%
AST (U/L)*
ND
ND
≥ 3 ULN
≥ 5 ULN
ALT (U/L)*
ND
ND
≥ 3 ULN
≥ 5 ULN
Total bilirubin (umol/L)
ND
ND
≥ 2 ULN 
≥ 5 ULN
Alkaline Phosphatase (U/L)
ND
ND
> 2.5 ULN
> 5 ULN
INR*
ND
ND
> 1.5 ULN
> 2.5 ULN
Creatinine (umol/L)*
ND
ND
>1.5 ULN or >1.5 x 
baseline 
> 3 ULN or >3 x baseline
Creatinine clearance (mL/min)
< 60 
< 30 
ND
ND
Urea (mmol/L)
ND
ND
> 2.5 ULN
> 5 ULN
Albumin (g/L)
< 30 
< 20
ND
ND
Glucose (mmol/L)
< 3.0
< 2.2
> 8.9
>13.9
Potassium (mmol/L)
< 3.2
< 3.0
> 5.5
> 6.0
Sodium (mmol/L)
ND
< 130
> 150 
> 155 
Calcium (mmol/L)
< 2.0 
< 1.75
> 2.9
> 3.1
Triglyceride (mmol/L)
ND
ND
> 3.42
> 11.4
Cholesterol (mmol/L)
ND
ND
> 7.75
> 12.92
* HH and HHH based on CTCAE 2010 v4.03. ALT = alanine aminotransferase; AST = aspartate aminotransferase; ND = not 
defined; may be complemented by definitions provided by the central laboratory (see central laboratory manual); ULN = upper 
limit of normal.
Source: Protocol AC-058B301, Appendix 6. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
81
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.8.
Appendix 8 Adverse Events of Special Interest
Adverse events of special interest (AESIs) include the anticipated risks of treatment with 
ponesimod and events that may be related to MS co-morbidities. 
The definitions for AESIs are based on the systematic approach using Standardized MedDRA 
Queries (SMQ). The additional relevant terms can be added to the search or deleted appropriately 
providing the rationale for the change. The proposal is based on MedDRA version 26.0. The
following safety areas are addressed by the pre-defined AESIs:
The following categories for adverse events of special interest (AESI) are defined:
!
Bradyarrhythmia occurring post-first dose
!
Macular edema
!
Bronchoconstriction
!
Severe liver injury
!
Serious opportunistic infections including PML
!
Skin cancer
!
Non-skin malignancy
!
Convulsions
!
Unexpected neurological or psychiatric symptoms/ signs (PRES, ADEM, atypical MS
relapses)
Infection related AEs are identified by the AEs belonging to the MedDRA system organ class 
(SOC) “Infections and Infestations” (primary SOC), only if reported as serious or severe. If the 
intensity information is missing, the AE is conservatively considered to be of severe intensity.
See below for the search criteria (based on preferred terms and/or standardized MedDRA queries) 
used for pre-defined AEs to be included in the above safety areas of special interest. 
The time to first treatment-emergent AESI in AP3 for each AESI category (in days) is defined as 
[date of first treatment-emergent AE in AESI category – ponesimod start date + 1] in days. If 
first treatment-emergent AE in AESI category is after the restart of treatment after pregnancy 
interruption period, then the time to first treatment-emergent AESI in AP3 (in days) is defined
as: [date of first treatment-emergent AE in AESI category – ponesimod start date + 1 – (end of 
pregnancy interruption – (start of pregnancy interruption + 15) + 1)]
Subjects without any treatment-emergent AEs in a given AESI category during AP3 are 
censored, and censored time is defined as (the minimum of [last administration of ponesimod in 
AP3 +15 days, last study date] – ponesimod start date + 1.  For subjects with pregnancy 
interruption: the minimum of [last administration of ponesimod in AP3 +15 days, last study date] 
– ponesimod start date + 1 – (end of pregnancy interruption – (start of pregnancy interruption + 
15) + 1)
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
82
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Table 13: AESI, SMQ and PTs
AESI
SMQ
PT
Bradyarrhythmia 
occurring 
post-first dose
Bradyarrhythmias 
(including 
conduction defects and disorders 
of the sinus node function)
Blood 
pressure 
ambulatory 
decreased, 
Blood 
pressure 
decreased, 
Blood 
pressure 
decreased, 
Blood 
pressure 
diastolic 
decreased, 
Blood 
pressure 
fluctuation, 
Blood 
pressure orthostatic decreased, 
Blood 
pressure 
systolic 
decreased, Bradycardia, Central 
bradycardia., 
Chronotropic 
incompetence, 
Circulatory 
collapse, Diastolic hypotension, 
Electrocardiogram RR interval 
prolonged, Heart rate decreased, 
Hypotension, 
Labile 
blood 
pressure, Loss of consciousness, 
Mean 
arterial 
pressure 
decreased, 
Orthostatic 
hypotension, 
Presyncope, 
Procedural 
hypotension, 
Syncope
Macular edema
Cystoid 
macular 
oedema, 
Diabetic 
retinal 
oedema, 
Macular cyst, Macular hole, 
Macular 
oedema, 
Macular 
pseudohole, Macular rupture, 
Papilloedema, 
Pseudopapilloedema, 
Retinal 
oedema
Bronchoconstriction
Asthma/bronchospasm 
(narrow 
and broad)
Interstitial lung disease (narrow 
and broad)
Severe liver injury
Hepatic failure, fibrosis and 
cirrhosis and other liver damage-
related conditions (narrow)
Hepatitis, 
non-infectious 
(narrow)
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
83
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Serious opportunistic infections 
including PML
Opportunistic infections (narrow)
Skin cancer
Skin neoplasms malignant and 
unspecified (narrow and broad)
Non-skin malignancy
Malignant or unspecified tumours 
(narrow and broad) excluding the 
PTs included in the SMQ Skin 
neoplasms 
malignant 
and 
unspecified (narrow and broad)
Convulsions
Convulsions (narrow)
Unexpected 
neurological 
or 
psychiatric 
symptoms/signs 
(PRES, ADEM, atypical MS 
relapses)
Acute 
disseminated 
encephalomyelitis, 
Posterior 
reversible 
encephalopathy 
syndrome, Multiple sclerosis 
relapse
6.9.
Appendix 9 Medications of Special Interest
6.10.
Appendix 10 Covid-19 Analyses
This appendix describes the analyses and presentation of immunogenicity and clinical endpoints 
for objectives related to the assessment of immune response to Covid-19 vaccination in
participants in the AC-058B202 study. 
Specific objectives are:
!
To describe binding antibody concentrations to SARS-CoV-2 S protein as measured by 
Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)
!
To describe binding antibody concentrations to SARS-CoV-2 N protein as measured by 
ELISA 
!
To describe SARS-CoV-2 neutralization as assessed by SARS-CoV-2 neutralization 
assays VNA (wild-type virus neutralization assay (wtVNA))
!
To describe Covid-19 vaccine responders as assessed by binding antibody concentrations 
to SARS-CoV-2 S protein.
!
To describe Covid-19 infection Adverse events (AEs).
6.10.1.
Immunogenicity Variables
Patients receiving non-live vaccinations while on study treatment will have 5 mL of blood drawn 
prior to and at least 3 weeks after vaccination to explore changes in vaccine‑specific antibody titers 
from pre- to post-vaccination. 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
84
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
For Covid-19 vaccination, the following humoral immune response parameters are measured, 
including titers of neutralizing antibodies, S- and N-ELISA titers, and S- and N-ELISA positivity.
Table 14: Types of SARS-CoV-2 Antibodies 
Humoral Assay
Purpose
SARS-CoV-2 binding antibodies to S protein 
(ELISA) 
Analysis of antibodies binding to SARS-
CoV-2 S protein
SARS-CoV-2 seroconversion based on 
antibodies to N protein (ELISA)
Analysis of antibodies binding to SARS-
CoV-2 N protein
SARS-CoV-2 neutralization (wtVNA)
Analysis of neutralizing antibodies to the 
wild-type virus
6.10.2.
Analysis of Immunogenicity Related to Covid-19 Vaccination:
6.10.2.1.
Analysis related definitions:
Baseline: The baseline for Covid-19 vaccine analyses is defined as the last pre-vaccination 
assessment. For participants missing a pre-vaccination assessment, summaries will be restricted to 
post-vaccination results only, where applicable.
Analysis Set: The Covid-19 Vaccinated Set (CVAS) is defined as all subjects in the PAS who 
reported receiving at least 1 dose of any Covid-19 vaccine.
Covid-19 vaccines are selected from the SDTM.CM data as described in Section 6.5.
First Vaccine Regimen: For each subject, the 1st and 2nd doses of vaccine in the SDTM CM 
dataset are considered. Definition of 1st Vaccine Regimen for Janssen vaccine: Only the 1st dose 
is considered.
First Booster: The 1st subsequent dose of vaccine after first vaccine regimen is considered as the 
First Booster.
Second Booster: The 2nd subsequent dose of vaccine after first vaccine regimen is considered as 
the Second Booster.
Lymphocyte count linked to a specific vaccination will be determined as the minimum of the last 
two available values within six months prior to the first vaccination date for a given participant. If 
only one value is available within this time range, this value will be used. If none is available in 
the range, the lymphocyte count value corresponding to the particular vaccination will be 
considered missing. Categories of “Lymphocyte Count < 500 mm^3” and “Lymphocyte Count >= 
500 mm^3” will be used in the analysis.
For the calculation of the geometric mean and its corresponding 95% CI, the arithmetic mean and
its corresponding 95% CI are calculated on the log10 transformed values. These values are back-
transformed to provide the geometric mean and its corresponding 95% CI.
Responder definition: for S-ELISA, N-ELISA, and wild type VNA assays separately:
A sample will be considered positive if the value is strictly greater than the LLOQ (> LLOQ). A 
participant will be considered a responder if one of the following conditions is satisfied:
- The baseline sample value is less than or equal to the LLOQ (≤ LLOQ) and the sample 
of post first vaccine regimen is strictly greater than the LLOQ (> LLOQ)
NCT01093326


NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
86
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Timepoint” (i.e. TP4-Pre or TP4-Post) will be used to determine whether the sample is “Post-
2nd Vaccination Regimen” or “Pre-2nd Booster Regimen”.
-
The samples preceding and following the 5th dose will be considered the “Pre-3rd Booster” 
and “Post-3rd Booster”, unless the Vaccine Type is Janssen, in which case the samples 
preceding and following the 4th dose will be considered “Pre-3rd Booster” and “Post-3rd
Booster”. If there is only 1 sample between the 4th dose and the 5th dose, the “Planned 
Timepoint” (i.e. TP5-Pre or TP5-Post) will be used to determine whether the sample is “Post-
3rd Vaccination Regimen” or “Pre-3rd Booster Regimen”.
Evidence of Prior Covid-19 infection: a subject is considered to be with evidence of prior 
Covid-19 infection if any of the following conditions are met:
-
Subject has any Covid-19 AE records before first vaccination in SDTM AE dataset.
-
Subject has N- and/or S- ELISA positive antibody concentrations prior to first
vaccination.
6.10.2.2.
Analysis of Immunogenicity Related to Covid-19 Vaccination
Missing and/or Unquantifiable Immune Response Data: Details in Section 6.14.6.
A demographic table of study participants who received Covid-19 vaccination will be provided
including:
- number and percentage of subjects having pre-vaccination antibody assessment
- number and percentage of subjects having post-1st vaccine regimen assessment
- number and percentage of subjects having both pre- and post- 1st vaccine regiment assessment
- number and percentage of subjects having post-1st booster assessment
- number and percentage of subjects having post-2nd booster assessment
- number and percentage of subjects having post-3rd booster assessment
- age at time of vaccination
- sex
- exposure (years) to ponesimod at time of first vaccination
- time interval (days) between 1st dose of vaccine and post-1st vaccination sample
- number and percentage of subjects in different vaccine type of the 1st vaccine regimen
- number and percentage of subjects with or without evidence of prior Covid-19 infection
- number and percentage of subjects in different categories of lymphocyte count
In the above frequency tabulations, percentage is calculated based on number of patients in Covid-
19 Vaccinated Set.
For S-ELISA, N-ELISA, and wild type VNA assays, the following results will be presented: 
-
N, geometric mean and corresponding 95% CI of the actual values of pre-vaccination, post-
first vaccine regimen, post first booster and post second booster. 
-
For participants with pre- and post-vaccination assessments, fold increases in comparison to 
baseline (geometric mean, 95% CI) will be presented for post-1st vaccine regimen, post-1st
booster, post-2nd booster and post-3rd booster. Note that the analysis for post-2nd and post-3rd
booster will be performed only if there are > 5 datapoints.
-
Number of responders (percent and 95% CI) at post-1st vaccine regimen assessment will be 
tabulated.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
87
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
-
Dot plots with dots for participant values with the corresponding geometric mean, 95% CI, 
minimum and maximum for each assay, for pre-, post-1st vaccine regimen, post-1st booster, 
post-2nd booster and post-3rd booster will be presented. In the graphs, values in BAU/ml unit
will be displayed on the log10 scale. Note that the analysis for post- 2nd booster and post- 3rd
booster will be performed only if there are >5 datapoints.
-
The analyses of the first three bullets will be repeated for S-ELISA antibody concentrations 
for the following subgroups: vaccine type of the 1st vaccine regimen, evidence of prior Covid-
19 infection and categories of lymphocyte count. Box plot will be generated to visualize S-
ELISA antibody concentrations for the above-mentioned subgroups. Note that for each booster 
timepoint, the subgroup analyses will be done only if >= 10 datapoints are available post each 
booster.
Analyses of S-ELISA and N-ELISA antibody concentration will be presented in BAU/ml unit 
only. Analyses of wild type VNA assays will be presented in original unit only.
For the calculation of the geometric mean and its corresponding 95% CI, the arithmetic mean and
its corresponding 95% CI are calculated on the log10 transformed values. These values are back-
transformed to provide the geometric mean and its corresponding 95% CI.
A listing containing assessment date, timepoint related to each vaccination and value of S-ELISA, 
N-ELISA and wild type VNA assessment antibody concentration will be provided. 
A listing of Covid-19 vaccinations will be provided.
6.10.3.
Analysis of Adverse Events Related to Covid-19 Vaccination
A summary table will be provided for the following Covid-19 infection AEs for the Covid-19 
VaccinatedSet:
(i)
any Covid-19 infection AEs.
(ii)
any Covid-19 infection serious AEs.
(iii)
any Covid-19 infection AEs sorted by severity (mild, moderate, severe).
(iv)
any Covid-19 infection AEs leading to treatment interruption.
(v)
any Covid-19 infection AEs leading to treatment discontinuation. 
(vi)
any Covid-19 infection AE leading to death.
For each of the above, summary tables will include overall, and the following time-points:
(vii)
any Covid-19 infection AEs prior to 1st dose of vaccination
(viii)
any Covid-19 infection AE post 1st dose (Day 1) of vaccination
(ix)
any Covid-19 infection AE with onset at least 14 days (Day 15) post-vaccination (1st
dose of any Covid-19 vaccination)
(x)
any Covid-19 infection AE with onset at least 28 days (Day 29) post-vaccination (1st
dose of any Covid-19 vaccination)
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
88
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.11.
Appendix 11 Influenza Analyses
Seasonal influenza vaccine typically contains killed strains of Influenza type A and influenza type 
B. For subjects who have been administered seasonal influenza vaccine, antibody titers against 
influenza vaccine will be measured by hemagglutination inhibition (HAI) antibody titer 
(hemagglutination test) by ELISA.
The administration of influenza vaccine is stored in SDTM CM dataset (variable 
CMCLAS="INFLUENZA VACCINES"). The antibody titers concentration triggered by
influenza vaccine(s) are stored in SDTM LB dataset.
The first documented influenza vaccine in the dataset is defined as “1st vaccination”. For subjects 
with multiple influenza vaccinations over years, the subsequent doses are defined as “2nd
vaccination”, “3rd vaccination”, “4th vaccination”, etc. 
Identification of vaccination sequence and antibody concentrations related to each 
vaccination:
As the doses are not labeled in the dataset, determination of the vaccination doses will be based 
on a combined assessment of the influenza vaccination dates, as follows:
-
The sequence of vaccination and sample collection dates will be ordered.
-
Only the samples assessed within 183 days prior to each vaccination are considered as pre-
vaccination assessment. Only the samples assessed within 183 days on or after each 
vaccination are considered post-vaccination assessment. If the time frame between 2 
vaccinations is less than 366 days the time frame for: Before vaccination to the subsequent 
vaccination is reduced respectively” (We will look 183 before and after a vaccination to 
assign “Pre”/”Post”. In case the time between 2 vaccinations is less than 366 days the 
described rule was used).
-
The nearest sample preceding the 1st dose will be considered “Pre-1st Vaccination”. The 
same logic is used for detecting the sample for “Pre-2nd vaccination”, “Pre-3rd vaccination”, 
“Pre- 4th vaccination”, etc.
-
The sample following the 1st dose and preceding the 2nd dose will be considered “Post-1st
Vaccination”. In case there are multiple in this interval, the sample closest to 1st vaccination 
is considered. The same logic is applied to detect sample for “Post-2nd vaccination”, “Post-3rd
vaccination”, “Post-4th vaccination”, etc.
The following immunogenicity analysis related to influenza vaccine will be conducted:
-
A listing will be provided to include influenza antibody concentration information.
6.12.
General Statistical Methodology
This section describes in general terms the statistical models and methods applied.
6.12.1.
Statistical methodology for count data
Count data is analyzed assuming data is negative binomially (NB) distributed. 
A generalized linear model with NB distribution is assumed.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
89
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Tj
denotes the length of observation for subject j.
Yj
denotes the counts of interest for subject j during tj.
μj 
denotes the mean of the NB distribution of Yj.
The mean for the distribution of the ARR for subject j, denoted by μj /tj, is modeled by the following 
equation: 
%
&
θ
x j
j
j t
∋
(
)
log
, i.e., 
% &
% &
j
j
j
t
μ
log
log
#
∋
(
θ
x
, where 
xj
is the vector denoting study treatments and covariates for subject j
θ
is the vector of unknown fixed-model parameters.
Example SAS code for the NB model with 95% confidence interval (CI) is as follows:
proc genmod data=ADREL;
     class Treat;
     model COUNTS = Treat / dist=negbin link=log 
     offset = offset;
lsmeans Treat / cl exp alpha = 0.05;
     estimate ‘A vs B’ ” Treat 1 -1/ exp alpha = 0.05; 
run;
The offset variable used is specified per analysis (e.g., for ARR it is the log-transformed 
observation time, for total T1 lesions it is the log-transformed number of available MRI scans).
The ‘LSMEANS’ statement is used to output the mean estimates for each of the treatment arms 
with 95% Wald CIs). 
The ‘ESTIMATE’ statement is used to output the rate ratio of the treatment effect with 95% Wald 
CIs for any relevant comparisons. 
In the event that the NB model does not converge, a Poisson model is used. For the Poisson 
distribution, a Poisson regression is conducted with model equation identical to the one for the 
negative binomial regression. Example SAS code for the Poisson model with 95% CI is as follows:
proc genmod data=ADREL;
     class Treat;
     model COUNTS = Treat / dist=poisson link=log 
     offset = offset;
lsmeans Treat / cl exp alpha = 0.05;
     estimate ‘A vs B’ ” Treat 1 -1/ exp alpha = 0.05;
run;
6.12.2.
Statistical methods for time-to-event data
The analysis of time-to-event data are conducted using Kaplan-Meier estimates of events over time 
(including graphical representation), log-rank tests and Cox proportional hazard models.
6.12.2.1.
Kaplan-Meier and (stratified) log-rank test
Estimates of the event rate are obtained from the Kaplan-Meier method using SAS PROC 
LIFETEST. The graphical representation follows the recommendations from Pocock [Pocock 
2002]. Two-sided CIs at specific time points are constructed, with confidence limits calculated 
using Greenwood’s formula for the estimate of the standard error. Median time to event, as well 
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
90
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
as 25th and 75th percentiles for each group are provided. The corresponding two-sided CIs are 
calculated using the method of Brookmeyer [Brookmeyer 1982].
Example SAS PROC LIFETEST code is as follows, where the STRATA statement includes the 
treatment variable (treat), and the TIME statement includes a variable with times to event (time) 
and an indicator variable for right censoring (censor) with 1 representing censoring.
PROC LIFETEST data= method=km; 
  TIME survtime*censor(1);
  STRAT treat;
run;
The stratified log-rank test is conducted with SAS Proc Lifetest where the STRATA statement 
includes the specified covariates and the GROUP option includes the treatment variable (treat). 
The TIME statement includes a variable with times to event (time) and an indicator variable for 
right censoring (censor) with 1 representing censoring.
Proc lifetest data= method=KM; 
   time survtime*censor(1);
   strata STRAT COVAR / group=treat;
run;
6.12.2.2.
Cox proportional hazards model
SAS PROC PHREG is used to estimate the hazard ratio and the CI of the hazard ratio (using 
Wald-based methods). The Cox regression model can be implemented using the following code: 
PROC PHREG data =;
  CLASS treat;
  MODEL timeto*censor(1)= treat /risklimits ties=exact;
run;
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
91
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.13.
Study visit and assessment schedule
The following tables: Table 15, Table 16, Table 17 and Table 18 correspond to Tables 1, 2, 3 and 
4 in the study protocol. Section numbers in the footnotes refer to the protocol sections.
Table 15: Visit and assessment schedule (treatment period 1 – up to 96 weeks)
PERIO
DS
Name
Transi
tion
Double-blind extension treatment period 1
Duration
Extended treatment with ponesimod for up to 96 weeks
VISITS 
Number
11
--
E 1
E 2
E 3
---
E 4
E 5
E 6
E 7
E 8
E 9
E 10
E 11
E 12
E 13
Name
EO
T1
Randomization
Phone 
call2
EOT2
3
Time
W 
24
Day -3 to 
-1
Day 1
Day 
8
Day 
15
Day 
22
We
ek 4
We
ek 8
Wee
k 12
Wee
k 24
Wee
k 36
Wee
k 48
Wee
k 60
Wee
k 72
Wee
k 84
Wee
k 96
Visit 
window
W 24 (EOT) + up 
to 3 days
±1 
day
±1 
day
±1 day
±2 
days
±5 
days
±5 
days
±14 
days
±14 
days
±14 
days
±14 
days
±14 
days
±14 
days
±14 
days
* Informed Consent4
X
* Inclusion/Exclusion 
criteria
X
X
X
EDSS / Functional 
Systems
X
X
X
X
* Chest X-ray
X
X
* MRI 
X
X
X
X
Concomitant 
medications
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Physical 
Examination
X5
X
X
X
X
X5
X5
X5
X5
X5
X5
X5
X5
  Systolic/diastolic 
blood pressure 
X
X6
X6
X6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* 12-lead ECG
X
X6
X6
X6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Echocardiography7
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ophthalmologic 
examination8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
  Pulmonary function 
tests9
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Hematology/Blood 
chemistry
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Urinalysis
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Pregnancy Test
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PK Sampling10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Study Drug 
Dispensing/Return
X11
X
X12
X12
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Adverse Events 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Serious Adverse 
Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 16: Visit and assessment schedule (Safety Follow-up for patients discontinuing 
during or at the end of treatment period 1 only
PERIODS
Name
EXTENSION SAFETY FOLLOW-UP
Duration
30 days
Number
E14
E15
Name
Follow-up E1
Follow-up E2 
(EOS2)
Time
W96 + 7 days
W96 + 30 days
Visit Window
±1 day
±5 day
EDSS / Functional Systems
X
* MRI
X
Concomitant Medications
X
X
* Physical Examination
X
X5
Systolic/diastolic blood 
pressure
X
X
* 12-lead ECG
X
X
Ophthalmologic examination8
X
Pulmonary function tests
X
X
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
92
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
* Hematology/Blood 
chemistry
X
X
* Urinalysis
X
X
* Pregnancy Test
X
Adverse Events
X
X
Serious Adverse Events
X
X
Table 17: Visit and assessment schedule (treatment period 2 and treatment period 3 – up 
to 540 weeks and Safety Follow-up)
PERIODS
Name
Double-blind extension treatment period 2 / Open-label extension treatment 
period 317
EXTENSION SAFETY FOLLOW-UP14
Duration
Extended treatment with ponesimod for up to 540 weeks
90 days
VISITS 
Number
P1-P3-P5-P7-P9-P11-P13-P15-
P17-P19-P21-P23-P25-P27-
P29-P31-P33-P35-P37-P39-
P41-P43-P45
P2-P4-P6-P8-P10-12-P14-
P16-P18-P20-P22-P24-P26-
P28-P30-P32-P34-P36-P38-
P40-P42-P44
Name
EOT313
FU1
FU2
FU3 (EOS3)
Time
Day 1-Week 24-48-72-96-120-
144-168-192-216-240-264-
288-312-336-360-384-408-
432-456-480-504-528
Week 12-36-60-84-108-132-
156-180-204-228-252-276-
300-324-348-372-396-420-
444-468-492-516
Week 540
8 days after 
the last dose 
of study drug
30 days after the 
last dose of study 
drug
90 days after 
the last dose 
of study drug
Visit window
±14 days
±14 days
±14 days
±1 day
±5 days
±7 days
  EDSS / Functional Systems16
X
X
X
X
X
* Chest X-ray
(X15)only at P1
X
* MRI 
(X) only at P1, P5, P9, P13, 
P17, P21, P25, P29, P33, P37, 
P41, P45
X
X
  Concomitant medications
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Physical Examination
(X5), at P37, P41, P45
(X5) until P36
X5
X
X5
X5
  Systolic/diastolic blood pressure6 
X
X
X
X
X
X
* 12-lead ECG6
(X6), at P37, P41, P45
(X6) until P36
X
X
X
* Echocardiography7
(X7) at P37, P41, P45
X
  Ophthalmologic examination8
(X8), at P37, P41, P45
X
X
  Pulmonary function tests9
(X9), at P37, P41, P45
X
X
X
X
* Hematology/Blood chemistry
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Urinalysis
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Pregnancy Test18
X
X
X
X
  PK Sampling10
P7 only
(X) only at P2, P14, P22
* Study Drug Dispensing/Return
X
X
X
  Adverse Events 
X
X
X
X
X
X
  Serious Adverse Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 18: Visit and assessment schedule (unscheduled visits)
PERIO
DS
Name
UNSCHEDULED VISITS
VISITS
Name
Rela
pse
Unscheduled
Re-initiation20
Interruption / 
planned 
pregnancy
Eligibility for re-
initiation / 
pregnancy
Re-initiation D1 / 
pregnancy
Re-initiation D8 / 
pregnancy
Day 1 
of re-
initiatio
n
Day 15 
of re-
initiatio
n
Unscheduled visit 
after drug 
interruption for 
planned 
pregnancy
Unscheduled visit 
prior to study drug 
re-initiation after 
interruption for 
planned 
pregnancy
Unscheduled visit 
for re-initiation of 
study drug 
following study 
drug interruption 
for planned 
pregnancy
Unscheduled visit 
for re-initiation of 
study drug 
following study 
drug interruption 
for planned 
pregnancy
Time
Any day between Day 
1 and FU3 (EOS3)
Any day between 
Day 1 and EOT3
30 days after 
study drug 
interruption for 
planned 
pregnancy
30 days (±5 days) 
before study drug 
re-initiation
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
93
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
Visit 
window
+ 7 
days
NA
NA
±1 day
±7 days
NA
NA
NA
  EDSS / Functional 
Systems16
X
X
X
X
* Chest X-ray
* MRI 
X
X
X
  Concomitant 
medications
X
X
X
X
X
X
X19
X
* Physical 
Examination
X
X5
X
X
  Systolic/diastolic 
blood pressure6 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* 12-lead ECG6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
  Ophthalmologic 
examination8
X
X
X
  Pulmonary 
function tests9
X
X
X
* 
Hematology/Blood 
chemistry
X
X
X
* Urinalysis
X
X
X
* Pregnancy Test18
X
X
X (first 
assessment)
X (first 
assessment)
* Study Drug 
Dispensing/Return
X
X
X
X19
X
  Adverse Events 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
  Serious Adverse 
Events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Note: The footnotes apply to Table 15, Table 16, Table 17 and Table 18.
*Data are not collected in the CRFs (unless a finding constitutes an AE or SAE), except for body weight (see footnote 5). For MRI and 
echocardiography only the date of assessment is collected in the CRFs.
1.
All Week 24 (EOT) assessments of the core study (AC-058B201) must be completed prior to randomization in the extension study. If a 
patient is going to enter the extension study the Visit E1 should be scheduled within 3 days after the Week 24 (EOT) visit of the core study. 
Patients will have to continue using their core study medication every day until and including the day prior to Visit E1.
2.
Phone call: The site will call the patient for information on health status / adverse events.
3.
In the event of treatment discontinuation prior to Week 96 (whatever the reason), all assessments planned at Visit E13 (EOT2) must be 
performed as soon as possible, but no later than 5 days following the date of the last dose of study drug.
4.
Informed Consent Form of the extension study must be signed by the patient prior to participating in any study-related procedure of the 
extension study, and prior to continuing using their core study medication on the day of their Week 24 visit of the core study.
5.
Physical examination must be performed at all study visits until P37, then yearly until P45, inclusive, and at EOT3, FU1, FU2, and FU3. 
Includes careful skin examination at each visit from E6 until P37, then at P41, P45, EOT3, and at FU2 and FU3. Body weight only at E7, 
E9, E11, E13, and yearly from P1 to EOT3.
6.
Blood pressure must be performed pre-dose at all visits. ECG must be performed pre-dose at all study visits until P37, then yearly until 
Visit P45, inclusive. At the visit when the transition from treatment period 2 (TP2) to treatment period 3 (TP3) will occur, all patients must 
be monitored at the investigational site for at least 6 hours after dose administration [see Section 3.12.2]. In the event of re-initiation of 
study drug, blood pressure and ECG must be performed pre-dose (all patients) and hourly (±15 min) for at least 4 hours and up to 12 hours 
(only mandated for patients with cardiovascular risk factors and at the discretion of the investigator / treating neurologist for patients 
without cardiovascular risk factors) [see Appendix 5 and Section 3.12.5.3].
7.
Standard 2D/Doppler echocardiography will assess regional wall abnormalities, aortic valve morphology and function, mitral valve 
morphology and function, and left ventricular ejection fraction. It will be performed at selected centers with adequate equipment and 
experience. During TP2 and TP3, echocardiography is performed at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visits P37 to P45, 
inclusive, and at EOT3.
8.
Ophthalmological examination includes best corrected visual acuity, low contrast visual acuity, visual fields, dilated ophthalmoscopy, 
and optical coherence tomography (OCT) in case of suspicion of macular edema or active uveitis (OCT, only for subjects at risk). During 
TP2 and TP3, ophthalmologic examination is performed at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visits P37 to P45, inclusive, at 
EOT3 and FU2.
9.
FEV1 and FVC. Additional unscheduled pulmonary function tests (PFTs) will be conducted in the event of respiratory symptoms (e.g., 
dyspnea) or decreased lung function (FEV1 and/or FVC <80% of baseline value) during the course of the study. During TP2 and TP3, 
PFTs are performed at every other visit from P1 to P35, yearly from Visits P37 to P45, inclusive, at EOT3 and FU visits.
10.
Plasma sample at trough level (pre-dose).
11.
Patients will have to continue using their core study medication until and including the day prior to Visit E1.
NCT01093326


NCT01093326


NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
96
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
-
If event onset month and year are clearly prior to the month and year of date of first 
administration of ponesimod in the Analysis Period, the onset date is imputed to the 
last day of the given month.
!
Onset day and month missing: 
-
If the year is the same year as the year of first administration of ponesimod in the 
Analysis Period or later, and if the year is prior to or in the same year as the date of last 
administration of ponesimod in the Analysis Period + 15 days, the event is considered 
to be treatment-emergent unless event occurred during pregnancy interruption as 
described in Section 5.1.4.
-
If the year is clearly on or after the year of first administration of ponesimod in the 
Analysis Period, the onset date is imputed as date of maximum of (Study Day 2, 1 
January of the given year).
-
If the event onset year is clearly prior to the year of first administration of ponesimod 
in the Analysis Period, the onset date is imputed to 31-December of the given year. 
!
Onset date is completely missing: 
-
The event is considered to be treatment-emergent. 
-
The onset date is imputed as date of first administration of ponesimod in the Analysis 
Period.
!
Resolution day missing:
-
If event resolution month and year are clearly prior to the month and year of the date 
of last administration of ponesimod in the Analysis Period, the resolution date is 
imputed to the last day of the given month.
-
If event resolution month and year are the same as the month and year of the date of 
last administration of ponesimod in the Analysis Period, the resolution date is imputed 
to date of last administration of ponesimod in the Analysis Period, and the event is 
considered to be ongoing.
-
If event resolution month and year are clearly after the month and year of the last 
ponesimod administration (EOT), the resolution date is imputed to the last day of the 
given month.
!
Resolution day and month missing:
-
If event resolution year is clearly prior to the year of the date of last administration of 
ponesimod in the Analysis Period,  the resolution date is imputed to 31-December of 
the given year.
-
If event resolution year is the same as the year of the date of last administration of 
ponesimod in the Analysis Period, the resolution date is imputed to date of last 
administration of ponesimod in the Analysis Period, and the event is considered to be 
ongoing. 
!
Onset date is on a date subsequent to the resolution date:
-
If event start date occurs at a date after the event resolution date, the event is 
considered to be treatment-emergent. However, neither the onset date nor the 
resolution date is changed.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
97
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
6.14.5.
Handling of missing and partially missing End-of-Treatment Dates
End-of-treatment date: the last drug administration date recorded on the study drug log. 
If end date is missing on last record in SDTM.EC then:
!
If the subject has discontinued early then date of last administration is taken as
DS.DSSTDTC when DSSCAT = ‘Study termination’.
If end date is partially missing on last record in SDTM.EC then:
!
set as min(upper limit, DS.DSSTDTC where DSSCAT= ‘Study termination’,)
6.14.6.
Missing and/or Unquantifiable Immune Response Data
Missing immune response data will not be imputed.
Values will be imputed based on the type of analysis. For the calculation of the geometric mean
titer, values below LLOQ will be imputed to LLOQ/2. For the calculation of the geometric
mean of the increase from baseline, values below LLOQ will be imputed to LLOQ. The LLOQ
values per assay are available in the data base.
Data above the ULOQ will be imputed with the ULOQ.
NCT01093326


JNJ-67896153/ACT-128800  (Ponesimod)
Statistical Analysis Plan AC-058B202 
CONFIDENTIAL – FOIA Exemptions Apply in U.S.
98
Status: Approved, Date: 20 September 2023
7.
REFERENCES
[D-10.888] AC-058B201: A multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, dose-finding 
study to evaluate the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of three doses of ponesimod (ACT-128800), an oral S1P1
receptor agonist, administered for twenty-four weeks in patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis. Clinical 
Study Report. Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 31 January 2013.
[D-12.087] Multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-group extension to study AC-058B201 to investigate the 
long-term safety, tolerability, and efficacy of 10, 20, and 40 mg/day, ponesimod, an oral S1P1 receptor agonist, in 
patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis. AC-058B202 Protocol Amendment 2. Actelion Pharmaceuticals 
Ltd, 16 February 2012.
[D-17.152] Multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-group extension to study AC-058B201 to investigate the 
long-term safety, tolerability, and efficacy of 10, 20, and 40 mg/day, ponesimod, an oral S1P1 receptor agonist, in 
patients with relapsing remitting multiple sclerosis. Global Protocol Version 8 and Amendment 7. Actelion 
Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 29 March 2017.
[Bretz 2005] Bretz F, Pinheiro JC, Branson M. Combining multiple comparisons and modeling techniques in dose-
response studies. Biometrics. 2005 Sep;61(3):738–48.
[Brookmeyer 1982] Brookmeyer R, Crowley JA. CI for the median survival time. Biometrics. 1982; 38:29-41.
[Collett 1994] Collett D. Modelling survival data in medical research. London: Chapman & Hall; 1994.
[Pocock 2002] Pocock SJ, Clayton TC, Altman DG. Survival plots of time-to-event outcomes in clinical trials: good 
practice and pitfalls. The Lancet. 2002;359:1686-9.
[Quanjer 1993] Lung volumes and forced ventilatory flows. Report Working Party Standardization of Lung 
Function Tests, European Community for Steel and Coal. Official Statement of the European Respiratory Society. 
Eur Respir J Suppl. 1993; 16:5–40.
[Roger 2017] Roger, J. Reference-based MI for Negative Binomial discrete data – SAS macros. [accessed on 15 
November 2018]. Available at: https://missingdata.lshtm.ac.uk/2017/04/07/reference-based-mi-for-negative-
binomial-discrete-data/. 
NCT01093326